ORGANISATIONAL DYNAMICS AND BEHAVIOUR
Syllabus
Obiettivi Formativi
CONOSCENZA E CAPACITÀ DI COMPRENSIONE: L’'obiettivo formativo del corso è fornire teorie e strumenti e sviluppare capacità per l'analisi dei comportamenti individuali, di gruppo e organizzativi in ambienti complessi, al fine di:
- Comprendere e utilizzare concretamente le teorie e i modelli fondamentali di Comportamento Organizzativo;
- Sviluppare le capacità di applicare la teoria alla pratica
CAPACITÀ DI APPLICARE CONOSCENZA E COMPRENSIONE: L’'obiettivo formativo del corso è fornire teorie e strumenti e sviluppare capacità per l'analisi dei comportamenti individuali, di gruppo e organizzativi in ambienti complessi, al fine di:
- Sviluppare le capacità di analisi, di elaborazione e di soluzione di problemi organizzativi complessi, sia tramite la discussione di best practice, sia attraverso la discussione di casi di studio.
AUTONOMIA DI GIUDIZIO: Alla fine del corso gli studenti avranno compreso come:
- Lo studio del comportamento organizzativo può aiutare a migliorare il rendimento e il benessere delle persone nei luoghi di lavoro;
- I modelli, le teorie e i concetti riguardanti il comportamento organizzativo possono essere utilizzati per promuovere l'efficacia degli individui, dei gruppi e delle organizzazioni,
e avranno sviluppato:
- Competenze, per l’analisi sia del comportamento degli individui (considerati come singoli e/o in gruppo), sia del funzionamento organizzativo nel suo complesso, utili per svolgere con maggiore efficacia il ruolo di manager;
- Una “"rappresentazione”" più ricca e complessa del comportamento organizzativo in tutte le sue accezioni che consente loro di contribuire in modo più efficace allo sviluppo dell’'organizzazione in cui saranno inseriti.
ABILITÀ COMUNICATIVE: Gli studenti saranno chiamati a illustrare brevemente la loro presentazione di gruppo in Powerpoint. A tale scopo per ogni discussione di caso è necessario che un gruppo di studenti si faccia carico di presentare il proprio lavoro.
CAPACITÀ DI APPRENDIMENTO: Gli studenti saranno chiamati a:
1. Prendere una posizione specifica su determinate questioni e/o punti.
2. Porre domande.
3. Collaborare al fine di mantenere viva la discussione.
4. Aiutare nel guidare e coinvolgere anche gli altri studenti nella discussione.
5. Integrare la discussione con teorie, contenuti e concetti già visti in altri casi.
Learning Objectives
KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING: The goal of the course is to provide theories and tools and develop skills for the analysis of individual, group and organizational behaviors in complex environments, in order to:
- Understand and concretely use the theories and basic models of Organizational Behavior;
- Developing the ability to apply theory to practice
APPLYING KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING: The goal of the course is to provide theories and tools and develop skills for the analysis of individual, group and organizational behaviors in complex environments, in order to:
- To develop the ability to analyse, elaborate and solve complex organizational problems, both through the discussion of best practices and through the discussion of case studies.
MAKING JUDGEMENTS: By the end of the course students will have understood how:
- The study of organisational behaviour can help to improve the performance and well-being of people in the workplace;
- Models, theories and concepts concerning organisational behaviour can be used to promote the effectiveness of individuals, groups and organisations,
and will have developed:
- Skills, for the analysis of both the behavior of individuals (considered as individuals and/or groups), and the organizational functioning as a whole, useful to play more effectively the role of manager;
- A richer and more complex "representation" of organizational behavior in all its meanings that allows them to contribute more effectively to the development of the organization in which they will be placed.
COMMUNICATION SKILLS: Students will be asked to briefly illustrate their group presentation in Powerpoint. For this purpose, each case discussion requires a group of students to present their work.
LEARNING SKILLS: Students will be called to:
1. Take a specific position on certain issues and/or points.
2. Ask clarification questions.
3. Collaborate in order to keep the discussion alive.
4. Help guide and involve other students in the discussion.
5. Integrate the discussion with theories, contents and concepts already seen in other cases.
Prerequisiti
Prerequisites
Programma
Sezione I: L'individuo e il lavoro (14 lezioni).
#1 Introduzione al corso: Le regole del gioco
#2 Comportamento organizzativo: Storia e prospettive per il futuro
#3 Personalità, percezione e atteggiamenti dei dipendenti (1/4)
#4 Personalità, percezione e atteggiamenti dei dipendenti (2/4)
#5 Personalità, percezione e atteggiamenti dei dipendenti (3/4)
#6 Personalità, percezione e atteggiamenti dei dipendenti (4/4)
#7 Valori, emozioni e stati d'animo
#8 Teorie motivazionali (1/2)
#9 Teorie motivazionali (2/2)
#10 Motivazione nella pratica (1/2)
#11 Motivazione nella pratica (2/2)
#12 Apprendimento
#13 Stress (1/2)
#14 Stress (2/2)
Sezione II: Gruppo/Team e lavoro (12 lezioni).
#15 Fondamenti del comportamento di gruppo (1/2)
#16 Fondamenti del comportamento di gruppo (2/2)
#17 Comprensione delle squadre di lavoro (1/2)
#18 Comprendere i gruppi di lavoro (2/2)
#19 Leadership (1/2)
#20 Leadership (2/2)
#21 Potere, politica e interazioni sociali (1/2)
#22 Potere, politica e interazioni sociali (2/2)
#23 Conflitti sul lavoro (1/2)
#24 Conflitti sul lavoro (2/2)
#25 Negoziazioni sul lavoro (1/2)
#26 Negoziazioni sul lavoro (2/2)
Sezione III: Strutture e sistemi organizzativi (5 lezioni).
#27 Struttura, controllo e performance nelle organizzazioni (1/3)
#28 Struttura, controllo e performance nelle organizzazioni (2/3)
#29 Struttura, controllo e prestazioni nelle organizzazioni (3/3)
#30 Processo decisionale, risoluzione dei problemi, creatività e innovazione (1/2)
#31 Processo decisionale, risoluzione dei problemi, creatività e innovazione (2/2)
Sezione IV: Processi organizzativi (5 lezioni).
#32 Comunicazione
#33 Cultura organizzativa (1/2)
#34 Cultura organizzativa (2/2)
#35 Cambiamento organizzativo (1/2)
#36 Cambiamento organizzativo (2/2)
Program
Section I: The Individual and Work (14 lectures).
#1 Introduction to the Course: The Rules of the Game
#2 Organizational Behavior: History and Paths to the Future
#3 Personality, Perception, and Employee Attitudes (1/4)
#4 Personality, Perception, and Employee Attitudes (2/4)
#5 Personality, Perception, and Employee Attitudes (3/4)
#6 Personality, Perception, and Employee Attitudes (4/4)
#7 Values, Emotions, and Moods
#8 Motivational Theories (1/2)
#9 Motivational Theories (2/2)
#10 Motivation at Practice (1/2)
#11 Motivation at Practice (2/2)
#12 Learning
#13 Stress (1/2)
#14 Stress (2/2)
Section II: Group/Team and Work (12 lectures).
#15 Foundations of Group Behavior (1/2)
#16 Foundations of Group Behavior (2/2)
#17 Understanding Work Teams (1/2)
#18 Understanding Work Teams (2/2)
#19 Leadership (1/2)
#20 Leadership (2/2)
#21 Power, Politics, and Social Interactions (1/2)
#22 Power, Politics, and Social Interactions (2/2)
#23 Conflicts at Work (1/2)
#24 Conflicts at Work (2/2)
#25 Negotiations at Work (1/2)
#26 Negotiations at Work (2/2)
Section III: Organizational Structures and Systems (5 lectures).
#27 Structure, Control, and Performance in Organizations (1/3)
#28 Structure, Control, and Performance in Organizations (2/3)
#29 Structure, Control, and Performance in Organizations (3/3)
#30 Decision-Making, Problem-Solving, Creativity, and Innovation (1/2)
#31 Decision-Making, Problem-Solving, Creativity, and Innovation (2/2)
Section IV: Organizational Processes (5 lectures).
#32 Communication
#33 Organizational Culture (1/2)
#34 Organizational Culture (2/2)
#35 Organizational Change (1/2)
#36 Organizational Change (2/2)
Testi Adottati
2. F. LUTHANS, ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR: AN EVIDENCE-BASED APPROACH 12TH EDITION, MCGRAW-HILL/IRWIN, 2011.
3. S. P. ROBBINS, T. A. JUDGE, ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 16TH EDITION, PEARSON EDUCATION, 2015.
4. D. A. BUCHANAN, A. A. HUCZYNSKI, ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR 9TH EDITION, PEARSON, 2017.
5. J. R. SCHERMERHORN, JR., J. G. HUNT, R. N. OSBORN, M. UHL-BIEN, ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 11TH EDITION, JOHN WILEY & SONS INC., 2010.
Books
2. F. LUTHANS, ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR: AN EVIDENCE-BASED APPROACH 12TH EDITION, MCGRAW-HILL/IRWIN, 2011.
3. S. P. ROBBINS, T. A. JUDGE, ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 16TH EDITION, PEARSON EDUCATION, 2015.
4. D. A. BUCHANAN, A. A. HUCZYNSKI, ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR 9TH EDITION, PEARSON, 2017.
5. J. R. SCHERMERHORN, JR., J. G. HUNT, R. N. OSBORN, M. UHL-BIEN, ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 11TH EDITION, JOHN WILEY & SONS INC., 2010.
Bibliografia
• Contemporary management" Jones, George, McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2006
• Managing Organizational Behavior" Jones, George, Prentice-Hall International, 2007
• "Organizational change" B. Senior, J. Fleming, Prentice-Hall International 3 edition, 2006
• "Management" Hitt, Black, Porter Prentice-Hall International, Second Edition, 2008
• Organizational behavior, Debra Nelson, James Campbell Quicl, THOMSON, SOUTHWESTERN, 5th edition
• Managing Behavior in Organizations, Jerald Greenberg, 5th edition Pearson
• Adler, P. S. 1999 International dimensions of organizational behavior London: International Thompson
• Argyris, C. 1960 Understanding Organisational behavior Homewood IL: Dorsey Press (HM300)
• Bandura, A. 1977 Social learning theory New Jersey: Prentice-Hall
• Barnard, C. The functions of the executive Cambridge: Harvard University Press
• Beer, M. et al. 1984 Managing human Assets New York: Free Press
• Braverman, H .1974 Labour and monopoly capital New York: Monthly Review Press (Open shelve)
• Bryman, A. 1986 Leadership and organizations London: Routledge Kegan Paul
• Buchanan, D. A. Organisation in the computer age Aldershot: Gower
• Burns, T & Stalker, G. M. The management of innovation London: Tavistock (Open shelve)
• Child, J. 1972 "Organisational structure, environment, and performance: The role of strategic choice" Sociology vol. 6 # 1 pp 1- 22
• Clegg, S. & Dunkerley, D. 1980 Organisations, class and control London: Routledge & Kegan Paul
• Conti, R. F. & Warner, M. 1993 "Taylorism, new technology and just-in-time systems in Japanese Manufacturing" New Technology, work and employment, vol 8 # 100 31- 42
• Cyert, R. & March, J. G. 1992 A behavioral theory of the firm NJ: Prentice-Hall Englewoods Cliffs
• Dubin, E. (ed) 1976 Handbook of Work, Organisation and Society Chicago Rand McNally
• Drucker, P. F. 1988 Management challenges in the 21st Century London: Heinemann
• Drucker, P. F. 1989 The new realities London: Heinemann
• Duncan, R. B. 1974 "Modifications in decision making structures in adapting to the environment: some Implications for organizational learning" Decision sciences vol, 5 pp 704 –25
• Duncan, w. J. 1981 Organisational Behaviour Houghton: Mifflin
• French, J & Raven. B. 1958 "The bases of social power 'in D. Cartwright Studies in social Power Ann Arbor Institute for Social Research (HM301)
• Gibson, J.L. et al. 1994 Organisations: Behaviour structure and processes (Reserve)
• Gouldner, A. W. 1954 Patterns of industrial Bureaucracy New York: Free Press
• Gruneberg, M. & Wall, T.(eds) Social Psychology and organizational behavior Chichester: John Wiley
• Hall, E. T . Understanding Cultural differences Yarmouth: Intercultural Press
• Handy, C 1999 Understanding Organisations 4th ed London: Penguin (Reserve HD31HAN)
• Hofstede, G. 1991 Cultures and Organisations London: McGraw –Hill
• Hodgetts, R. M. 1991 Organisational behavior: Theory and practice New York: Macmillan company
• Kast, F.E. & Rosenzweig, J.E. Organization &Management11985 4th ed New jersey McGraw-hill (Reserve HD31KAS)
• Kotter, J. P. 1990 "what do leaders really do?" in Harvard Business review 73 pp59-67
• Mintzberg, H. 1983a Power in and around organizations New York: Prentice-Hall
• Mintzberg, H. 1983b Structures in fives: designing effective organizations Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall.
• Moorhead, G. and Griffin, R. w. 1998 Organisational Behaviour 5th edition Houghton: Mifflin Company
• Mullins, L. Management and Organisational behavior London: Pitman, The financial times (Reserve)
• Perrow, C. 1970 Organisational analysis: A sociological review Belmont: Wadsworth
• Robbins, S. P. 1998 Organisational behavior: Concepts, controversies, and applications NJ: Prentice-Hall (Reserve)
• Simon, H 1957 Administrative behavior NY: Macmillan
• Schein, E. H. 1975 Organisational culture and Leadership San Francisco: Jossey-bass
Bibliography
• Contemporary management" Jones, George, McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2006
• Managing Organizational Behavior" Jones, George, Prentice-Hall International, 2007
• "Organizational change" B. Senior, J. Fleming, Prentice-Hall International 3 edition, 2006
• "Management" Hitt, Black, Porter Prentice-Hall International, Second Edition, 2008
• Organizational behavior, Debra Nelson, James Campbell Quicl, THOMSON, SOUTHWESTERN, 5th edition
• Managing Behavior in Organizations, Jerald Greenberg, 5th edition Pearson
• Adler, P. S. 1999 International dimensions of organizational behavior London: International Thompson
• Argyris, C. 1960 Understanding Organisational behavior Homewood IL: Dorsey Press (HM300)
• Bandura, A. 1977 Social learning theory New Jersey: Prentice-Hall
• Barnard, C. The functions of the executive Cambridge: Harvard University Press
• Beer, M. et al. 1984 Managing human Assets New York: Free Press
• Braverman, H .1974 Labour and monopoly capital New York: Monthly Review Press (Open shelve)
• Bryman, A. 1986 Leadership and organizations London: Routledge Kegan Paul
• Buchanan, D. A. Organisation in the computer age Aldershot: Gower
• Burns, T & Stalker, G. M. The management of innovation London: Tavistock (Open shelve)
• Child, J. 1972 "Organisational structure, environment, and performance: The role of strategic choice" Sociology vol. 6 # 1 pp 1- 22
• Clegg, S. & Dunkerley, D. 1980 Organisations, class and control London: Routledge & Kegan Paul
• Conti, R. F. & Warner, M. 1993 "Taylorism, new technology and just-in-time systems in Japanese Manufacturing" New Technology, work and employment, vol 8 # 100 31- 42
• Cyert, R. & March, J. G. 1992 A behavioral theory of the firm NJ: Prentice-Hall Englewoods Cliffs
• Dubin, E. (ed) 1976 Handbook of Work, Organisation and Society Chicago Rand McNally
• Drucker, P. F. 1988 Management challenges in the 21st Century London: Heinemann
• Drucker, P. F. 1989 The new realities London: Heinemann
• Duncan, R. B. 1974 "Modifications in decision making structures in adapting to the environment: some Implications for organizational learning" Decision sciences vol, 5 pp 704 –25
• Duncan, w. J. 1981 Organisational Behaviour Houghton: Mifflin
• French, J & Raven. B. 1958 "The bases of social power 'in D. Cartwright Studies in social Power Ann Arbor Institute for Social Research (HM301)
• Gibson, J.L. et al. 1994 Organisations: Behaviour structure and processes (Reserve)
• Gouldner, A. W. 1954 Patterns of industrial Bureaucracy New York: Free Press
• Gruneberg, M. & Wall, T.(eds) Social Psychology and organizational behavior Chichester: John Wiley
• Hall, E. T . Understanding Cultural differences Yarmouth: Intercultural Press
• Handy, C 1999 Understanding Organisations 4th ed London: Penguin (Reserve HD31HAN)
• Hofstede, G. 1991 Cultures and Organisations London: McGraw –Hill
• Hodgetts, R. M. 1991 Organisational behavior: Theory and practice New York: Macmillan company
• Kast, F.E. & Rosenzweig, J.E. Organization &Management11985 4th ed New jersey McGraw-hill (Reserve HD31KAS)
• Kotter, J. P. 1990 "what do leaders really do?" in Harvard Business review 73 pp59-67
• Mintzberg, H. 1983a Power in and around organizations New York: Prentice-Hall
• Mintzberg, H. 1983b Structures in fives: designing effective organizations Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall.
• Moorhead, G. and Griffin, R. w. 1998 Organisational Behaviour 5th edition Houghton: Mifflin Company
• Mullins, L. Management and Organisational behavior London: Pitman, The financial times (Reserve)
• Perrow, C. 1970 Organisational analysis: A sociological review Belmont: Wadsworth
• Robbins, S. P. 1998 Organisational behavior: Concepts, controversies, and applications NJ: Prentice-Hall (Reserve)
• Simon, H 1957 Administrative behavior NY: Macmillan
• Schein, E. H. 1975 Organisational culture and Leadership San Francisco: Jossey-bass
Modalità di svolgimento
1. Letture: Agli studenti verranno assegnate delle letture tratte dai libri di testo del corso. Queste letture forniscono una base teorica e una conoscenza di base degli argomenti trattati nel corso. Gli studenti sono tenuti a completare le letture assegnate prima di ogni sessione per facilitare le discussioni e le attività in classe.
2. Lezioni: Il docente terrà delle lezioni che evidenzieranno i punti chiave, forniranno informazioni aggiuntive e integreranno le letture. Le lezioni offriranno una presentazione strutturata del materiale del corso, assicurando che gli studenti afferrino i concetti e le teorie fondamentali. Tuttavia, le lezioni non si limiteranno a una comunicazione unidirezionale, poiché l'impegno e la partecipazione degli studenti saranno incoraggiati attraverso discussioni e domande.
3. Esercitazioni: Verranno svolte varie esercitazioni e attività in classe per migliorare la comprensione e l'applicazione pratica del materiale del corso. Queste esercitazioni possono includere discussioni di gruppo, giochi di ruolo, simulazioni e attività di problem solving. Gli esercizi mirano a promuovere il pensiero critico, la collaborazione e l'integrazione delle conoscenze in modo pratico.
4. Casi di studio: Per colmare il divario tra teoria e pratica, nel corso del corso si farà ampio uso di casi aziendali. Gli studenti analizzeranno e discuteranno casi reali che presentano sfide e dilemmi di comportamento organizzativo. Agli studenti verranno assegnati dei casi, che dovranno completare prima di ogni sessione. Questi lavori costituiscono la base per le discussioni in classe, consentendo agli studenti di applicare i concetti teorici a scenari reali e di sviluppare capacità analitiche e di risoluzione dei problemi.
5. Compiti individuali e di gruppo: Gli studenti saranno chiamati a svolgere lavori individuali e di gruppo. I lavori individuali possono includere studi di casi e studi di casi di supporto. I lavori di gruppo possono comprendere progetti collaborativi, presentazioni o ricerche di gruppo. Questi compiti incoraggiano gli studenti ad approfondire la comprensione del materiale, promuovono il lavoro di gruppo e le capacità di comunicazione e favoriscono il pensiero critico e l'analisi.
6. Discussioni: Gli studenti sono incoraggiati a partecipare attivamente alle discussioni, a condividere le loro prospettive, a porre domande e a impegnarsi in dibattiti relativi agli argomenti del corso. La diversità di esperienze e punti di vista tra gli studenti arricchisce l'ambiente di apprendimento e consente di esplorare diverse prospettive e soluzioni alle sfide del comportamento organizzativo.
7. MScBA Teaching Assistant: alla classe sarà assegnato un Teaching Assistant (TA) del programma MScBA. L'assistente didattico fungerà da mentore e fornirà ulteriore supporto agli studenti durante il corso. Assisterà nel chiarire i concetti del corso, faciliterà le discussioni e offrirà una guida per i compiti e le valutazioni. Il ruolo del TA è quello di migliorare la comprensione del materiale del corso da parte degli studenti e di fornire un'assistenza personalizzata, se necessario.
Teaching methods
1. Readings: Students will be assigned readings from the course textbooks. These readings provide a theoretical foundation and background knowledge on the topics covered in the course. Students are expected to complete the assigned readings before each session to facilitate class discussions and activities.
2. Lectures: The instructor will deliver lectures highlighting key points, providing additional information, and supplementing the readings. The lectures will offer a structured presentation of the course material, ensuring that students grasp the fundamental concepts and theories. However, the lectures will not be limited to one-way communication, as student engagement and participation will be encouraged through discussions and questions.
3. Exercises: Various exercises and in-class activities will be conducted to enhance understanding and practical application of the course material. These exercises may include group discussions, role-plays, simulations, and problem-solving tasks. The exercises aim to promote critical thinking, collaboration, and the integration of knowledge in a hands-on manner.
4. Case Studies: Business cases will be used extensively throughout the course to bridge the gap between theory and practice. Students will analyze and discuss real-world cases that present organizational behavior challenges and dilemmas. Students will be given case assignments, which they must complete before each session. These assignments are a foundation for class discussions, allowing students to apply theoretical concepts to real-life scenarios and develop analytical and problem-solving skills.
5. Individual and Team Assignments: Students can work on individual and team assignments. Individual assignments may include Case Studies and Supporting Case Studies. Team assignments may involve collaborative projects, presentations, or group research. These assignments encourage students to deepen their understanding of the material, promote teamwork and communication skills, and foster critical thinking and analysis.
6. Discussions: Students are encouraged to actively participate in discussions, share their perspectives, ask questions, and engage in debates related to the course topics. The diversity of experiences and viewpoints among the students enriches the learning environment and enables the exploration of different perspectives and solutions to organizational behavior challenges.
7. MScBA Teaching Assistant: The Class will be assigned a Teaching Assistant (TA) from the MScBA program. The TA will serve as a mentor and provide additional support to students throughout the course. They will assist in clarifying course concepts, facilitating discussions, and offering guidance on assignments and assessments. The TA's role is further to enhance students' understanding of the course material and provide personalized assistance as needed.
Regolamento Esame
Il test di metà corso è una componente critica della valutazione del corso di Organisational Dynamics and Behavior. I seguenti dettagli forniscono una comprensione completa del formato del test, della durata, del contenuto e del suo impatto sul voto finale degli studenti:
Formato e durata del test:
Il test di metà corso è un esame scritto della durata di 3 ore. Durante questo tempo, il candidato dovrà rispondere a una serie di domande che valutano la sua comprensione del materiale del corso.
Contenuto e tipi di domande:
Il test comprende domande direttamente collegate alle lezioni e ai libri di testo del corso. Le domande possono essere di diversi tipi, tra cui aperte, chiuse (a scelta multipla) o una combinazione di entrambe. Lo scopo di questo diverso formato di domande è quello di valutare la comprensione dei contenuti del corso da diversi punti di vista.
Oltre a valutare la conoscenza dei concetti chiave, delle teorie e dei modelli trattati nel corso, il test può includere domande che richiedono l'analisi e l'interpretazione di incidenti o scenari reali. Queste domande mirano a valutare la capacità di applicare i quadri teorici a situazioni pratiche e a focalizzarsi su specifiche questioni teoriche discusse in classe.
Valutazione e punti bonus:
Gli studenti possono guadagnare un massimo di +3 punti extra per il voto finale del 1° esame dopo il corso attraverso il test di metà corso. Questi punti aggiuntivi si applicano solo al 1° esame dopo il corso.
Importanza e validità dei punti del test intermedio:
I punti aggiuntivi ottenuti attraverso il test di metà corso servono a migliorare il voto, in particolare per il 1° esame dopo il corso. È importante notare che questi punti non influenzano gli esami o i compiti successivi.
Ottenendo buoni risultati nel test intermedio, è possibile migliorare il voto complessivo del corso, poiché i punti bonus contribuiscono a migliorare il risultato finale del primo esame dopo il corso.
È fondamentale prepararsi accuratamente per il test intermedio, rivedendo gli appunti delle lezioni, i libri di testo e qualsiasi altro materiale fornito durante il corso. Inoltre, l'impegno nel ragionamento critico e la partecipazione attiva alle discussioni in classe possono migliorare significativamente il rendimento all'esame.
ESAME
L'esame è un esame scritto. La durata è di circa 3-4 ore e comprende:
a) Discussione di un caso - Potreste ricevere un caso di studio a cui si riferiscono alcune domande per guidare la discussione. Nel rispondere alle domande, si prega di utilizzare contenuti e teorie specifiche (usare i nomi per identificare approcci e modelli) per la propria analisi. Non riceverete credito per le vostre opinioni se non supportate dalla teoria, dalle lezioni e dal materiale del testo. Inoltre, descrivete come il contenuto/la teoria si applica alla situazione. Le risposte saranno valutate in base alla quantità e alla qualità. Le soluzioni complete e che dimostrano un livello superiore di comprensione e analisi riceveranno più punti.
b) Alcune domande direttamente collegate ai libri di testo del corso - Possono essere aperte, chiuse (a scelta multipla) o una combinazione di entrambe. Potrà esservi chiesto di discutere i modelli e le teorie presentate durante il corso. Vi verrà chiesto di interpretare alcuni episodi reali e di concentrarvi su specifiche questioni teoriche.
Se il numero di studenti iscritti in una determinata data d'esame è inferiore a dieci, i docenti svolgeranno un esame orale anziché uno scritto.
I risultati saranno comunicati attraverso il sistema Delphi e gli studenti potranno anche ricevere un'illustrazione individuale dei risultati dei loro esami scritti tramite colloqui con i docenti.
La prova di esame sarà valutata secondo i seguenti criteri:
Non idoneo: importanti carenze e/o inaccuratezze nella conoscenza e comprensione degli argomenti; limitate capacità di analisi e sintesi, frequenti generalizzazioni e limitate capacità critiche e di giudizio, gli argomenti sono esposti in modo non coerente e con linguaggio inappropriato;
18-20: conoscenza e comprensione degli argomenti appena sufficiente con possibili generalizzazioni e imperfezioni; capacità di analisi sintesi e autonomia di giudizio sufficienti, gli argomenti sono esposti in modo frequentemente poco coerente e con un linguaggio poco appropriato/tecnico;
21-23: Conoscenza e comprensione degli argomenti routinaria; Capacità di analisi e sintesi corrette con argomentazione logica sufficientemente coerente e linguaggio appropriato/tecnico
24-26: Discreta conoscenza e comprensione degli argomenti; buone capacità di analisi e sintesi con argomentazioni espresse in modo rigoroso ma con un linguaggio non sempre appropriato/tecnico.
27-29: Conoscenza e comprensione degli argomenti completa; notevoli capacità di analisi e sintesi. Buona autonomia di giudizio. Argomenti esposti in modo rigoroso e con linguaggio appropriato/tecnico
30-30L: Ottimo livello di conoscenza e comprensione approfondita degli argomenti. Ottime capacità di analisi, di sintesi e di autonomia di giudizio. Argomentazioni espresse in modo originale e con linguaggio tecnico appropriato.
Exam Rules
The mid-course exam is a critical component of the Organisational Dynamics and Behavior course evaluation. The following details provide a comprehensive understanding of the test format, duration, content, and its impact on the student's final grade:
Test format and duration
The mid-course exam is a written test lasting 3 hours. During this time, the candidate will have to answer a series of questions that assess their understanding of the course material.
Content and question types
The test includes questions directly related to the course lectures and textbooks. The questions can be of various types, including open-ended, closed (multiple-choice), or a combination of both. The purpose of this varied question format is to evaluate the understanding of the course content from different perspectives.
In addition to assessing the knowledge of critical concepts, theories, and models covered in the course, the test may include questions that require the analysis and interpretation of real-life incidents or scenarios. These questions aim to assess the ability to apply theoretical frameworks to practical situations and focus on specific theoretical issues discussed in class.
Evaluation and bonus points
Students can earn up to +3 extra points towards their final grade of the 1st exam after the course through the mid-course exam. These extra points apply only to the 1st exam after the course.
Importance and validity of mid-course test points
The extra points obtained through the mid-course test serve to improve the grade, particularly for the 1st exam after the course. It is important to note that these points do not affect subsequent exams or assignments.
By performing well on the mid-course test, it is possible to improve the overall course grade, as the bonus points enhance the final result of the first exam after the course.
Preparing thoroughly for the mid-course test is essential by reviewing lecture notes, textbooks, and any other material provided during the course. Additionally, engagement in critical thinking and active participation in class discussions can significantly improve exam performance.
Final Exam
The final exam is a written test lasting about 3-4 hours and includes:
a) Case discussion
You may receive a case study with several questions to guide the discussion. When answering the questions, please use specific content and theories (name approaches and models) for your analysis. You will not receive credit for your opinions unless supported by theory, lectures, and textbook material. Additionally, describe how the content/theory applies to the situation. Answers will be evaluated based on quantity and quality. Comprehensive solutions demonstrating a high understanding and analysis will receive more points.
b) Some questions directly related to the course textbooks
These can be open-ended, closed (multiple choice), or a combination. You may be asked to discuss the models and theories presented during the course. You must interpret some real episodes and focus on specific theoretical issues.
If the number of students enrolled on a given exam date is less than ten, the instructors will conduct an oral exam instead of a written one.
Results will be communicated through the Delphi system, and students may also receive an individual illustration of their written test outcomes via interviews with the instructors.
The exam will be evaluated according to the following criteria:
• Unsatisfactory: Significant gaps and/or inaccuracies in the knowledge and understanding of topics; limited analytical and synthesis skills, frequent generalizations, and limited critical and judgment skills; topics are presented inconsistently and with inappropriate language.
• 18-20: Barely sufficient knowledge and understanding of topics with possible generalizations and imperfections; sufficient analytical, synthesis, and judgment autonomy skills; topics are often presented inconsistently and with inappropriate/technical language.
• 21-23: Routine knowledge and understanding of topics; correct analytical and synthesis skills with sufficiently coherent logical argumentation and appropriate/technical language.
• 24-26: Fair knowledge and understanding of topics; good analytical and synthesis skills with rigorously expressed arguments but with not always appropriate/technical language.
• 27-29: Complete knowledge and understanding of topics; notable analytical and synthesis skills; good judgment autonomy. Topics presented rigorously and with appropriate/technical language.
• 30-30L: Excellent level of knowledge and in-depth understanding of topics. Excellent analytical, synthesis, and judgment autonomy skills. Arguments expressed originally and with appropriate technical language.
Obiettivi Formativi
CONOSCENZA E CAPACITÀ DI COMPRENSIONE: L’'obiettivo formativo del corso è fornire teorie e strumenti e sviluppare capacità per l'analisi dei comportamenti individuali, di gruppo e organizzativi in ambienti complessi, al fine di:
- Comprendere e utilizzare concretamente le teorie e i modelli fondamentali di Comportamento Organizzativo;
- Sviluppare le capacità di applicare la teoria alla pratica
CAPACITÀ DI APPLICARE CONOSCENZA E COMPRENSIONE: L’'obiettivo formativo del corso è fornire teorie e strumenti e sviluppare capacità per l'analisi dei comportamenti individuali, di gruppo e organizzativi in ambienti complessi, al fine di:
- Sviluppare le capacità di analisi, di elaborazione e di soluzione di problemi organizzativi complessi, sia tramite la discussione di best practice, sia attraverso la discussione di casi di studio.
AUTONOMIA DI GIUDIZIO: Alla fine del corso gli studenti avranno compreso come:
- Lo studio del comportamento organizzativo può aiutare a migliorare il rendimento e il benessere delle persone nei luoghi di lavoro;
- I modelli, le teorie e i concetti riguardanti il comportamento organizzativo possono essere utilizzati per promuovere l'efficacia degli individui, dei gruppi e delle organizzazioni,
e avranno sviluppato:
- Competenze, per l’analisi sia del comportamento degli individui (considerati come singoli e/o in gruppo), sia del funzionamento organizzativo nel suo complesso, utili per svolgere con maggiore efficacia il ruolo di manager;
- Una “"rappresentazione”" più ricca e complessa del comportamento organizzativo in tutte le sue accezioni che consente loro di contribuire in modo più efficace allo sviluppo dell’'organizzazione in cui saranno inseriti.
ABILITÀ COMUNICATIVE: Durante la discussione dei casi IN AULA, gli studenti saranno chiamati a illustrare brevemente la loro presentazione di gruppo in Powerpoint. A tale scopo per ogni discussione di caso è necessario che un gruppo di studenti si faccia carico di presentare il proprio lavoro.
CAPACITÀ DI APPRENDIMENTO: Durante la discussione dei casi IN AULA, gli studenti saranno chiamati a:
1. Prendere una posizione specifica su determinate questioni e/o punti.
2. Porre domande.
3. Collaborare al fine di mantenere viva la discussione.
4. Aiutare nel guidare e coinvolgere anche gli altri studenti nella discussione.
5. Integrare la discussione con teorie, contenuti e concetti già visti in altri casi.
Learning Objectives
KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING: The goal of the course is to provide theories and tools and develop skills for the analysis of individual, group and organizational behaviors in complex environments, in order to:
- Understand and concretely use the theories and basic models of Organizational Behavior;
- Developing the ability to apply theory to practice
APPLYING KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING: The goal of the course is to provide theories and tools and develop skills for the analysis of individual, group and organizational behaviors in complex environments, in order to:
- To develop the ability to analyse, elaborate and solve complex organizational problems, both through the discussion of best practices and through the discussion of case studies.
MAKING JUDGEMENTS: By the end of the course students will have understood how:
- The study of organisational behaviour can help to improve the performance and well-being of people in the workplace;
- Models, theories and concepts concerning organisational behaviour can be used to promote the effectiveness of individuals, groups and organisations,
and will have developed:
- Skills, for the analysis of both the behavior of individuals (considered as individuals and/or groups), and the organizational functioning as a whole, useful to play more effectively the role of manager;
- A richer and more complex "representation" of organizational behavior in all its meanings that allows them to contribute more effectively to the development of the organization in which they will be placed.
COMMUNICATION SKILLS: During the discussion of case studies in classroom, students will be asked to briefly illustrate their group presentation in Powerpoint. For this purpose, each case discussion requires a group of students to present their work.
LEARNING SKILLS: During the discussion of case studies in classroom, students will be called to:
1. Take a specific position on certain issues and/or points.
2. Ask clarification questions.
3. Collaborate in order to keep the discussion alive.
4. Help guide and involve other students in the discussion.
5. Integrate the discussion with theories, contents and concepts already seen in other cases.
Prerequisiti
Prerequisites
Programma
Sezione I: L'individuo e il lavoro (14 lezioni).
#1 Introduzione al corso: Le regole del gioco
#2 Comportamento organizzativo: Storia e prospettive per il futuro
#3 Personalità, percezione e atteggiamenti dei dipendenti (1/4)
#4 Personalità, percezione e atteggiamenti dei dipendenti (2/4)
#5 Personalità, percezione e atteggiamenti dei dipendenti (3/4)
#6 Personalità, percezione e atteggiamenti dei dipendenti (4/4)
#7 Valori, emozioni e stati d'animo
#8 Teorie motivazionali (1/2)
#9 Teorie motivazionali (2/2)
#10 Motivazione nella pratica (1/2)
#11 Motivazione nella pratica (2/2)
#12 Apprendimento
#13 Stress (1/2)
#14 Stress (2/2)
Sezione II: Gruppo/Team e lavoro (12 lezioni).
#15 Fondamenti del comportamento di gruppo (1/2)
#16 Fondamenti del comportamento di gruppo (2/2)
#17 Comprensione delle squadre di lavoro (1/2)
#18 Comprendere i gruppi di lavoro (2/2)
#19 Leadership (1/2)
#20 Leadership (2/2)
#21 Potere, politica e interazioni sociali (1/2)
#22 Potere, politica e interazioni sociali (2/2)
#23 Conflitti sul lavoro (1/2)
#24 Conflitti sul lavoro (2/2)
#25 Negoziazioni sul lavoro (1/2)
#26 Negoziazioni sul lavoro (2/2)
Sezione III: Strutture e sistemi organizzativi (5 lezioni).
#27 Struttura, controllo e performance nelle organizzazioni (1/3)
#28 Struttura, controllo e performance nelle organizzazioni (2/3)
#29 Struttura, controllo e prestazioni nelle organizzazioni (3/3)
#30 Processo decisionale, risoluzione dei problemi, creatività e innovazione (1/2)
#31 Processo decisionale, risoluzione dei problemi, creatività e innovazione (2/2)
Sezione IV: Processi organizzativi (5 lezioni).
#32 Comunicazione
#33 Cultura organizzativa (1/2)
#34 Cultura organizzativa (2/2)
#35 Cambiamento organizzativo (1/2)
#36 Cambiamento organizzativo (2/2)
Program
Section I: The Individual and Work (14 lectures).
#1 Introduction to the Course: The Rules of the Game
#2 Organizational Behavior: History and Paths to the Future
#3 Personality, Perception, and Employee Attitudes (1/4)
#4 Personality, Perception, and Employee Attitudes (2/4)
#5 Personality, Perception, and Employee Attitudes (3/4)
#6 Personality, Perception, and Employee Attitudes (4/4)
#7 Values, Emotions, and Moods
#8 Motivational Theories (1/2)
#9 Motivational Theories (2/2)
#10 Motivation at Practice (1/2)
#11 Motivation at Practice (2/2)
#12 Learning
#13 Stress (1/2)
#14 Stress (2/2)
Section II: Group/Team and Work (12 lectures).
#15 Foundations of Group Behavior (1/2)
#16 Foundations of Group Behavior (2/2)
#17 Understanding Work Teams (1/2)
#18 Understanding Work Teams (2/2)
#19 Leadership (1/2)
#20 Leadership (2/2)
#21 Power, Politics, and Social Interactions (1/2)
#22 Power, Politics, and Social Interactions (2/2)
#23 Conflicts at Work (1/2)
#24 Conflicts at Work (2/2)
#25 Negotiations at Work (1/2)
#26 Negotiations at Work (2/2)
Section III: Organizational Structures and Systems (5 lectures).
#27 Structure, Control, and Performance in Organizations (1/3)
#28 Structure, Control, and Performance in Organizations (2/3)
#29 Structure, Control, and Performance in Organizations (3/3)
#30 Decision-Making, Problem-Solving, Creativity, and Innovation (1/2)
#31 Decision-Making, Problem-Solving, Creativity, and Innovation (2/2)
Section IV: Organizational Processes (5 lectures).
#32 Communication
#33 Organizational Culture (1/2)
#34 Organizational Culture (2/2)
#35 Organizational Change (1/2)
#36 Organizational Change (2/2)
Testi Adottati
2. F. LUTHANS, ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR: AN EVIDENCE-BASED APPROACH 12TH EDITION, MCGRAW-HILL/IRWIN, 2011.
3. S. P. ROBBINS, T. A. JUDGE, ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 16TH EDITION, PEARSON EDUCATION, 2015.
4. D. A. BUCHANAN, A. A. HUCZYNSKI, ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR 9TH EDITION, PEARSON, 2017.
5. J. R. SCHERMERHORN, JR., J. G. HUNT, R. N. OSBORN, M. UHL-BIEN, ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 11TH EDITION, JOHN WILEY & SONS INC., 2010.
Books
2. F. LUTHANS, ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR: AN EVIDENCE-BASED APPROACH 12TH EDITION, MCGRAW-HILL/IRWIN, 2011.
3. S. P. ROBBINS, T. A. JUDGE, ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 16TH EDITION, PEARSON EDUCATION, 2015.
4. D. A. BUCHANAN, A. A. HUCZYNSKI, ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR 9TH EDITION, PEARSON, 2017.
5. J. R. SCHERMERHORN, JR., J. G. HUNT, R. N. OSBORN, M. UHL-BIEN, ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 11TH EDITION, JOHN WILEY & SONS INC., 2010.
Bibliografia
• Contemporary management" Jones, George, McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2006
• Managing Organizational Behavior" Jones, George, Prentice-Hall International, 2007
• "Organizational change" B. Senior, J. Fleming, Prentice-Hall International 3 edition, 2006
• "Management" Hitt, Black, Porter Prentice-Hall International, Second Edition, 2008
• Organizational behavior, Debra Nelson, James Campbell Quicl, THOMSON, SOUTHWESTERN, 5th edition
• Managing Behavior in Organizations, Jerald Greenberg, 5th edition Pearson
• Adler, P. S. 1999 International dimensions of organizational behavior London: International Thompson
• Argyris, C. 1960 Understanding Organisational behavior Homewood IL: Dorsey Press (HM300)
• Bandura, A. 1977 Social learning theory New Jersey: Prentice-Hall
• Barnard, C. The functions of the executive Cambridge: Harvard University Press
• Beer, M. et al. 1984 Managing human Assets New York: Free Press
• Braverman, H .1974 Labour and monopoly capital New York: Monthly Review Press (Open shelve)
• Bryman, A. 1986 Leadership and organizations London: Routledge Kegan Paul
• Buchanan, D. A. Organisation in the computer age Aldershot: Gower
• Burns, T & Stalker, G. M. The management of innovation London: Tavistock (Open shelve)
• Child, J. 1972 "Organisational structure, environment, and performance: The role of strategic choice" Sociology vol. 6 # 1 pp 1- 22
• Clegg, S. & Dunkerley, D. 1980 Organisations, class and control London: Routledge & Kegan Paul
• Conti, R. F. & Warner, M. 1993 "Taylorism, new technology and just-in-time systems in Japanese Manufacturing" New Technology, work and employment, vol 8 # 100 31- 42
• Cyert, R. & March, J. G. 1992 A behavioral theory of the firm NJ: Prentice-Hall Englewoods Cliffs
• Dubin, E. (ed) 1976 Handbook of Work, Organisation and Society Chicago Rand McNally
• Drucker, P. F. 1988 Management challenges in the 21st Century London: Heinemann
• Drucker, P. F. 1989 The new realities London: Heinemann
• Duncan, R. B. 1974 "Modifications in decision making structures in adapting to the environment: some Implications for organizational learning" Decision sciences vol, 5 pp 704 –25
• Duncan, w. J. 1981 Organisational Behaviour Houghton: Mifflin
• French, J & Raven. B. 1958 "The bases of social power 'in D. Cartwright Studies in social Power Ann Arbor Institute for Social Research (HM301)
• Gibson, J.L. et al. 1994 Organisations: Behaviour structure and processes (Reserve)
• Gouldner, A. W. 1954 Patterns of industrial Bureaucracy New York: Free Press
• Gruneberg, M. & Wall, T.(eds) Social Psychology and organizational behavior Chichester: John Wiley
• Hall, E. T . Understanding Cultural differences Yarmouth: Intercultural Press
• Handy, C 1999 Understanding Organisations 4th ed London: Penguin (Reserve HD31HAN)
• Hofstede, G. 1991 Cultures and Organisations London: McGraw –Hill
• Hodgetts, R. M. 1991 Organisational behavior: Theory and practice New York: Macmillan company
• Kast, F.E. & Rosenzweig, J.E. Organization &Management11985 4th ed New jersey McGraw-hill (Reserve HD31KAS)
• Kotter, J. P. 1990 "what do leaders really do?" in Harvard Business review 73 pp59-67
• Mintzberg, H. 1983a Power in and around organizations New York: Prentice-Hall
• Mintzberg, H. 1983b Structures in fives: designing effective organizations Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall.
• Moorhead, G. and Griffin, R. w. 1998 Organisational Behaviour 5th edition Houghton: Mifflin Company
• Mullins, L. Management and Organisational behavior London: Pitman, The financial times (Reserve)
• Perrow, C. 1970 Organisational analysis: A sociological review Belmont: Wadsworth
• Robbins, S. P. 1998 Organisational behavior: Concepts, controversies, and applications NJ: Prentice-Hall (Reserve)
• Simon, H 1957 Administrative behavior NY: Macmillan
• Schein, E. H. 1975 Organisational culture and Leadership San Francisco: Jossey-bass
• Vecchio, R. P. 1995 organizational behavior 3rd edition Orland: Dryden Press
Bibliography
• Contemporary management" Jones, George, McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2006
• Managing Organizational Behavior" Jones, George, Prentice-Hall International, 2007
• "Organizational change" B. Senior, J. Fleming, Prentice-Hall International 3 edition, 2006
• "Management" Hitt, Black, Porter Prentice-Hall International, Second Edition, 2008
• Organizational behavior, Debra Nelson, James Campbell Quicl, THOMSON, SOUTHWESTERN, 5th edition
• Managing Behavior in Organizations, Jerald Greenberg, 5th edition Pearson
• Adler, P. S. 1999 International dimensions of organizational behavior London: International Thompson
• Argyris, C. 1960 Understanding Organisational behavior Homewood IL: Dorsey Press (HM300)
• Bandura, A. 1977 Social learning theory New Jersey: Prentice-Hall
• Barnard, C. The functions of the executive Cambridge: Harvard University Press
• Beer, M. et al. 1984 Managing human Assets New York: Free Press
• Braverman, H .1974 Labour and monopoly capital New York: Monthly Review Press (Open shelve)
• Bryman, A. 1986 Leadership and organizations London: Routledge Kegan Paul
• Buchanan, D. A. Organisation in the computer age Aldershot: Gower
• Burns, T & Stalker, G. M. The management of innovation London: Tavistock (Open shelve)
• Child, J. 1972 "Organisational structure, environment, and performance: The role of strategic choice" Sociology vol. 6 # 1 pp 1- 22
• Clegg, S. & Dunkerley, D. 1980 Organisations, class and control London: Routledge & Kegan Paul
• Conti, R. F. & Warner, M. 1993 "Taylorism, new technology and just-in-time systems in Japanese Manufacturing" New Technology, work and employment, vol 8 # 100 31- 42
• Cyert, R. & March, J. G. 1992 A behavioral theory of the firm NJ: Prentice-Hall Englewoods Cliffs
• Dubin, E. (ed) 1976 Handbook of Work, Organisation and Society Chicago Rand McNally
• Drucker, P. F. 1988 Management challenges in the 21st Century London: Heinemann
• Drucker, P. F. 1989 The new realities London: Heinemann
• Duncan, R. B. 1974 "Modifications in decision making structures in adapting to the environment: some Implications for organizational learning" Decision sciences vol, 5 pp 704 –25
• Duncan, w. J. 1981 Organisational Behaviour Houghton: Mifflin
• French, J & Raven. B. 1958 "The bases of social power 'in D. Cartwright Studies in social Power Ann Arbor Institute for Social Research (HM301)
• Gibson, J.L. et al. 1994 Organisations: Behaviour structure and processes (Reserve)
• Gouldner, A. W. 1954 Patterns of industrial Bureaucracy New York: Free Press
• Gruneberg, M. & Wall, T.(eds) Social Psychology and organizational behavior Chichester: John Wiley
• Hall, E. T . Understanding Cultural differences Yarmouth: Intercultural Press
• Handy, C 1999 Understanding Organisations 4th ed London: Penguin (Reserve HD31HAN)
• Hofstede, G. 1991 Cultures and Organisations London: McGraw –Hill
• Hodgetts, R. M. 1991 Organisational behavior: Theory and practice New York: Macmillan company
• Kast, F.E. & Rosenzweig, J.E. Organization &Management11985 4th ed New jersey McGraw-hill (Reserve HD31KAS)
• Kotter, J. P. 1990 "what do leaders really do?" in Harvard Business review 73 pp59-67
• Mintzberg, H. 1983a Power in and around organizations New York: Prentice-Hall
• Mintzberg, H. 1983b Structures in fives: designing effective organizations Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall.
• Moorhead, G. and Griffin, R. w. 1998 Organisational Behaviour 5th edition Houghton: Mifflin Company
• Mullins, L. Management and Organisational behavior London: Pitman, The financial times (Reserve)
• Perrow, C. 1970 Organisational analysis: A sociological review Belmont: Wadsworth
• Robbins, S. P. 1998 Organisational behavior: Concepts, controversies, and applications NJ: Prentice-Hall (Reserve)
• Simon, H 1957 Administrative behavior NY: Macmillan
• Schein, E. H. 1975 Organisational culture and Leadership San Francisco: Jossey-bass
• Vecchio, R. P. 1995 organizational behavior 3rd edition Orland: Dryden Press
Modalità di svolgimento
1. Letture: Agli studenti verranno assegnate delle letture tratte dai libri di testo del corso. Queste letture forniscono una base teorica e una conoscenza di base degli argomenti trattati nel corso. Gli studenti sono tenuti a completare le letture assegnate prima di ogni sessione per facilitare le discussioni e le attività in classe.
2. Lezioni: Il docente terrà delle lezioni che evidenzieranno i punti chiave, forniranno informazioni aggiuntive e integreranno le letture. Le lezioni offriranno una presentazione strutturata del materiale del corso, assicurando che gli studenti afferrino i concetti e le teorie fondamentali. Tuttavia, le lezioni non si limiteranno a una comunicazione unidirezionale, poiché l'impegno e la partecipazione degli studenti saranno incoraggiati attraverso discussioni e domande.
3. Esercitazioni: Verranno svolte varie esercitazioni e attività in classe per migliorare la comprensione e l'applicazione pratica del materiale del corso. Queste esercitazioni possono includere discussioni di gruppo, giochi di ruolo, simulazioni e attività di problem solving. Gli esercizi mirano a promuovere il pensiero critico, la collaborazione e l'integrazione delle conoscenze in modo pratico.
4. Casi di studio: Per colmare il divario tra teoria e pratica, nel corso del corso si farà ampio uso di casi aziendali. Gli studenti analizzeranno e discuteranno casi reali che presentano sfide e dilemmi di comportamento organizzativo. Agli studenti verranno assegnati dei casi, che dovranno completare prima di ogni sessione. Questi lavori costituiscono la base per le discussioni in classe, consentendo agli studenti di applicare i concetti teorici a scenari reali e di sviluppare capacità analitiche e di risoluzione dei problemi.
5. Compiti individuali e di gruppo: Gli studenti saranno chiamati a svolgere lavori individuali e di gruppo. I lavori individuali possono includere studi di casi e studi di casi di supporto. I lavori di gruppo possono comprendere progetti collaborativi, presentazioni o ricerche di gruppo. Questi compiti incoraggiano gli studenti ad approfondire la comprensione del materiale, promuovono il lavoro di gruppo e le capacità di comunicazione e favoriscono il pensiero critico e l'analisi.
6. Discussioni in classe: Le discussioni di classe svolgono un ruolo cruciale nel processo di apprendimento. Gli studenti sono incoraggiati a partecipare attivamente alle discussioni, a condividere le loro prospettive, a porre domande e a impegnarsi in dibattiti relativi agli argomenti del corso. La diversità di esperienze e punti di vista tra gli studenti arricchisce l'ambiente di apprendimento e consente di esplorare diverse prospettive e soluzioni alle sfide del comportamento organizzativo.
7. MScBA Teaching Assistant: alla classe sarà assegnato un Teaching Assistant (TA) del programma MScBA. L'assistente didattico fungerà da mentore e fornirà ulteriore supporto agli studenti durante il corso. Assisterà nel chiarire i concetti del corso, faciliterà le discussioni e offrirà una guida per i compiti e le valutazioni. Il ruolo del TA è quello di migliorare la comprensione del materiale del corso da parte degli studenti e di fornire un'assistenza personalizzata, se necessario.
Teaching methods
1. Readings: Students will be assigned readings from the course textbooks. These readings provide a theoretical foundation and background knowledge on the topics covered in the course. Students are expected to complete the assigned readings before each session to facilitate class discussions and activities.
2. Lectures: The instructor will deliver lectures highlighting key points, providing additional information, and supplementing the readings. The lectures will offer a structured presentation of the course material, ensuring that students grasp the fundamental concepts and theories. However, the lectures will not be limited to one-way communication, as student engagement and participation will be encouraged through discussions and questions.
3. Exercises: Various exercises and in-class activities will be conducted to enhance understanding and practical application of the course material. These exercises may include group discussions, role-plays, simulations, and problem-solving tasks. The exercises aim to promote critical thinking, collaboration, and the integration of knowledge in a hands-on manner.
4. Case Studies: Business cases will be used extensively throughout the course to bridge the gap between theory and practice. Students will analyze and discuss real-world cases that present organizational behavior challenges and dilemmas. Students will be given case assignments, which they must complete before each session. These assignments are a foundation for class discussions, allowing students to apply theoretical concepts to real-life scenarios and develop analytical and problem-solving skills.
5. Individual and Team Assignments: Students can work on individual and team assignments. Individual assignments may include Case Studies and Supporting Case Studies. Team assignments may involve collaborative projects, presentations, or group research. These assignments encourage students to deepen their understanding of the material, promote teamwork and communication skills, and foster critical thinking and analysis.
6. Class Discussions: Class discussions play a crucial role in the learning process. Students are encouraged to actively participate in discussions, share their perspectives, ask questions, and engage in debates related to the course topics. The diversity of experiences and viewpoints among the students enriches the learning environment and enables the exploration of different perspectives and solutions to organizational behavior challenges.
7. MScBA Teaching Assistant: The Class will be assigned a Teaching Assistant (TA) from the MScBA program. The TA will serve as a mentor and provide additional support to students throughout the course. They will assist in clarifying course concepts, facilitating discussions, and offering guidance on assignments and assessments. The TA's role is further to enhance students' understanding of the course material and provide personalized assistance as needed.
Regolamento Esame
Il test di metà corso è una componente critica della valutazione del corso di Organizational Behavior. I seguenti dettagli forniscono una comprensione completa del formato del test, della durata, del contenuto e del suo impatto sul voto finale degli studenti:
Formato e durata del test:
Il test di metà corso è un esame scritto della durata di 3 ore. Durante questo tempo, il candidato dovrà rispondere a una serie di domande che valutano la sua comprensione del materiale del corso.
Contenuto e tipi di domande:
Il test comprende domande direttamente collegate alle lezioni e ai libri di testo del corso. Le domande possono essere di diversi tipi, tra cui aperte, chiuse (a scelta multipla) o una combinazione di entrambe. Lo scopo di questo diverso formato di domande è quello di valutare la comprensione dei contenuti del corso da diversi punti di vista.
Oltre a valutare la conoscenza dei concetti chiave, delle teorie e dei modelli trattati nel corso, il test può includere domande che richiedono l'analisi e l'interpretazione di incidenti o scenari reali. Queste domande mirano a valutare la capacità di applicare i quadri teorici a situazioni pratiche e a focalizzarsi su specifiche questioni teoriche discusse in classe.
Valutazione e punti bonus:
Gli studenti che frequentano regolarmente il corso possono guadagnare un massimo di +3 punti extra per il voto finale del 1° esame dopo il corso attraverso il test di metà corso. Questi punti aggiuntivi si applicano solo al 1° esame dopo il corso.
Importanza e validità dei punti del test intermedio:
I punti aggiuntivi ottenuti attraverso il test di metà corso servono a migliorare il voto, in particolare per il 1° esame dopo il corso. È importante notare che questi punti non influenzano gli esami o i compiti successivi.
Ottenendo buoni risultati nel test intermedio, è possibile migliorare il voto complessivo del corso, poiché i punti bonus contribuiscono a migliorare il risultato finale del primo esame dopo il corso.
È fondamentale prepararsi accuratamente per il test intermedio, rivedendo gli appunti delle lezioni, i libri di testo e qualsiasi altro materiale fornito durante il corso. Inoltre, l'impegno nel ragionamento critico e la partecipazione attiva alle discussioni in classe possono migliorare significativamente il rendimento all'esame.
ESAME
L'esame è un esame scritto. La durata è di circa 3-4 ore e comprende:
a) Discussione di un caso - Potreste ricevere un caso di studio a cui si riferiscono alcune domande per guidare la discussione. Nel rispondere alle domande, si prega di utilizzare contenuti e teorie specifiche (usare i nomi per identificare approcci e modelli) per la propria analisi. Non riceverete credito per le vostre opinioni se non supportate dalla teoria, dalle lezioni e dal materiale del testo. Inoltre, descrivete come il contenuto/la teoria si applica alla situazione. Le risposte saranno valutate in base alla quantità e alla qualità. Le soluzioni complete e che dimostrano un livello superiore di comprensione e analisi riceveranno più punti.
b) Alcune domande direttamente collegate ai libri di testo del corso - Possono essere aperte, chiuse (a scelta multipla) o una combinazione di entrambe. Potrà esservi chiesto di discutere i modelli e le teorie presentate durante il corso. Vi verrà chiesto di interpretare alcuni episodi reali e di concentrarvi su specifiche questioni teoriche.
Se il numero di studenti iscritti in una determinata data d'esame è inferiore a dieci, i docenti svolgeranno un esame orale anziché uno scritto.
1° ESAME DOPO LA PARTECIPAZIONE AL CORSO E REGISTRAZIONE DEI VOTI D'ESAME SUL LIBRETTOSOLO GLI STUDENTI CHE FREQUENTANO REGOLARMENTE (85% DI PRESENZE ALLE LEZIONI E ALLE DISCUSSIONI DEI CASI, COMPRESO L'ARRIVO IN RITARDO O L'USCITA ANTICIPATA) E CHE HANNO CONSEGNATO TUTTE LE PRESENTAZIONI IN POWERPOINT (CASI DI SUPPORTO E CASI) AI DOCENTI NEI TEMPI PREVISTI, SOSTENGONO IL 1° ESAME DOPO IL CORSO CON UN FORMATO ESPLICITAMENTE DEDICATO A LORO.
Inoltre, gli studenti frequentanti hanno l'opportunità di partecipare al Team Project. Gli studenti frequentanti potranno ottenere -3/+3 punti in più rispetto al voto finale del primo esame dopo il corso. Solo gli studenti che frequentano regolarmente saranno accettati per il Team Project.
La prova di esame sarà valutata secondo i seguenti criteri:
Non idoneo: importanti carenze e/o inaccuratezze nella conoscenza e comprensione degli argomenti; limitate capacità di analisi e sintesi, frequenti generalizzazioni e limitate capacità critiche e di giudizio, gli argomenti sono esposti in modo non coerente e con linguaggio inappropriato;
18-20: conoscenza e comprensione degli argomenti appena sufficiente con possibili generalizzazioni e imperfezioni; capacità di analisi sintesi e autonomia di giudizio sufficienti, gli argomenti sono esposti in modo frequentemente poco coerente e con un linguaggio poco appropriato/tecnico;
21-23: Conoscenza e comprensione degli argomenti routinaria; Capacità di analisi e sintesi corrette con argomentazione logica sufficientemente coerente e linguaggio appropriato/tecnico
24-26: Discreta conoscenza e comprensione degli argomenti; buone capacità di analisi e sintesi con argomentazioni espresse in modo rigoroso ma con un linguaggio non sempre appropriato/tecnico.
27-29: Conoscenza e comprensione degli argomenti completa; notevoli capacità di analisi e sintesi. Buona autonomia di giudizio. Argomenti esposti in modo rigoroso e con linguaggio appropriato/tecnico
30-30L: Ottimo livello di conoscenza e comprensione approfondita degli argomenti. Ottime capacità di analisi, di sintesi e di autonomia di giudizio. Argomentazioni espresse in modo originale e con linguaggio tecnico appropriato.
Exam Rules
The mid-course test is a critical evaluation component of the Organizational Behavior course. The following details provide a comprehensive understanding of the test format, duration, content, and its impact on students' final grades:
Test Format and Duration:
The mid-course test is a written exam that spans 3 hours. During this time, you will be required to respond to a series of questions that assess your understanding of the course materials.
Content and Question Types:
The test encompasses questions directly connected to the lectures and course textbooks. The questions may be of different types, including open-ended, closed (multiple choice), or a combination of both. The purpose of this diverse question format is to evaluate your comprehension of the course content from various perspectives.
In addition to assessing your knowledge of key concepts, theories, and models covered in the course, the test may include questions that prompt you to analyze and interpret real-life incidents or scenarios. These questions aim to gauge your ability to apply theoretical frameworks to practical situations and focus on specific theoretical issues discussed in class.
Grading and Bonus Points:
Regular attending students can earn a maximum of +3 extra points towards the final grade of the 1st Exam after the course through the mid-course test. These additional points only apply to the 1st Exam after the course.
Importance and Validity of Mid-Course Test Points:
The extra points obtained through the mid-course test serve as a potential grade booster, specifically for the 1st exam after the course. It is important to note that these points do not influence subsequent exams or assignments.
By performing well on the mid-course test, you can enhance your overall grade in the course, as the bonus points contribute towards improving your final result on the 1st exam after the course.
Preparing thoroughly for the mid-course test is crucial by reviewing lecture notes, course textbooks, and any additional materials provided throughout the course. Additionally, engaging in critical thinking and actively participating in class discussions can significantly benefit your performance on the test.
EXAM
The exam is a written exam. The duration is about 3-4 hours, and it includes:
a) Case discussion - You may be given a case study to which some questions may pertain to lead the discussion. As you respond to the questions, please use specific content and theories (use names to identify approaches and models) for your analysis. You will not receive credit for your opinions unless supported by theory, lecture, and text material. Also, describe how the content/theory applies to the situation. Your answers will be evaluated based on both quantity and quality. Solutions that are complete and demonstrate a higher level of understanding and analysis will receive more points.
b) Some questions directly connected to the course textbooks – They could be open, closed (multiple choice), or a combination of both. You may be asked to discuss the models and the theories presented during the course. You will be asked to interpret some real incidents and focus on specific theoretical issues.
If the number of enrolled students on a specific exam date is less than ten, teachers will run an oral exam instead of a written one.
1ST EXAM AFTER THE COURSE PARTICIPATION AND EXAM GRADES REGISTERING ON THE BOOKLET
ONLY REGULAR ATTENDING STUDENTS (85% OF ATTENDANCE TO LECTURES AND CASE DISCUSSIONS, INCLUDING ARRIVING LATE OR LEAVING EARLY) THAT HAVE DELIVERED ALL THE POWERPOINT PRESENTATIONS (SUPPORTING CASES AND CASES) TO THE INSTRUCTORS ON TIME TAKE THE 1ST EXAM AFTER THE COURSE WITH A FORMAT EXPLICITLY DEDICATED TO THEM.
Moreover, attending students have the opportunity to participate at the Team Project. To the Team Project regular attending students will be allowed to achieve a -3/+3 extra points to the final grade of the first exam after the course. Only regular attending students will be accepted for the Team Project.
The exam will be assessed according to the following criteria:
Not Successful: important deficiencies and/or inaccuracies in the knowledge and understanding of the topics; limited ability to analyse and synthesise, frequent generalisations and limited critical and judgemental skills, the topics are set out inconsistently and with inappropriate language;
18-20: Barely sufficient knowledge and understanding of the topics with possible generalisations and imperfections; sufficient capacity for analysis synthesis and autonomy of judgement, topics are frequently exposed in an incoherent way and with inappropriate/technical language;
21-23: Routine knowledge and understanding of topics; ability to analyse and synthesise correctly with sufficiently coherent logical argumentation and appropriate/technical language;
24-26: Fair knowledge and understanding of the topics; Good analytical and synthetic skills with arguments expressed in a rigorous manner but with language that is not always appropriate/technical;
27-29: Comprehensive knowledge and understanding of the topics; considerable capacity for analysis and synthesis. Good autonomy of judgement. Arguments presented in a rigorous manner and with appropriate/technical language;
30-30L: Excellent level of knowledge and thorough understanding of topics. Excellent analytical and synthetic skills and independent judgement. Arguments expressed in an original manner and with appropriate technical language.
Obiettivi Formativi
CONOSCENZA E CAPACITÀ DI COMPRENSIONE: L’'obiettivo formativo del corso è fornire teorie e strumenti e sviluppare capacità per l'analisi dei comportamenti individuali, di gruppo e organizzativi in ambienti complessi, al fine di:
- Comprendere e utilizzare concretamente le teorie e i modelli fondamentali di Comportamento Organizzativo;
- Sviluppare le capacità di applicare la teoria alla pratica
CAPACITÀ DI APPLICARE CONOSCENZA E COMPRENSIONE: L’'obiettivo formativo del corso è fornire teorie e strumenti e sviluppare capacità per l'analisi dei comportamenti individuali, di gruppo e organizzativi in ambienti complessi, al fine di:
- Sviluppare le capacità di analisi, di elaborazione e di soluzione di problemi organizzativi complessi, sia tramite la discussione di best practice, sia attraverso la discussione di casi di studio.
AUTONOMIA DI GIUDIZIO: Alla fine del corso gli studenti avranno compreso come:
- Lo studio del comportamento organizzativo può aiutare a migliorare il rendimento e il benessere delle persone nei luoghi di lavoro;
- I modelli, le teorie e i concetti riguardanti il comportamento organizzativo possono essere utilizzati per promuovere l'efficacia degli individui, dei gruppi e delle organizzazioni,
e avranno sviluppato:
- Competenze, per l’analisi sia del comportamento degli individui (considerati come singoli e/o in gruppo), sia del funzionamento organizzativo nel suo complesso, utili per svolgere con maggiore efficacia il ruolo di manager;
- Una “"rappresentazione”" più ricca e complessa del comportamento organizzativo in tutte le sue accezioni che consente loro di contribuire in modo più efficace allo sviluppo dell’'organizzazione in cui saranno inseriti.
ABILITÀ COMUNICATIVE: Durante la discussione dei casi IN AULA, gli studenti saranno chiamati a illustrare brevemente la loro presentazione di gruppo in Powerpoint (MAX 15 slide, compresa la copertina). A tale scopo per ogni discussione di caso è necessario che un gruppo di studenti si faccia carico di presentare il proprio lavoro. In assenza di tale gruppo, il docente in aula individuerà un gruppo sostitutivo.
CAPACITÀ DI APPRENDIMENTO: Durante la discussione dei casi IN AULA, gli studenti saranno chiamati a:
1. Prendere una posizione specifica su determinate questioni e/o punti.
2. Porre domande chiarificatorie.
3. Collaborare al fine di mantenere viva la discussione.
4. Aiutare nel guidare e coinvolgere anche gli altri studenti nella discussione.
5. Integrare la discussione con teorie, contenuti e concetti già visti in altri casi.
Learning Objectives
KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING: The goal of the course is to provide theories and tools and develop skills for the analysis of individual, group and organizational behaviors in complex environments, in order to:
- Understand and concretely use the theories and basic models of Organizational Behavior;
- Developing the ability to apply theory to practice
APPLYING KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING: The goal of the course is to provide theories and tools and develop skills for the analysis of individual, group and organizational behaviors in complex environments, in order to:
- To develop the ability to analyse, elaborate and solve complex organizational problems, both through the discussion of best practices and through the discussion of case studies.
MAKING JUDGEMENTS: By the end of the course students will have understood how:
- The study of organisational behaviour can help to improve the performance and well-being of people in the workplace;
- Models, theories and concepts concerning organisational behaviour can be used to promote the effectiveness of individuals, groups and organisations,
and will have developed:
- Skills, for the analysis of both the behavior of individuals (considered as individuals and/or groups), and the organizational functioning as a whole, useful to play more effectively the role of manager;
- A richer and more complex "representation" of organizational behavior in all its meanings that allows them to contribute more effectively to the development of the organization in which they will be placed.
COMMUNICATION SKILLS: During the discussion of case studies in classroom, students will be asked to briefly illustrate their group presentation in Powerpoint (MAX 15 slide, including cover). For this purpose, each case discussion requires a group of students to present their work. In the absence of such a group, the teacher in the classroom will identify a replacement group.
LEARNING SKILLS: During the discussion of case studies in classroom, students will be called to:
1. Take a specific position on certain issues and/or points.
2. Ask clarification questions.
3. Collaborate in order to keep the discussion alive.
4. Help guide and involve other students in the discussion.
5. Integrate the discussion with theories, contents and concepts already seen in other
Prerequisiti
Prerequisites
Programma
Sezione I: Il contesto organizzativo e la comunità di apprendimento (3 lezioni).
Sezione II: La gestione dei gruppi (4 lezioni).
Sezione III: La comprensione e la gestione degli individui (5 lezioni).
Sezione IV: La gestione dei processi organizzativi chiave (6 lezioni).
Program
Section I: The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community (3 lectures).
Section II: Managing teams (4 lectures).
Section III: Understanding and managing individuals (5 lectures).
Section IV: Managing key organisational processes (6 lectures).
Testi Adottati
G. H. Seijts , Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
Altro materiale didattico: sul sito web del corso sono disponibili le slide e altro materiale didattico
Books
G. H. Seijts , Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
Other learning sources: Slides and other material will be available under the course web site.
Bibliografia
• Contemporary management" Jones, George, McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2006
• Managing Organizational Behavior" Jones, George, Prentice Hall International, 2007
• "Organizational change" B. Senior, J. Fleming, Prentice Hall International 3 edition, 2006
• "Management" Hitt, Black, Porter Prentice Hall International, Second Edition, 2008
• Organizational behavior, Debra Nelson, James Campbell Quicl, THOMSON, SOUTH WESTERN, 5th edition
• Managing Behavior in Organizations, Jerald Greenberg, 5th edition Pearson
• Adler, P. S. 1999 International dimensions of organizational behaviour London: International Thopmson
• Argyris, C. 1960 Understanding Organisational behaviour Homewood IL:Dorsey Press (HM300)
• Bandura, A. 1977 Social learning theory New Jersey: Prentice -Hall
• Banard, C. The functions of the executive Cambridge: Harvard University Press
• Beer, M. et al 1984 Managing human Assets New York : Free Press
• Braverman, H .1974 Labour and monopoly capital New York: Monthly Review press (Open shelve)
• Bryman, A. 1986 Leadership and organisations London: Routledge Kegan Paul
• Buchanan, D. A. Organisation in the computer age Aldershot: Gower
• Burns, T & Stalker, G. M. The management of innovation London: Tavistock (Open shelve)
• Child , J. 1972 "Organisational structure, environment and performance : The role of strategic choice" Sociology vol. 6 # 1 pp 1- 22
• Clegg, S. & Dunkerley,D 1980 Organisations, class and control London : Routledge & Kegan Paul
• Conti, R. F. & Warner, M. 1993 "Taylorism, new technology and just-in -time systems in Japanese Manufacturing" New Technology, work and employment, vol 8 # 100 31- 42
• Cyert, R. & March,J. G. 1992 A behavioural theory of the firm NJ: Prentice -Hall Englewoods Cliffs
• Dubin, E. (ed) 1976 Handbook of work, Organisation and Society Chicago Rand McNally
• Drucker, P. F. 1988 Management challenges in the 21st Century London: Heinemann
• Duncan, R. B. 1974 "Modifications in decision making structures in adapting to the environment: some Implications for organisational learning" Decision sciences vol, 5 pp 704 -25
• Duncan, w. J. 1981 Organisational Behaviour Houghton: Mifflin
• French, J & Raven. B. 1958 "The bases of social power 'in D. Cartwright Studies in social Power Ann Arbor Institute for Social research (HM301)
• Gibson,J.L. et al 1994 Organisations: Behaviour structure and processes (Reserve)
• Gouldner, A. W. 1954 Patterns of industrial Bureaucracy New York: Free Press
• Gruneberg, M. & Wall, T.(eds) Social Psychology and organisational behaviour Chichester : John Wiley
• Hall, E. T . Understanding Cultural differences Yarmouth: Intercultural Press
• Handy, C 1999 Understanding Organisations 4th ed London: Penguin (Reserve HD31HAN)
• Hofstede, G. 1991 Cultures and Organisations London: McGraw -Hill
• Hodgetts, R. M. 1991 Organisational behaviour: Theory and practice New York: Macmillan company
• Kast, F.E. & Rosenzweig, J.E. Organization &Management11985 4th ed New jersey McGraw-hill (Reserve HD31KAS)
• Kotter, J. P. 1990 "what do leaders really do? " in Harvard Business review 73 pp59-67
• Mintzberg, H. 1983a Power in and around organisations New York: Prentice Hall
• Moorhead, G. and Griffin, R. w. 1998 Organisational Behaviour 5th edition Houghton: Mifflin Company
• Mullins, L. Management and Organisational behaviour London: Pitman, The financial times (Reserve)
• Perrow, C. 1970 Organisational analysis: A sociological review Belmont: Wadsworth
• Robbins, S. P. 1998 Organisational behaviour: Concepts, controversies and applications NJ: Prentice - Hall (Reserve)
• Simon, H 1957 Administrative behaviour NY: Macmillan
• Schein, E. H. 1975 Organisational culture and Leadership San Francisco: Jossey-bass
• Vecchio, R. P. 1995 organisational behaviour 3rd edition Orland: Dryden Press
Bibliography
• Contemporary management" Jones, George, McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2006
• Managing Organizational Behavior" Jones, George, Prentice Hall International, 2007
• "Organizational change" B. Senior, J. Fleming, Prentice Hall International 3 edition, 2006
• "Management" Hitt, Black, Porter Prentice Hall International, Second Edition, 2008
• Organizational behavior, Debra Nelson, James Campbell Quicl, THOMSON, SOUTH WESTERN, 5th edition
• Managing Behavior in Organizations, Jerald Greenberg, 5th edition Pearson
• Adler, P. S. 1999 International dimensions of organizational behaviour London: International Thopmson
• Argyris, C. 1960 Understanding Organisational behaviour Homewood IL:Dorsey Press (HM300)
• Bandura, A. 1977 Social learning theory New Jersey: Prentice -Hall
• Banard, C. The functions of the executive Cambridge: Harvard University Press
• Beer, M. et al 1984 Managing human Assets New York : Free Press
• Braverman, H .1974 Labour and monopoly capital New York: Monthly Review press (Open shelve)
• Bryman, A. 1986 Leadership and organisations London: Routledge Kegan Paul
• Buchanan, D. A. Organisation in the computer age Aldershot: Gower
• Burns, T & Stalker, G. M. The management of innovation London: Tavistock (Open shelve)
• Child , J. 1972 "Organisational structure, environment and performance : The role of strategic choice" Sociology vol. 6 # 1 pp 1- 22
• Clegg, S. & Dunkerley,D 1980 Organisations, class and control London : Routledge & Kegan Paul
• Conti, R. F. & Warner, M. 1993 "Taylorism, new technology and just-in -time systems in Japanese Manufacturing" New Technology, work and employment, vol 8 # 100 31- 42
• Cyert, R. & March,J. G. 1992 A behavioural theory of the firm NJ: Prentice -Hall Englewoods Cliffs
• Dubin, E. (ed) 1976 Handbook of work, Organisation and Society Chicago Rand McNally
• Drucker, P. F. 1988 Management challenges in the 21st Century London: Heinemann
• Duncan, R. B. 1974 "Modifications in decision making structures in adapting to the environment: some Implications for organisational learning" Decision sciences vol, 5 pp 704 -25
• Duncan, w. J. 1981 Organisational Behaviour Houghton: Mifflin
• French, J & Raven. B. 1958 "The bases of social power 'in D. Cartwright Studies in social Power Ann Arbor Institute for Social research (HM301)
• Gibson,J.L. et al 1994 Organisations: Behaviour structure and processes (Reserve)
• Gouldner, A. W. 1954 Patterns of industrial Bureaucracy New York: Free Press
• Gruneberg, M. & Wall, T.(eds) Social Psychology and organisational behaviour Chichester : John Wiley
• Hall, E. T . Understanding Cultural differences Yarmouth: Intercultural Press
• Handy, C 1999 Understanding Organisations 4th ed London: Penguin (Reserve HD31HAN)
• Hofstede, G. 1991 Cultures and Organisations London: McGraw -Hill
• Hodgetts, R. M. 1991 Organisational behaviour: Theory and practice New York: Macmillan company
• Kast, F.E. & Rosenzweig, J.E. Organization &Management11985 4th ed New jersey McGraw-hill (Reserve HD31KAS)
• Kotter, J. P. 1990 "what do leaders really do? " in Harvard Business review 73 pp59-67
• Mintzberg, H. 1983a Power in and around organisations New York: Prentice Hall
• Moorhead, G. and Griffin, R. w. 1998 Organisational Behaviour 5th edition Houghton: Mifflin Company
• Mullins, L. Management and Organisational behaviour London: Pitman, The financial times (Reserve)
• Perrow, C. 1970 Organisational analysis: A sociological review Belmont: Wadsworth
• Robbins, S. P. 1998 Organisational behaviour: Concepts, controversies and applications NJ: Prentice - Hall (Reserve)
• Simon, H 1957 Administrative behaviour NY: Macmillan
• Schein, E. H. 1975 Organisational culture and Leadership San Francisco: Jossey-bass
• Vecchio, R. P. 1995 organisational behaviour 3rd edition Orland: Dryden Press
Modalità di svolgimento
Si raccomanda vivamente agli studenti frequentanti di partecipare a tutte le lezioni e a tutte le preparazioni e presentazioni dei casi.
Per raggiungere i suoi obiettivi, questo corso utilizza letture, lezioni, esercizi, casi, compiti individuali e di gruppo e discussioni in classe. Le assegnazioni dei casi forniscono una base importante per la discussione in classe e devono essere completate prima di ogni sessione di classe. Le date di scadenza per tutti i casi e gli altri compiti sono elencati nel calendario delle lezioni. Le lezioni saranno utilizzate per evidenziare i punti chiave delle letture e fornire informazioni aggiuntive per integrare le letture. I casi forniranno l'opportunità di applicare quanto appreso alle questioni e agli scenari del mondo reale. Poiché ogni studente porta prospettive ed esperienze uniche in classe, la partecipazione a discussioni e attività in classe è essenziale per il proprio apprendimento così come per quello degli altri membri della classe.
Teaching methods
Regular attending students are strongly recommended to participate to all the lectures and to all the preparations and presentations of the business cases.
To meet its goals, this course uses readings, lectures, exercises, cases, individual and team assignments, and class discussion. Case assignments provide an important foundation for class discussion and must be completed prior to each class session. The due dates for all cases and other assignments are listed in the class schedule. Lectures will be used to highlight key points from the readings and provide additional information to supplement the readings. Cases will provide the opportunity to apply what learned to real world issues and scenarios. Because each student brings unique perspectives and experiences to the class, participation in class discussions and activities is essential to own learning as well as that of other class members.
Regolamento Esame
a) Un caso di studio con relative domande al fine di guidarne la discussione . Per l’'analisi del caso, conseguentemente, sarà richiesto agli studenti di rispondere alle domande utilizzando contenuti specifici e teorie studiate nel corso. Non sarà possibile ottenere punteggi per le risposte contenenti opinioni personali salvo che queste non siano supportate da teorie, studi o altro materiale di testo. E’ inoltre necessario descrivere “"come” e “"per quale ragione” la teoria richiamata può essere applicata al caso oggetto di studio. Le risposte fornite saranno valutate sulla base sia della quantità, sia della qualità. Le risposte più complete e che dimostreranno un più alto livello di comprensione e di analisi riceveranno valutazioni più elevate.
b) Alcune domande direttamente collegate ai libri di testo del corso - Le domande possono essere aperte, chiuse (a scelta multipla) o una combinazione di entrambe. Può essere chiesto di discutere i modelli e le teorie presentate durante il corso. Verrà chiesto di interpretare alcuni incidenti reali e di focalizzare l'attenzione su alcune specifiche questioni teoriche.
Inoltre, gli studenti frequentanti hanno l'opportunità di partecipare al Team Project. Gli studenti frequentanti potranno ottenere -3/+3 punti in più rispetto al voto finale del primo esame dopo il corso. Solo gli studenti che frequentano regolarmente saranno accettati per il Team Project.
Exam Rules
a) Case discussion - It may be given a case study to which some questions may pertain in order to lead the discussion. Responding to the questions, students should use specific content and theories (use names to identify theories and models) as the basis of analysis. Students will not receive credit for personal opinions unless backed by theory, lecture, and/or text material. Also, students should describe how they see the content/theory applying to the situation. Answers will be evaluated based upon both quantity and quality. Answers that are more complete and demonstrate a higher level of understanding and analysis will receive more points.
b) Some questions directly connected to the course textbooks - The questions could be open, closed (multiple choice), or a combination of the both. It may be asked to discuss the models and the theories presented during the course. It will be asked to interpret some real incidents and to focus the attention to some specific theoretical issues.
Moreover, attending students have the opportunity to participate at the Team Project. To the Team Project regular attending students will be allowed to achieve a -3/+3 extra points to the final grade of the first exam after the course. Only regular attending students will be accepted for the Team Project.
Updated A.Y. 2021-2022
Organisational dynamics
and behaviour
(Prof. Luca Gnan)
Teaching Staff Responsible for the Course:
Prof. Luca Gnan
E-mail: luca.gnan@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via e-mail
Prof.ssa Giulia Flamini
E-mail: giulia.flamini@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via e-mail
We are committed to making this course a valuable learning experience for you. After the first month, we will spend part of a class session evaluating our progress, and we will make any necessary changes to keep us on track. However, we welcome your feedback at any time in the semester. It is easiest to reach us by e-mail or during office hours, but we are always happy to set up an appointment. Additionally, if you have a disability that requires unique accommodation, please let us know ASAP so that we can be helpful to you.
E-mails, Office Hours & Feedback on Assignments
We endeavor to answer e-mails within one day. If you have not heard from us within that time, please resend the e-mail. Grades & comments will be posted online in the materials section of the course website. We will be happy to give feedback and discuss assignments after all grading is complete for a specific task. Office hours are scheduled by e-mail request.
We may answer questions of assignment clarification in class and via e-mails to benefit the entire class. We may also give extra grades (see below Team Project) during the course that, while generally designed to support learning in the course, will also help your participation grade. These are pass/fail and do not include comments.
Pre-requisites for the Course:
None.
Course description
While many of the courses in the MScBA teach you how to manage money, information, and other material resources, this course is unique (and invaluable) in that you will learn how to manage your performance and career by learning how to work with and through other people even when you don't want to. Although skills in finance, accounting, marketing, operations, and strategy are crucial for organizational success, managing an organization, its groups, and its individuals is equally important. In your career, you will depend on people to accomplish tasks, goals, and projects; you will need to work for other people, work with other people, and supervise other people. Understanding the human side of management is an essential complement to the technical skills you are learning in other courses. Although we will focus primarily on work, you will find that the course concepts have applications to various organizations, including non-profits, athletic teams, social clubs, and religious and political groups.
This advanced course in organizational behavior is designed to expose you to essential theories and concepts for analyzing, understanding, and managing human behavior in organizations. This course will apply concrete organizational situations from our case studies and projects to essential theories and effective management practices. In this class, you will learn how to thrive at work by managing your relationships. In this course, we will investigate:
- Individual behavior in organizations, including personality, decision-making, personal networks, and ethics.
- Interpersonal behavior, including teamwork, conflict, leadership, and power and influence.
- Organizational factors affecting behavior, including reward systems, culture, and organizational design.
Learning Objectives
Explore from managerial perspective research and practical applications on organizational behavior.
The objective of the training is to provide tools and analytical theory on the analysis of individual and behavior in different group and organizational contexts to:
- Understand and use the fundamental theories on organizational behavior
- Develop capacities for applying theories to practice
- Develop problem-solving abilities with best practices discussion and case study analysis
The study route is divided into four different sections:
- Section I: The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community.
- Section II: Managing Teams.
- Section III: Understanding and Managing Individuals.
- Section IV: Managing Key Organizational Processes.
At the end of the course, students will have:
- A deeper understanding of how the study of organizational behavior can aid us in improving the performance and well-being of people at work.
- Understood how models, theories, and concepts about organizational behavior could promote the effectiveness of individuals, groups, and organizations.
- Developed skills for analyzing individual, group, and organizational functioning that enhance their effectiveness as managers.
- Developed a more effective and more complex representation of organizational behavior, enabling them to contribute more effectively to the workplace.
Teaching methods
Lessons will be characterized by the transfer of knowledge and the strong interaction within the classroom; there are analyses of situations, problems, and business cases to facilitate participants in learning.
Regular attending students are strongly recommended to participate in all the lectures, preparations, and presentations of the business cases.
This course uses readings, lectures, exercises, cases, individual and team assignments, and class discussions to meet its goals. Case assignments provide an essential foundation for class discussion and must be completed before each class session. The due dates for all cases and other assignments are listed in the class schedule at the end of the syllabus. Lectures will highlight key points from the readings and provide additional information to supplement the readings. Cases will allow you to apply what you have learned to real-world issues and scenarios. Because each of you brings unique perspectives and experiences to the class, participation in class discussions and activities is essential to your learning and that of other class members. To further enrich your understanding, you will also be matched with an MScBA Teaching Assistant.
Main References
- A) Textbooks for regular attending students (to be considered a regular attending student, a participant should achieve at least an 85% of presence to lectures and case discussions):
- Fincham, P. Rhodes, Principles of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005.
- H. Seijts, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
As far as the textbook Principles of Organizational Behaviour (Fincham, Rhodes, 2005) is concerned, regular attending students must prepare the following parts:
- Introduction pp. 1 -11 (Organization Behavior: An Overview)
- Chapter 1 pp.19 – 50 (Expectations and Learning)
- Chapter 8 pp. 310-359 (Leadership Dynamics)
- Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp .500-510 (Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness)
- Chapter 7 pp. 275-305 (Group Dynamics and Performance)
- Chapter 10 pp. 394-417 (Conflict Management and Negotiation)
- Chapter 3 pp.93-146 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
- Chapter 4 pp.151-185 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
- Chapter 5 pp.191-233 (Motivation)
- Chapter 2 pp. 54-88 (Stress and the Management of Stress)
- Chapter 12 pp. 445-464 and Chapter 13 pp.468-491 (Organization and Work Design)
- Chapter 17 pp.570-592 (Creativity and Innovation)
- Chapter 15 pp.527-544 (Organizational Culture)
- Chapter 14 pp.513-523 (Organizational Change and Development)
During the course, ten cases (from the Cases in Organizational Behavior textbook, Seijts, 2005) will be discussed:
- Chuck McKinnon (on the leadership issue)
- eProcure – the Project (A) (on the leading and managing teams' issue)
- The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management (on the team dynamics issue)
- INTEL in China (on the Conflict Management and Negotiation issue)
- Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion (on the Appreciating Individual Differences issue)
- Elise Smart (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
- Martin Brass Company (A) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing (on the stress and the Management of Stress issue)
- Victoria Hospital Redesign Initiative (on the Organizational design issue)
- COM: a dynamic culture (on the Creativity and Innovation issue)
- Deloitte & Touche: Integrating Arthur Andersen (on the Organizational Change and Development issue).
- B) Textbooks for NON-regular attending students (to be considered regular attending student, a participant should achieve at least an 85% of presence to lectures and case discussions):
- FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005 (all chapters).
- H. SEIJTS, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005 (all cases).
- B) Supplementary textbooks
- Robins S., Judge T." Organizational behavior" 13 edition, Prentice-Hall International, 2005
- Contemporary management" Jones, George, McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2006
- Managing Organizational Behavior" Jones, George, Prentice-Hall International, 2007
- "Organizational change" B. Senior, J. Fleming, Prentice-Hall International 3 edition, 2006
- "Management" Hitt, Black, Porter Prentice-Hall International, Second Edition, 2008
- Organizational behavior, Debra Nelson, James Campbell Quicl, THOMSON, SOUTHWESTERN, 5th edition
- Managing Behavior in Organizations, Jerald Greenberg, 5th edition Pearson
- Adler, P. S. 1999 International dimensions of organizational behavior London: International Thompson
- Argyris, C. 1960 Understanding Organisational behavior Homewood IL: Dorsey Press (HM300)
- Bandura, A. 1977 Social learning theory New Jersey: Prentice-Hall
- Barnard, C. The functions of the executive Cambridge: Harvard University Press
- Beer, M. et al. 1984 Managing human Assets New York: Free Press
- Braverman, H .1974 Labour and monopoly capital New York: Monthly Review Press (Open shelve)
- Bryman, A. 1986 Leadership and organizations London: Routledge Kegan Paul
- Buchanan, D. A. Organisation in the computer age Aldershot: Gower
- Burns, T & Stalker, G. M. The management of innovation London: Tavistock (Open shelve)
- Child, J. 1972 "Organisational structure, environment, and performance: The role of strategic choice" Sociology vol. 6 # 1 pp 1- 22
- Clegg, S. & Dunkerley, D. 1980 Organisations, class and control London: Routledge & Kegan Paul
- Conti, R. F. & Warner, M. 1993 "Taylorism, new technology and just-in-time systems in Japanese Manufacturing" New Technology, work and employment, vol 8 # 100 31- 42
- Cyert, R. & March, J. G. 1992 A behavioral theory of the firm NJ: Prentice-Hall Englewoods Cliffs
- Dubin, E. (ed) 1976 Handbook of Work, Organisation and Society Chicago Rand McNally
- Drucker, P. F. 1988 Management challenges in the 21st Century London: Heinemann
- Drucker, P. F. 1989 The new realities London: Heinemann
- Duncan, R. B. 1974 "Modifications in decision making structures in adapting to the environment: some Implications for organizational learning" Decision sciences vol, 5 pp 704 –25
- Duncan, w. J. 1981 Organisational Behaviour Houghton: Mifflin
- French, J & Raven. B. 1958 "The bases of social power 'in D. Cartwright Studies in social Power Ann Arbor Institute for Social Research (HM301)
- Gibson, J.L. et al. 1994 Organisations: Behaviour structure and processes (Reserve)
- Gouldner, A. W. 1954 Patterns of industrial Bureaucracy New York: Free Press
- Gruneberg, M. & Wall, T.(eds) Social Psychology and organizational behavior Chichester: John Wiley
- Hall, E. T . Understanding Cultural differences Yarmouth: Intercultural Press
- Handy, C 1999 Understanding Organisations 4th ed London: Penguin (Reserve HD31HAN)
- Hofstede, G. 1991 Cultures and Organisations London: McGraw –Hill
- Hodgetts, R. M. 1991 Organisational behavior: Theory and practice New York: Macmillan company
- Kast, F.E. & Rosenzweig, J.E. Organization &Management11985 4th ed New jersey McGraw-hill (Reserve HD31KAS)
- Kotter, J. P. 1990 "what do leaders really do?" in Harvard Business review 73 pp59-67
- Mintzberg, H. 1983a Power in and around organizations New York: Prentice-Hall
- Mintzberg, H. 1983b Structures in fives: designing effective organizations Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall.
- Moorhead, G. and Griffin, R. w. 1998 Organisational Behaviour 5th edition Houghton: Mifflin Company
- Mullins, L. Management and Organisational behavior London: Pitman, The financial times (Reserve)
- Perrow, C. 1970 Organisational analysis: A sociological review Belmont: Wadsworth
- Robbins, S. P. 1998 Organisational behavior: Concepts, controversies, and applications NJ: Prentice-Hall (Reserve)
- Simon, H 1957 Administrative behavior NY: Macmillan
- Schein, E. H. 1975 Organisational culture and Leadership San Francisco: Jossey-bass
- Vecchio, R. P. 1995 organizational behavior 3rd edition Orland: Dryden Press
Case Discussions
Regular attending students are expected to be fully engaged in the entire learning process. Regular attending students are expected to:
- Prepare the assigned readings of the cases before each class.
- Prepare as a group work a PowerPoint presentation on the case based on the specific assignment.
- Come to class prepared to participate and discuss to enhance the individual and the class learning.
On the website of the course, students find for each case the relative assignment. Please carefully read the questions before the session and use them for preparing the PowerPoint presentation.
Each student will be involved in the class discussion on the cases and tie the assigned reading for the session. The objective is to bring all class members into the debate. The cases are designed to integrate the concepts from the case into the context of the course. The preparation and the discussion of the cases do not exclude the study of the theoretical concepts useful for the discussion of the cases themselves and the passing of the course exam.
With the cases' discussions in the CLASSROOM, each student will develop:
- The ability to set the parameters for the problem (key concepts from the case).
- A depth of knowledge about the case subject (understanding of material, excellent response to the observations of others).
- The ability to tie in case with other course concepts.
- The ability to get others involved in the discussion.
To adequately discuss the cases, students do:
- Be prepared with facts and specific quotes from the case.
- Be prepared to comment, ask a question, or develop ideas about the case.
During the discussion, students do:
- Take a position on a question or a point.
- Ask clarifying questions.
- Help keep the discussion moving and on track.
- Help draw others into the discussion.
- Integrate theories and content from other cases.
During the discussion, students do not:
- Be unprepared and show your lack of knowledge.
- Monopolize the discussion.
- Make irrelevant comments.
- Be insensitive to other's desire to speak or to their opinions.
All the regular attending students are kindly invited to build up workgroups (MINIMUM 3 PERSONS – MAXIMUM 5 PERSONS). Each workgroup should prepare a PowerPoint presentation for each case. Into the first slide, the names of the students belonging to the group should be reported.
The structure of the presentation should follow the following outline:
- One or more introductory slides aimed at describing/reporting the story, the characters, and all the necessary elements to define the context and boundaries of the case clearly.
- One slide mentioning the questions of the assignment and underlining the learning goals of the case.
- One or more slides reporting the answers to each question of the assignment.
- One or more slides reporting the final remarks on the case.
- One closing slide about the lessons learned after the group discussion of the case.
How to prepare the PowerPoint presentation of the case?
Introduction – a short presentation of the case and a brief description of the problems and situations that should be discussed.
Diagnosis – Problem setting of the context and the situation. Description of the mains facts and elements connected with the concepts and models of Organizational Behavior (e.g., organizational change, conflicts, motivation, satisfaction, leadership, managing people, group dynamics, etc.). What went wrong, and which actions/situations, instead, were right? Which elements could be considered for the diagnosis?
Solution – Students should provide a possible answer to questions/problems related to the case and a possible and unambiguous indication of how to approach the situation and how to solve it. The entire proposal should represent a consistent action plan in terms of behaviors and expected results.
Conclusions – Conclusions should not be longer than 300-500 words and should describe how the situation and the problem characterized the case, how Organizational Behavior schemata might help solve the case, and what the proposed solution might generate in terms of organizational consequences.
Lessons learned – At the end of the presentation, we should identify and report elements/suggestions/advice that we "take home" from the case discussion.
NOTE: During the case discussion, students should explicitly address the context and the different situations with concepts related to Organizational Behavior and with models and theories of this course.
Case Discussions' Class Participation
We believe that the best way to learn, especially about ODB, is actively participating in your education. In this class, "participation" is defined as quality contributions to class discussion and exercises. There are four pre-requisites for successful participation:
- Be here on time and prepared. If you are not here, you cannot contribute much to class discussion. If you need to miss class for a predictable reason (e.g., job interview, athletic competition), please notify us at least 24 hours in advance so that we can make arrangements for any in-class exercises and so that you can obtain the materials distributed during the class. Of course, we realize that in some cases, unforeseeable emergencies arise. Although we will not directly penalize you for non-attendance, be aware that multiple absences will indirectly hurt you by preventing you from participating in class, thereby lowering your participation grade. To contribute to class discussion, you must come to class having carefully prepared all assignments (i.e., readings, cases, exercises).
- Be brave. Everyone in this class is smart, engaging, and has unique life experiences to share. You will get the most out of this course if you ask questions, voice opinions, and express your thoughts to one another. If you feel uncomfortable talking in class, please send me an e-mail or set up an appointment to talk with me early in the semester. We will do everything we can to accommodate your circumstances, but we can only do so if they are brought to our attention.
- Be courteous. Successful participation includes treating your classmates respectfully and professionally. Listen carefully to the comments and questions that your classmates voice. You may learn something new from their perspectives, and you will be able to avoid merely repeating something that another classmate has said earlier in the discussion. Also, it is perfectly acceptable for you to voice disagreement with an opinion provided by another student. The open debate often leads to the most thoughtful and informative class discussions. However, please express your argument in a kind and considerate manner.
- Be engaged. This class is "unplugged." Once class starts, all electronics (e.g., computers, cell phones, tablets, etc.) should be turned off and put away. If you need to use a device because of a language or disability issue, you need to secure permission at the beginning of the class. The misuse of an electronic device (e.g., surfing the web or texting) will adversely affect your grade.
To facilitate the visioning of its PowerPoint presentation in the classroom, each workgroup should take a personal computer with PowerPoint installed and an available VGA connection.
By 8 pm of the day before the case discussion, all regular attending students should send to the course's Instructors, attaching the case presentation prepared. ONLY STUDENTS WHO HAD HANDED OVER ALL THE CASE PRESENTATIONS WILL BE ADMITTED TO THE 1st EXAM AFTER THE COURSE.
Policy for Late Assignments
As in the business world, work must be received on time to receive full credit. If you are late on an assignment, your access to the 1st exam after the course will be compromised. You are always welcome to hand in an assignment before its due date if you know that you will be busy as the due date approaches. If you think that you will not complete an assignment by the stated due date, please speak with us in advance to make alternative arrangements. Our policy on late assignments will depend on the specific circumstances surrounding the problem and thus may differ from student to student. Providing advance notice about a late assignment will minimize the penalty you receive on that assignment but does not guarantee that there will be no penalty for turning the assignment in late.
Other learning sources
Slides and other materials will be available on the course website.
THE SLIDES DO NOT REPRESENT A SUPPORT FOR AN EFFECTIVE AND SUCCESSFUL PREPARATION FOR THE EXAM OF THE COURSE. THEY REPRESENT ONLY A HELP TO FACILITATE THE TRANSFER OF THE KNOWLEDGE TO STUDENTS DURING THE LECTURES.
Attendance
Because of the concentrated nature of the MScBA program, attendance in class is crucial.
Students with less than 85% of attendance to lectures and case discussions (including arriving late or leaving early) will be required to prepare for the exam ALL the chapters of the textbook R. FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles Of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005 and ALL the cases of the textbook G. H. SEIJTS, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
NOTE: Attendance to the first class session is mandatory. Important information about the course and the instructor's expectations are given during the first session. If you know that you will have to be absent for one session, please contact your instructor to ensure that absence from a session is acceptable.
Exam
The exam is a written exam. The duration is about 3-4 hours, and it includes:
- Case discussion - You may be given a case study to which some questions may pertain to lead the discussion. As you respond to the questions, please use specific content and theories (use names to identify approaches and models) as the basis of your analysis. You will not receive credit for your personal opinions unless backed by theory, lecture, and text material. Also, describe how you see the content/theory applying to the situation. Your answers will be evaluated based on both quantity and quality. Solutions that are complete and demonstrate a higher level of understanding and analysis will receive more points.
- Some questions directly connected to the course textbooks – The questions could be open, closed (multiple choice), or a combination of both. You may be asked to discuss the models and the theories presented during the course. You will be asked to interpret some real incidents and focus your attention on specific theoretical issues.
ONLY if the number of the enrolled students to a specific date of exam is less than ten individuals, teachers will ask enrolled students if they want to run an oral exam instead of a written one.
1st exam after the course participation and exam grades registering on the booklet
Only regular attending students (85% of attendance to lectures and case discussions, including arriving late or leaving early) that have delivered the hard copies of ALL the cases to the Instructors can take the 1st exam after the course with a format explicitly dedicated to them.
Only regular registered students on the DELPHI System will be allowed to register their grades.
The 1st exam grades will be registered after the official exam date; Teachers will communicate that date. It is compulsory to come on that exam date to register the grade on the Delphi and the booklet.
Team Project
The purpose of the project is to allow your team to apply what has been learned in the course (through course lectures, readings, and case discussions) to problems in an organization of your team's choice.
Class members, regular attending students, will work in teams of four (4) people.
To the Team Project, regular attending students will be allowed to achieve a -3/+3 extra points to the final grade of the 1st exam after the course. Only regular attending students, taking the 1st exam after the course will be accepted for the Team Project.
Your team should identify a public, private, or non-profit organization to study (Please, no student groups).
Your team is to gather information from people in an organization through direct contact. You may supplement this information with data from the media, the organization's literature, and other secondary sources. You should identify a relatively recent problem to analyze (i.e., this should not be a historical account of a problem and the company's solution). It would be best if you focus your analysis by applying the concepts from the course. While it is acceptable to incorporate several ideas from the course, please aim for depth rather than breadth regarding course concepts. Your goal is to diagnose the mechanisms causing the problem or issue of concern in the organization. Initially, you may notice many symptoms (for instance, high turnover, seemingly low morale, low commitment, motivation, etc.), but your task is to get to the underlying reason for these symptoms. And beware, sometimes the initial symptoms we think we see are not what they appear to be.
There are three broad goals for this assignment:
- One goal of this assignment is obviously to take the initiative to contribute to an organization positively.
- Another primary goal is to provide an opportunity for you to learn more about organizational behavior firsthand and use your critical thinking and reflection skills to link your experience with this organization to your learning concerning organizational behavior theory.
- The final goal is to provide a forum for you to hone your team member and leader skills and reflect on the learning gained from this team experience. Each team will make a presentation and write a paper that describes what you did for the organization, what you learned about organizational behavior, and what you learned about working on a team.
To meet these broad goals, your team should answer the following questions in the assignments detailed below.
- What are the issues or problems facing the organization?
- What can course concepts be applied to understand why this problem is occurring?
- What recommendations can you offer to help improve organizational functioning?
Deliverables of the Team Project:
- The project proposal is due to Instructors by the 9th session of the course by 5 pm. It should include:
- a) the names of your group members
- b) your team name
- c) the name of the organization
- d) the name, contact information, and level of your contact person
- e) the method you will use to gain access to the organization
- f) a brief description (one paragraph) of the problem facing the organization.
- Your written project is due to Instructors by the 18th session of the course by 5 pm.
It should contain a maximum of 15 double-spaced pages (1 cm margins, 12 point font). You will be penalized significantly for exceeding this limit. The limit does not include appendices, which you are free to use to provide charts, figures, or other background material not necessary in the main body of your analysis. However, appendices that are not directly referenced in the main text will not be read. LATE PROJECT WRITE-UPS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.
This written project should summarize what you did for/within the organization, what you have learned about organizational behavior, and what you have learned about working on a team.
Grading of the Team Project:
Your group project will be evaluated on the following criteria:
- Problem definition: How well (i.e., thoroughly and concisely) do you describe the organizational context, the relevant parties, and the factors that are important to the problem?
- Accurate and thorough use of course concepts.
- Integration of course concepts with information about the company and problem, i.e., how well do you integrate course concepts with details about the issue to illuminate the problem in a way that leads to solutions?
- The extent to which recommendations are consistent with analysis.
- Quality of written analysis.
Analytical Syllabus
Session |
Agenda |
Lecture/ Case discussion |
Instructor |
Section I: The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community
|
|||
1 |
Organization Behavior: An Overview (Introduction pp. 1 -11) Drawing on psychology and sociology, the introductory lecture takes disciple-based approaches, dividing the course into four distinct levels of analysis: individual, group, organizational, and processes (IGOP). This IGOP framework encompasses the approaches to explain social action and behavior and provides an insight into this fascinating subject. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
2 |
Expectations and Learning (Chapter 1 pp.19 – 50) The lecture introduces the student to the basic concepts of learning. An effort is made to link these concepts to what happens in the workplace. It is crucial that students do not restrict themselves to just explaining psychological terms but makes sure that they have understood why learning is essential in the workplace and how classical and operant conditioning, schedules of reinforcement, the idea of the technology of behavior, learning strategies, and the transfer of training back to the workplace contribute in or may inhibit successful learning. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
3 |
Chuck McKinnon CASE (Leadership Dynamics - Chapter 8 pp. 310-359) The session discusses leadership and the relevant research that aims to define and explain leadership effectiveness. The impact of leadership on organizational life is two-fold, in that successful or poor leadership affects both those who trust the leader and assess their qualities to make judgments about the business (i.e., shareholders) and those within the organization (i.e., employees). It has been argued that poor leadership ultimately destroys the 'human spirit' essential to ensuring organizational effectiveness. The hierarchical structure means that organizations continually have to face selecting and training people to assume positions of authority over others. At every level in organizations and every department, there will be groups of 'subordinates' under the control of 'superordinates' – in other words, there will be 'leadership situations.' |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section II: Managing teams
|
|||
4 |
eProcure – the Project (A) CASE (Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp. 500-510) The session is twofold. Firstly, it explores social interaction. This involves all the processes that underlie the activity between people in everyday social settings. The two basic concepts to be examined are dramaturgy, i.e., the expressive and symbolic aspects of social interaction, and social skill, i.e., cognitive and automated processes of social behavior. Also, it examines what kinds of modeling and categorization are involved in social interaction. This will help explain how changes in social competence occur and why some individuals are more socially apt than others at jobs that include social skills. Secondly, it introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the center of managerial activity, and it is examined with managerial rationality. Finally, change management is discussed as the outcome of managerial decision-making, and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the lecture employs seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
5 |
Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness (Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp. 500-510) Again, the lecture is twofold. Firstly, it explores social interaction. This involves all the processes that underlie the activity between people in everyday social settings. The two basic concepts to be examined are dramaturgy, i.e., the expressive and symbolic aspects of social interaction, and social skill, i.e., cognitive and automated processes of social behavior. Also, it examines what kinds of modeling and categorization are involved in social interaction. This will help explain how changes in social competence occur and why some individuals are more socially apt than others at jobs that include social skills. Secondly, it introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the center of managerial activity, and it is examined with managerial rationality. Finally, change management is discussed as the outcome of managerial decision-making, and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the lecture employs seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
6 |
The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management CASE (Group Dynamics and Performance -Chapter 7 pp. 275-305) The session discusses groups and intergroup behavior. They explore the effects of group membership on the individual's behavior and their identity and raise the notion of employee involvement. The interest in teamwork rises from the expectation that teams deliver more than individuals alone. However, the session adopts a critical standpoint and critically explores dysfunctional group relations and the processes that promote or undermine group effectiveness. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
7 |
INTEL in China CASE (Conflict Management and Negotiation - Chapter 10 pp. 394-417) The session discusses conflict and consent at work. It follows the path of the labor process debate, the main body of theory about the employment relationship, and the nature of work. They refer to aspects of the subjectivity of workplace relations, such as resistance and consent, as well as gender issues, and illustrate the scene of industrial relations conflict and action today. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section III: Understanding and Managing Individuals
|
|||
8 |
Appreciating Individual Differences (Chapter 3 pp.93-146) The lecture explores the concepts of personality and intelligence and their impact on organizational life. Personality has an effect not only on an individual's working relationships with others but also more generally on the entire corporate culture. The chapter also examines the attempts made to describe the differences we observe day-to-day in each others' personalities and the possible impact on our effectiveness and organizational culture. Intelligence and its effects on organizations are also explored. The effect of intelligence is not so much the result of intelligence itself. Still, it flows more subtly from the impact of our shared assumptions about the impact and importance of intellectual differences. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
9 |
Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion CASE (Appreciating Individual Differences - Chapter 4 pp.151-185) The session examines how the human attributes differentiating individuals are applied in organizations. Assessment is initially associated with the 'point of entry.' Increasingly, however, assessments are used for a variety of reasons. The demand for flexible, adaptable individuals that are high performers requires assessments to serve strategic functions in organizations, i.e., identifying such individuals. One framework claiming to enable a more strategic approach to assessment by linking business objectives, organizational culture, and employee performance more closely is competency. Its proponents argue that this is a way of managing people more effectively. On the other hand, however, its critics would say that it is merely another control mechanism. The chapter also describes the range of assessment methodologies and processes used in organizational settings and examines how these processes can be evaluated. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
10 |
Motivation (Chapter 5 pp.191-233) The lecture discusses motivation and job satisfaction. These are topics that have attracted considerable interest from academic psychologists, popular writers, and social commentators. Motivation and job satisfaction are essential aspects of organizational behavior since the workplace and employees' experiences have frequently been negative. Factories have often been dangerous places that hardly promote maturity and well-being. Clerical work has been described as lacking intrinsic satisfaction, and managers have commonly reported feeling under excessive pressure in their work. From a managerial perspective, the consequences of low motivation and job satisfaction have to be managed to eliminate sabotage, staff turnover, absenteeism, poor industrial relations, and low productivity. This lecture aims to examine the extent to which the 'human resource' school of psychology and other writers have advanced our understanding of the two underlying concepts. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
11 |
Elise Smart CASE (Stress and the Management of Stress - Chapter 2 pp. 54-88) The session introduces the concept of stress in the workplace. The session is an all-inclusive account of stress, its causes, and whether stress can be managed or not. The session emphasizes the importance of stress and its impact on workplaces. Three different approaches are presented: Stress as a response, cause, and the appraisal concept. Types of Stress and individual differences are all explored. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
12 |
Martin Brass Company (A/B/C) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing CASE (Stress and the Management of Stress - Chapter 2 pp. 54-88) The session again argues about the concept of stress in the workplace. The session is an all-inclusive account of stress, its causes, and whether stress can be managed or not. The session emphasizes the importance of stress and its impact on UK workplaces. Three different approaches are presented: Stress as a response, cause, and the appraisal concept. Types of Stress and individual differences are all explored. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section IV: Managing Key Organizational Processes
|
|||
13 |
Organization and Work Design (Chapter 12 pp. 445-464) The lecture explores the concepts of structure and control in organizations. It presents various critical interpretations of the organization, the central figure of which is Weber. The approach questions efficiency as an issue of primary importance and focuses on power and how it is experienced in organizations. Students should understand the basic parameters that surround the debate of structure and control. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
14 |
Organization and Work Design (Chapter 13 pp.468-491) The lecture introduces the topic of structure and performance in organizations. It pursues a managerial approach to explore the priorities and objectives in organizations, namely efficiency and effectiveness. It argues that one way or the other, we are all caught up in these issues, and hence their exploration is necessary for a broader understanding of organizational behavior. Students should understand the basic ideas of organizational analysis. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
15 |
Victoria Hospital Redesign Initiative CASE (Organization and Work Design - Chapter 12 pp. 445-464 and Chapter 13 pp.468-491) The session is devoted to apply and integrate organizational behavior concepts and Organizational design models and principles. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
16 |
OP4.COM: a dynamic culture CASE (Creativity and Innovation – Chapter 17 pp.570-592) The session introduces the concept of management knowledge and fashion. A critical encounter of the emergence, dissemination, and value of recent popular ideas is examined. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
17 |
Organizational Culture (Chapter 15 pp.527-544) The lecture discusses the concept of organizational culture. It attempts to explain the relationship between organizational culture and the business context, how culture contributes to organizational innovativeness, the contribution of organizational culture to management change, etc. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
18 |
Deloitte & Touche: Integrating Arthur Andersen CASE (Organizational Change and Development - Chapter 14 pp.513-523) The session introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the center of managerial activity, and, in this session, it is examined concerning managerial rationality. Finally, change management is considered the outcome of managerial decision-making, and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the session employs seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Updated A.Y. 2021-2022
Organisational dynamics
and behaviour
(Prof. Luca Gnan)
Teaching Staff Responsible for the Course:
Prof. Luca Gnan
E-mail: luca.gnan@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via e-mail
Prof.ssa Giulia Flamini
E-mail: giulia.flamini@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via e-mail
We are committed to making this course a valuable learning experience for you. After the first month, we will spend part of a class session evaluating our progress, and we will make any necessary changes to keep us on track. However, we welcome your feedback at any time in the semester. It is easiest to reach us by e-mail or during office hours, but we are always happy to set up an appointment. Additionally, if you have a disability that requires unique accommodation, please let us know ASAP so that we can be helpful to you.
E-mails, Office Hours & Feedback on Assignments
We endeavor to answer e-mails within one day. If you have not heard from us within that time, please resend the e-mail. Grades & comments will be posted online in the materials section of the course website. We will be happy to give feedback and discuss assignments after all grading is complete for a specific task. Office hours are scheduled by e-mail request.
We may answer questions of assignment clarification in class and via e-mails to benefit the entire class. We may also give extra grades (see below Team Project) during the course that, while generally designed to support learning in the course, will also help your participation grade. These are pass/fail and do not include comments.
Pre-requisites for the Course:
None.
Course description
While many of the courses in the MScBA teach you how to manage money, information, and other material resources, this course is unique (and invaluable) in that you will learn how to manage your performance and career by learning how to work with and through other people even when you don't want to. Although skills in finance, accounting, marketing, operations, and strategy are crucial for organizational success, managing an organization, its groups, and its individuals is equally important. In your career, you will depend on people to accomplish tasks, goals, and projects; you will need to work for other people, work with other people, and supervise other people. Understanding the human side of management is an essential complement to the technical skills you are learning in other courses. Although we will focus primarily on work, you will find that the course concepts have applications to various organizations, including non-profits, athletic teams, social clubs, and religious and political groups.
This advanced course in organizational behavior is designed to expose you to essential theories and concepts for analyzing, understanding, and managing human behavior in organizations. This course will apply concrete organizational situations from our case studies and projects to essential theories and effective management practices. In this class, you will learn how to thrive at work by managing your relationships. In this course, we will investigate:
- Individual behavior in organizations, including personality, decision-making, personal networks, and ethics.
- Interpersonal behavior, including teamwork, conflict, leadership, and power and influence.
- Organizational factors affecting behavior, including reward systems, culture, and organizational design.
Learning Objectives
Explore from managerial perspective research and practical applications on organizational behavior.
The objective of the training is to provide tools and analytical theory on the analysis of individual and behavior in different group and organizational contexts to:
- Understand and use the fundamental theories on organizational behavior
- Develop capacities for applying theories to practice
- Develop problem-solving abilities with best practices discussion and case study analysis
The study route is divided into four different sections:
- Section I: The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community.
- Section II: Managing Teams.
- Section III: Understanding and Managing Individuals.
- Section IV: Managing Key Organizational Processes.
At the end of the course, students will have:
- A deeper understanding of how the study of organizational behavior can aid us in improving the performance and well-being of people at work.
- Understood how models, theories, and concepts about organizational behavior could promote the effectiveness of individuals, groups, and organizations.
- Developed skills for analyzing individual, group, and organizational functioning that enhance their effectiveness as managers.
- Developed a more effective and more complex representation of organizational behavior, enabling them to contribute more effectively to the workplace.
Teaching methods
Lessons will be characterized by the transfer of knowledge and the strong interaction within the classroom; there are analyses of situations, problems, and business cases to facilitate participants in learning.
Regular attending students are strongly recommended to participate in all the lectures, preparations, and presentations of the business cases.
This course uses readings, lectures, exercises, cases, individual and team assignments, and class discussions to meet its goals. Case assignments provide an essential foundation for class discussion and must be completed before each class session. The due dates for all cases and other assignments are listed in the class schedule at the end of the syllabus. Lectures will highlight key points from the readings and provide additional information to supplement the readings. Cases will allow you to apply what you have learned to real-world issues and scenarios. Because each of you brings unique perspectives and experiences to the class, participation in class discussions and activities is essential to your learning and that of other class members. To further enrich your understanding, you will also be matched with an MScBA Teaching Assistant.
Main References
- A) Textbooks for regular attending students (to be considered a regular attending student, a participant should achieve at least an 85% of presence to lectures and case discussions):
- Fincham, P. Rhodes, Principles of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005.
- H. Seijts, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
As far as the textbook Principles of Organizational Behaviour (Fincham, Rhodes, 2005) is concerned, regular attending students must prepare the following parts:
- Introduction pp. 1 -11 (Organization Behavior: An Overview)
- Chapter 1 pp.19 – 50 (Expectations and Learning)
- Chapter 8 pp. 310-359 (Leadership Dynamics)
- Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp .500-510 (Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness)
- Chapter 7 pp. 275-305 (Group Dynamics and Performance)
- Chapter 10 pp. 394-417 (Conflict Management and Negotiation)
- Chapter 3 pp.93-146 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
- Chapter 4 pp.151-185 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
- Chapter 5 pp.191-233 (Motivation)
- Chapter 2 pp. 54-88 (Stress and the Management of Stress)
- Chapter 12 pp. 445-464 and Chapter 13 pp.468-491 (Organization and Work Design)
- Chapter 17 pp.570-592 (Creativity and Innovation)
- Chapter 15 pp.527-544 (Organizational Culture)
- Chapter 14 pp.513-523 (Organizational Change and Development)
During the course, ten cases (from the Cases in Organizational Behavior textbook, Seijts, 2005) will be discussed:
- Chuck McKinnon (on the leadership issue)
- eProcure – the Project (A) (on the leading and managing teams' issue)
- The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management (on the team dynamics issue)
- INTEL in China (on the Conflict Management and Negotiation issue)
- Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion (on the Appreciating Individual Differences issue)
- Elise Smart (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
- Martin Brass Company (A) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing (on the stress and the Management of Stress issue)
- Victoria Hospital Redesign Initiative (on the Organizational design issue)
- COM: a dynamic culture (on the Creativity and Innovation issue)
- Deloitte & Touche: Integrating Arthur Andersen (on the Organizational Change and Development issue).
- B) Textbooks for NON-regular attending students (to be considered regular attending student, a participant should achieve at least an 85% of presence to lectures and case discussions):
- FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005 (all chapters).
- H. SEIJTS, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005 (all cases).
- B) Supplementary textbooks
- Robins S., Judge T." Organizational behavior" 13 edition, Prentice-Hall International, 2005
- Contemporary management" Jones, George, McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2006
- Managing Organizational Behavior" Jones, George, Prentice-Hall International, 2007
- "Organizational change" B. Senior, J. Fleming, Prentice-Hall International 3 edition, 2006
- "Management" Hitt, Black, Porter Prentice-Hall International, Second Edition, 2008
- Organizational behavior, Debra Nelson, James Campbell Quicl, THOMSON, SOUTHWESTERN, 5th edition
- Managing Behavior in Organizations, Jerald Greenberg, 5th edition Pearson
- Adler, P. S. 1999 International dimensions of organizational behavior London: International Thompson
- Argyris, C. 1960 Understanding Organisational behavior Homewood IL: Dorsey Press (HM300)
- Bandura, A. 1977 Social learning theory New Jersey: Prentice-Hall
- Barnard, C. The functions of the executive Cambridge: Harvard University Press
- Beer, M. et al. 1984 Managing human Assets New York: Free Press
- Braverman, H .1974 Labour and monopoly capital New York: Monthly Review Press (Open shelve)
- Bryman, A. 1986 Leadership and organizations London: Routledge Kegan Paul
- Buchanan, D. A. Organisation in the computer age Aldershot: Gower
- Burns, T & Stalker, G. M. The management of innovation London: Tavistock (Open shelve)
- Child, J. 1972 "Organisational structure, environment, and performance: The role of strategic choice" Sociology vol. 6 # 1 pp 1- 22
- Clegg, S. & Dunkerley, D. 1980 Organisations, class and control London: Routledge & Kegan Paul
- Conti, R. F. & Warner, M. 1993 "Taylorism, new technology and just-in-time systems in Japanese Manufacturing" New Technology, work and employment, vol 8 # 100 31- 42
- Cyert, R. & March, J. G. 1992 A behavioral theory of the firm NJ: Prentice-Hall Englewoods Cliffs
- Dubin, E. (ed) 1976 Handbook of Work, Organisation and Society Chicago Rand McNally
- Drucker, P. F. 1988 Management challenges in the 21st Century London: Heinemann
- Drucker, P. F. 1989 The new realities London: Heinemann
- Duncan, R. B. 1974 "Modifications in decision making structures in adapting to the environment: some Implications for organizational learning" Decision sciences vol, 5 pp 704 –25
- Duncan, w. J. 1981 Organisational Behaviour Houghton: Mifflin
- French, J & Raven. B. 1958 "The bases of social power 'in D. Cartwright Studies in social Power Ann Arbor Institute for Social Research (HM301)
- Gibson, J.L. et al. 1994 Organisations: Behaviour structure and processes (Reserve)
- Gouldner, A. W. 1954 Patterns of industrial Bureaucracy New York: Free Press
- Gruneberg, M. & Wall, T.(eds) Social Psychology and organizational behavior Chichester: John Wiley
- Hall, E. T . Understanding Cultural differences Yarmouth: Intercultural Press
- Handy, C 1999 Understanding Organisations 4th ed London: Penguin (Reserve HD31HAN)
- Hofstede, G. 1991 Cultures and Organisations London: McGraw –Hill
- Hodgetts, R. M. 1991 Organisational behavior: Theory and practice New York: Macmillan company
- Kast, F.E. & Rosenzweig, J.E. Organization &Management11985 4th ed New jersey McGraw-hill (Reserve HD31KAS)
- Kotter, J. P. 1990 "what do leaders really do?" in Harvard Business review 73 pp59-67
- Mintzberg, H. 1983a Power in and around organizations New York: Prentice-Hall
- Mintzberg, H. 1983b Structures in fives: designing effective organizations Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall.
- Moorhead, G. and Griffin, R. w. 1998 Organisational Behaviour 5th edition Houghton: Mifflin Company
- Mullins, L. Management and Organisational behavior London: Pitman, The financial times (Reserve)
- Perrow, C. 1970 Organisational analysis: A sociological review Belmont: Wadsworth
- Robbins, S. P. 1998 Organisational behavior: Concepts, controversies, and applications NJ: Prentice-Hall (Reserve)
- Simon, H 1957 Administrative behavior NY: Macmillan
- Schein, E. H. 1975 Organisational culture and Leadership San Francisco: Jossey-bass
- Vecchio, R. P. 1995 organizational behavior 3rd edition Orland: Dryden Press
Case Discussions
Regular attending students are expected to be fully engaged in the entire learning process. Regular attending students are expected to:
- Prepare the assigned readings of the cases before each class.
- Prepare as a group work a PowerPoint presentation on the case based on the specific assignment.
- Come to class prepared to participate and discuss to enhance the individual and the class learning.
On the website of the course, students find for each case the relative assignment. Please carefully read the questions before the session and use them for preparing the PowerPoint presentation.
Each student will be involved in the class discussion on the cases and tie the assigned reading for the session. The objective is to bring all class members into the debate. The cases are designed to integrate the concepts from the case into the context of the course. The preparation and the discussion of the cases do not exclude the study of the theoretical concepts useful for the discussion of the cases themselves and the passing of the course exam.
With the cases' discussions in the CLASSROOM, each student will develop:
- The ability to set the parameters for the problem (key concepts from the case).
- A depth of knowledge about the case subject (understanding of material, excellent response to the observations of others).
- The ability to tie in case with other course concepts.
- The ability to get others involved in the discussion.
To adequately discuss the cases, students do:
- Be prepared with facts and specific quotes from the case.
- Be prepared to comment, ask a question, or develop ideas about the case.
During the discussion, students do:
- Take a position on a question or a point.
- Ask clarifying questions.
- Help keep the discussion moving and on track.
- Help draw others into the discussion.
- Integrate theories and content from other cases.
During the discussion, students do not:
- Be unprepared and show your lack of knowledge.
- Monopolize the discussion.
- Make irrelevant comments.
- Be insensitive to other's desire to speak or to their opinions.
All the regular attending students are kindly invited to build up workgroups (MINIMUM 3 PERSONS – MAXIMUM 5 PERSONS). Each workgroup should prepare a PowerPoint presentation for each case. Into the first slide, the names of the students belonging to the group should be reported.
The structure of the presentation should follow the following outline:
- One or more introductory slides aimed at describing/reporting the story, the characters, and all the necessary elements to define the context and boundaries of the case clearly.
- One slide mentioning the questions of the assignment and underlining the learning goals of the case.
- One or more slides reporting the answers to each question of the assignment.
- One or more slides reporting the final remarks on the case.
- One closing slide about the lessons learned after the group discussion of the case.
How to prepare the PowerPoint presentation of the case?
Introduction – a short presentation of the case and a brief description of the problems and situations that should be discussed.
Diagnosis – Problem setting of the context and the situation. Description of the mains facts and elements connected with the concepts and models of Organizational Behavior (e.g., organizational change, conflicts, motivation, satisfaction, leadership, managing people, group dynamics, etc.). What went wrong, and which actions/situations, instead, were right? Which elements could be considered for the diagnosis?
Solution – Students should provide a possible answer to questions/problems related to the case and a possible and unambiguous indication of how to approach the situation and how to solve it. The entire proposal should represent a consistent action plan in terms of behaviors and expected results.
Conclusions – Conclusions should not be longer than 300-500 words and should describe how the situation and the problem characterized the case, how Organizational Behavior schemata might help solve the case, and what the proposed solution might generate in terms of organizational consequences.
Lessons learned – At the end of the presentation, we should identify and report elements/suggestions/advice that we "take home" from the case discussion.
NOTE: During the case discussion, students should explicitly address the context and the different situations with concepts related to Organizational Behavior and with models and theories of this course.
Case Discussions' Class Participation
We believe that the best way to learn, especially about ODB, is actively participating in your education. In this class, "participation" is defined as quality contributions to class discussion and exercises. There are four pre-requisites for successful participation:
- Be here on time and prepared. If you are not here, you cannot contribute much to class discussion. If you need to miss class for a predictable reason (e.g., job interview, athletic competition), please notify us at least 24 hours in advance so that we can make arrangements for any in-class exercises and so that you can obtain the materials distributed during the class. Of course, we realize that in some cases, unforeseeable emergencies arise. Although we will not directly penalize you for non-attendance, be aware that multiple absences will indirectly hurt you by preventing you from participating in class, thereby lowering your participation grade. To contribute to class discussion, you must come to class having carefully prepared all assignments (i.e., readings, cases, exercises).
- Be brave. Everyone in this class is smart, engaging, and has unique life experiences to share. You will get the most out of this course if you ask questions, voice opinions, and express your thoughts to one another. If you feel uncomfortable talking in class, please send me an e-mail or set up an appointment to talk with me early in the semester. We will do everything we can to accommodate your circumstances, but we can only do so if they are brought to our attention.
- Be courteous. Successful participation includes treating your classmates respectfully and professionally. Listen carefully to the comments and questions that your classmates voice. You may learn something new from their perspectives, and you will be able to avoid merely repeating something that another classmate has said earlier in the discussion. Also, it is perfectly acceptable for you to voice disagreement with an opinion provided by another student. The open debate often leads to the most thoughtful and informative class discussions. However, please express your argument in a kind and considerate manner.
- Be engaged. This class is "unplugged." Once class starts, all electronics (e.g., computers, cell phones, tablets, etc.) should be turned off and put away. If you need to use a device because of a language or disability issue, you need to secure permission at the beginning of the class. The misuse of an electronic device (e.g., surfing the web or texting) will adversely affect your grade.
To facilitate the visioning of its PowerPoint presentation in the classroom, each workgroup should take a personal computer with PowerPoint installed and an available VGA connection.
By 8 pm of the day before the case discussion, all regular attending students should send to the course's Instructors, attaching the case presentation prepared. ONLY STUDENTS WHO HAD HANDED OVER ALL THE CASE PRESENTATIONS WILL BE ADMITTED TO THE 1st EXAM AFTER THE COURSE.
Policy for Late Assignments
As in the business world, work must be received on time to receive full credit. If you are late on an assignment, your access to the 1st exam after the course will be compromised. You are always welcome to hand in an assignment before its due date if you know that you will be busy as the due date approaches. If you think that you will not complete an assignment by the stated due date, please speak with us in advance to make alternative arrangements. Our policy on late assignments will depend on the specific circumstances surrounding the problem and thus may differ from student to student. Providing advance notice about a late assignment will minimize the penalty you receive on that assignment but does not guarantee that there will be no penalty for turning the assignment in late.
Other learning sources
Slides and other materials will be available on the course website.
THE SLIDES DO NOT REPRESENT A SUPPORT FOR AN EFFECTIVE AND SUCCESSFUL PREPARATION FOR THE EXAM OF THE COURSE. THEY REPRESENT ONLY A HELP TO FACILITATE THE TRANSFER OF THE KNOWLEDGE TO STUDENTS DURING THE LECTURES.
Attendance
Because of the concentrated nature of the MScBA program, attendance in class is crucial.
Students with less than 85% of attendance to lectures and case discussions (including arriving late or leaving early) will be required to prepare for the exam ALL the chapters of the textbook R. FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles Of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005 and ALL the cases of the textbook G. H. SEIJTS, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
NOTE: Attendance to the first class session is mandatory. Important information about the course and the instructor's expectations are given during the first session. If you know that you will have to be absent for one session, please contact your instructor to ensure that absence from a session is acceptable.
Exam
The exam is a written exam. The duration is about 3-4 hours, and it includes:
- Case discussion - You may be given a case study to which some questions may pertain to lead the discussion. As you respond to the questions, please use specific content and theories (use names to identify approaches and models) as the basis of your analysis. You will not receive credit for your personal opinions unless backed by theory, lecture, and text material. Also, describe how you see the content/theory applying to the situation. Your answers will be evaluated based on both quantity and quality. Solutions that are complete and demonstrate a higher level of understanding and analysis will receive more points.
- Some questions directly connected to the course textbooks – The questions could be open, closed (multiple choice), or a combination of both. You may be asked to discuss the models and the theories presented during the course. You will be asked to interpret some real incidents and focus your attention on specific theoretical issues.
ONLY if the number of the enrolled students to a specific date of exam is less than ten individuals, teachers will ask enrolled students if they want to run an oral exam instead of a written one.
1st exam after the course participation and exam grades registering on the booklet
Only regular attending students (85% of attendance to lectures and case discussions, including arriving late or leaving early) that have delivered the hard copies of ALL the cases to the Instructors can take the 1st exam after the course with a format explicitly dedicated to them.
Only regular registered students on the DELPHI System will be allowed to register their grades.
The 1st exam grades will be registered after the official exam date; Teachers will communicate that date. It is compulsory to come on that exam date to register the grade on the Delphi and the booklet.
Team Project
The purpose of the project is to allow your team to apply what has been learned in the course (through course lectures, readings, and case discussions) to problems in an organization of your team's choice.
Class members, regular attending students, will work in teams of four (4) people.
To the Team Project, regular attending students will be allowed to achieve a -3/+3 extra points to the final grade of the 1st exam after the course. Only regular attending students, taking the 1st exam after the course will be accepted for the Team Project.
Your team should identify a public, private, or non-profit organization to study (Please, no student groups).
Your team is to gather information from people in an organization through direct contact. You may supplement this information with data from the media, the organization's literature, and other secondary sources. You should identify a relatively recent problem to analyze (i.e., this should not be a historical account of a problem and the company's solution). It would be best if you focus your analysis by applying the concepts from the course. While it is acceptable to incorporate several ideas from the course, please aim for depth rather than breadth regarding course concepts. Your goal is to diagnose the mechanisms causing the problem or issue of concern in the organization. Initially, you may notice many symptoms (for instance, high turnover, seemingly low morale, low commitment, motivation, etc.), but your task is to get to the underlying reason for these symptoms. And beware, sometimes the initial symptoms we think we see are not what they appear to be.
There are three broad goals for this assignment:
- One goal of this assignment is obviously to take the initiative to contribute to an organization positively.
- Another primary goal is to provide an opportunity for you to learn more about organizational behavior firsthand and use your critical thinking and reflection skills to link your experience with this organization to your learning concerning organizational behavior theory.
- The final goal is to provide a forum for you to hone your team member and leader skills and reflect on the learning gained from this team experience. Each team will make a presentation and write a paper that describes what you did for the organization, what you learned about organizational behavior, and what you learned about working on a team.
To meet these broad goals, your team should answer the following questions in the assignments detailed below.
- What are the issues or problems facing the organization?
- What can course concepts be applied to understand why this problem is occurring?
- What recommendations can you offer to help improve organizational functioning?
Deliverables of the Team Project:
- The project proposal is due to Instructors by the 9th session of the course by 5 pm. It should include:
- a) the names of your group members
- b) your team name
- c) the name of the organization
- d) the name, contact information, and level of your contact person
- e) the method you will use to gain access to the organization
- f) a brief description (one paragraph) of the problem facing the organization.
- Your written project is due to Instructors by the 18th session of the course by 5 pm.
It should contain a maximum of 15 double-spaced pages (1 cm margins, 12 point font). You will be penalized significantly for exceeding this limit. The limit does not include appendices, which you are free to use to provide charts, figures, or other background material not necessary in the main body of your analysis. However, appendices that are not directly referenced in the main text will not be read. LATE PROJECT WRITE-UPS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.
This written project should summarize what you did for/within the organization, what you have learned about organizational behavior, and what you have learned about working on a team.
Grading of the Team Project:
Your group project will be evaluated on the following criteria:
- Problem definition: How well (i.e., thoroughly and concisely) do you describe the organizational context, the relevant parties, and the factors that are important to the problem?
- Accurate and thorough use of course concepts.
- Integration of course concepts with information about the company and problem, i.e., how well do you integrate course concepts with details about the issue to illuminate the problem in a way that leads to solutions?
- The extent to which recommendations are consistent with analysis.
- Quality of written analysis.
Analytical Syllabus
Session |
Agenda |
Lecture/ Case discussion |
Instructor |
Section I: The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community
|
|||
1 |
Organization Behavior: An Overview (Introduction pp. 1 -11) Drawing on psychology and sociology, the introductory lecture takes disciple-based approaches, dividing the course into four distinct levels of analysis: individual, group, organizational, and processes (IGOP). This IGOP framework encompasses the approaches to explain social action and behavior and provides an insight into this fascinating subject. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
2 |
Expectations and Learning (Chapter 1 pp.19 – 50) The lecture introduces the student to the basic concepts of learning. An effort is made to link these concepts to what happens in the workplace. It is crucial that students do not restrict themselves to just explaining psychological terms but makes sure that they have understood why learning is essential in the workplace and how classical and operant conditioning, schedules of reinforcement, the idea of the technology of behavior, learning strategies, and the transfer of training back to the workplace contribute in or may inhibit successful learning. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
3 |
Chuck McKinnon CASE (Leadership Dynamics - Chapter 8 pp. 310-359) The session discusses leadership and the relevant research that aims to define and explain leadership effectiveness. The impact of leadership on organizational life is two-fold, in that successful or poor leadership affects both those who trust the leader and assess their qualities to make judgments about the business (i.e., shareholders) and those within the organization (i.e., employees). It has been argued that poor leadership ultimately destroys the 'human spirit' essential to ensuring organizational effectiveness. The hierarchical structure means that organizations continually have to face selecting and training people to assume positions of authority over others. At every level in organizations and every department, there will be groups of 'subordinates' under the control of 'superordinates' – in other words, there will be 'leadership situations.' |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section II: Managing teams
|
|||
4 |
eProcure – the Project (A) CASE (Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp. 500-510) The session is twofold. Firstly, it explores social interaction. This involves all the processes that underlie the activity between people in everyday social settings. The two basic concepts to be examined are dramaturgy, i.e., the expressive and symbolic aspects of social interaction, and social skill, i.e., cognitive and automated processes of social behavior. Also, it examines what kinds of modeling and categorization are involved in social interaction. This will help explain how changes in social competence occur and why some individuals are more socially apt than others at jobs that include social skills. Secondly, it introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the center of managerial activity, and it is examined with managerial rationality. Finally, change management is discussed as the outcome of managerial decision-making, and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the lecture employs seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
5 |
Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness (Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp. 500-510) Again, the lecture is twofold. Firstly, it explores social interaction. This involves all the processes that underlie the activity between people in everyday social settings. The two basic concepts to be examined are dramaturgy, i.e., the expressive and symbolic aspects of social interaction, and social skill, i.e., cognitive and automated processes of social behavior. Also, it examines what kinds of modeling and categorization are involved in social interaction. This will help explain how changes in social competence occur and why some individuals are more socially apt than others at jobs that include social skills. Secondly, it introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the center of managerial activity, and it is examined with managerial rationality. Finally, change management is discussed as the outcome of managerial decision-making, and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the lecture employs seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
6 |
The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management CASE (Group Dynamics and Performance -Chapter 7 pp. 275-305) The session discusses groups and intergroup behavior. They explore the effects of group membership on the individual's behavior and their identity and raise the notion of employee involvement. The interest in teamwork rises from the expectation that teams deliver more than individuals alone. However, the session adopts a critical standpoint and critically explores dysfunctional group relations and the processes that promote or undermine group effectiveness. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
7 |
INTEL in China CASE (Conflict Management and Negotiation - Chapter 10 pp. 394-417) The session discusses conflict and consent at work. It follows the path of the labor process debate, the main body of theory about the employment relationship, and the nature of work. They refer to aspects of the subjectivity of workplace relations, such as resistance and consent, as well as gender issues, and illustrate the scene of industrial relations conflict and action today. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section III: Understanding and Managing Individuals
|
|||
8 |
Appreciating Individual Differences (Chapter 3 pp.93-146) The lecture explores the concepts of personality and intelligence and their impact on organizational life. Personality has an effect not only on an individual's working relationships with others but also more generally on the entire corporate culture. The chapter also examines the attempts made to describe the differences we observe day-to-day in each others' personalities and the possible impact on our effectiveness and organizational culture. Intelligence and its effects on organizations are also explored. The effect of intelligence is not so much the result of intelligence itself. Still, it flows more subtly from the impact of our shared assumptions about the impact and importance of intellectual differences. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
9 |
Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion CASE (Appreciating Individual Differences - Chapter 4 pp.151-185) The session examines how the human attributes differentiating individuals are applied in organizations. Assessment is initially associated with the 'point of entry.' Increasingly, however, assessments are used for a variety of reasons. The demand for flexible, adaptable individuals that are high performers requires assessments to serve strategic functions in organizations, i.e., identifying such individuals. One framework claiming to enable a more strategic approach to assessment by linking business objectives, organizational culture, and employee performance more closely is competency. Its proponents argue that this is a way of managing people more effectively. On the other hand, however, its critics would say that it is merely another control mechanism. The chapter also describes the range of assessment methodologies and processes used in organizational settings and examines how these processes can be evaluated. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
10 |
Motivation (Chapter 5 pp.191-233) The lecture discusses motivation and job satisfaction. These are topics that have attracted considerable interest from academic psychologists, popular writers, and social commentators. Motivation and job satisfaction are essential aspects of organizational behavior since the workplace and employees' experiences have frequently been negative. Factories have often been dangerous places that hardly promote maturity and well-being. Clerical work has been described as lacking intrinsic satisfaction, and managers have commonly reported feeling under excessive pressure in their work. From a managerial perspective, the consequences of low motivation and job satisfaction have to be managed to eliminate sabotage, staff turnover, absenteeism, poor industrial relations, and low productivity. This lecture aims to examine the extent to which the 'human resource' school of psychology and other writers have advanced our understanding of the two underlying concepts. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
11 |
Elise Smart CASE (Stress and the Management of Stress - Chapter 2 pp. 54-88) The session introduces the concept of stress in the workplace. The session is an all-inclusive account of stress, its causes, and whether stress can be managed or not. The session emphasizes the importance of stress and its impact on workplaces. Three different approaches are presented: Stress as a response, cause, and the appraisal concept. Types of Stress and individual differences are all explored. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
12 |
Martin Brass Company (A/B/C) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing CASE (Stress and the Management of Stress - Chapter 2 pp. 54-88) The session again argues about the concept of stress in the workplace. The session is an all-inclusive account of stress, its causes, and whether stress can be managed or not. The session emphasizes the importance of stress and its impact on UK workplaces. Three different approaches are presented: Stress as a response, cause, and the appraisal concept. Types of Stress and individual differences are all explored. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section IV: Managing Key Organizational Processes
|
|||
13 |
Organization and Work Design (Chapter 12 pp. 445-464) The lecture explores the concepts of structure and control in organizations. It presents various critical interpretations of the organization, the central figure of which is Weber. The approach questions efficiency as an issue of primary importance and focuses on power and how it is experienced in organizations. Students should understand the basic parameters that surround the debate of structure and control. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
14 |
Organization and Work Design (Chapter 13 pp.468-491) The lecture introduces the topic of structure and performance in organizations. It pursues a managerial approach to explore the priorities and objectives in organizations, namely efficiency and effectiveness. It argues that one way or the other, we are all caught up in these issues, and hence their exploration is necessary for a broader understanding of organizational behavior. Students should understand the basic ideas of organizational analysis. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
15 |
Victoria Hospital Redesign Initiative CASE (Organization and Work Design - Chapter 12 pp. 445-464 and Chapter 13 pp.468-491) The session is devoted to apply and integrate organizational behavior concepts and Organizational design models and principles. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
16 |
OP4.COM: a dynamic culture CASE (Creativity and Innovation – Chapter 17 pp.570-592) The session introduces the concept of management knowledge and fashion. A critical encounter of the emergence, dissemination, and value of recent popular ideas is examined. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
17 |
Organizational Culture (Chapter 15 pp.527-544) The lecture discusses the concept of organizational culture. It attempts to explain the relationship between organizational culture and the business context, how culture contributes to organizational innovativeness, the contribution of organizational culture to management change, etc. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
18 |
Deloitte & Touche: Integrating Arthur Andersen CASE (Organizational Change and Development - Chapter 14 pp.513-523) The session introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the center of managerial activity, and, in this session, it is examined concerning managerial rationality. Finally, change management is considered the outcome of managerial decision-making, and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the session employs seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Updated A.Y. 2020-2021
Organizational dynamics
and behavior
(Prof. Luca Gnan)
Teaching Staff Responsible for the Course:
Prof. Luca Gnan
E-mail: luca.gnan@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via e-mail
Prof.ssa Giulia Flamini
E-mail: giulia.flamini@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via e-mail
Prof. Marjan Bojadjiev
E-mail: provost@uacs.edu.mk
Availability: Contact via e-mail
We are committed to making this course a valuable learning experience for you. After the first month, we will spend part of a class session evaluating our progress, and we will make any necessary changes to keep us on track. However, we welcome your feedback at any time in the semester. It is easiest to reach us by e-mail or during office hours, but we are always happy to set up an appointment. Additionally, if you have a disability that requires unique accommodation, please let us know ASAP so that we can be helpful to you.
E-mails, Office Hours & Feedback on Assignments
We endeavor to answer e-mails within one day. If you have not heard from us within that time, please resend the e-mail. Grades & comments will be posted online in the materials section of the course website. We will be happy to give feedback and discuss assignments after all grading is complete for a specific task. Office hours are scheduled by e-mail request.
We may answer questions of assignment clarification in class and via e-mails to benefit the entire class. We may also give extra grades (see below Team Project) during the course that, while generally designed to support learning in the course, will also help your participation grade. These are pass/fail and do not include comments.
Pre-requisites for the Course:
None.
Course description
While many of the courses in the MScBA teach you how to manage money, information and other material resources, this course is unique (and invaluable) in that you will learn how to manage your own performance and career by learning how to work with and through other people-even when you don't want to. Although skills in finance, accounting, marketing, operations, and strategy are crucial for organizational success, the ability to manage an organization, its groups, and its individuals is equally important. In your career, you will depend on people to accomplish tasks, goals, and projects; you will need to work for other people, work with other people, and supervise other people. An understanding of the human side of management is an essential complement to the technical skills you are learning in other courses. Although we will focus primarily on work, you will find that the course concepts have applications to a variety of organizations, including non-profits, athletic teams, social clubs, and religious and political groups.
This is an advanced course in organizational behavior designed to expose you to essential theories and concepts for analyzing, understanding, and managing human behavior in organizations. In this course, we will apply concrete organizational situations from our case studies and projects to essential theories and effective management practices. In this class, you will learn how to thrive at work by managing your relationships. In this course, we will investigate:
- Individual behavior in organizations, including personality, decision-making, personal networks, and ethics.
- Interpersonal behavior, including teamwork, conflict, leadership, and power and influence.
- Organizational factors affecting behavior, including reward systems, culture, and organizational design.
Learning Objectives
Explore from managerial perspective research and practical applications on organizational behavior.
The objective of the training is to provide tools and analytical theory on the analysis of individual and behavior in different group and organizational contexts, to:
- Understand and use the fundamental theories on organizational behavior
- Develop capacities for applying theories to practice
- Develop problem-solving capacities with best practices discussion and case study analysis
The study route is divided into four different sections:
- Section I: The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community.
- Section II: Managing Teams.
- Section III: Understanding and Managing Individuals.
- Section IV: Managing Key Organizational Processes.
At the end of the course students will have:
- A deeper understanding of how the study of organizational behavior can aid us in improving the performance and well-being of people at work.
- Understood how models, theories, and concepts about organizational behavior could be used to promote the effectiveness of individuals, groups, and organizations.
- Developed skills for the analysis of individual, group and organizational functioning that enhances their effectiveness as managers.
- Developed a more productive and more complex representation of organizational behavior, enabling them to contribute more effectively to the workplace.
Teaching methods
Lessons will be characterized by the transfer of knowledge and the strong interaction within the classroom; there are analyses of situations, problems, and business cases to facilitate participants in learning.
Regular attending students are strongly recommended to participate in all the lectures and preparations and presentations of the business cases.
To meet its goals, this course uses readings, lectures, exercises, cases, individual and team assignments, and class discussion. Case assignments provide an important foundation for class discussion and must be completed before each class session. The due dates for all cases and other assignments are listed in the class schedule at the end of the syllabus. Lectures will be used to highlight key points from the readings and provide additional information to supplement the readings. Cases will allow you to apply what you have learned to real-world issues and scenarios. Because each of you brings unique perspectives and experiences to the class, participation in class discussions and activities is essential to your learning as well as that of other class members. To further enrich your learning, you will also be matched with an MScBA Teaching Assistant.
Main References
A) Textbooks for regular attending students (to be considered a regular attending student, a participant should achieve at least an 85% of presence to lectures and case discussions):
- Fincham, P. Rhodes, Principles of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005.
- H. Seijts, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
As far as the textbook Principles of Organizational Behaviour (Fincham, Rhodes, 2005) is concerned, regular attending students must prepare the following parts:
- Introduction pp. 1 -11 (Organization Behavior: An Overview)
- Chapter 1 pp.19 – 50 (Expectations and Learning)
- Chapter 8 pp. 310-359 (Leadership Dynamics)
- Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp .500-510 (Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness)
- Chapter 7 pp. 275-305 (Group Dynamics and Performance)
- Chapter 10 pp. 394-417 (Conflict Management and Negotiation)
- Chapter 3 pp.93-146 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
- Chapter 4 pp.151-185 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
- Chapter 5 pp.191-233 (Motivation)
- Chapter 2 pp. 54-88 (Stress and the Management of Stress)
- Chapter 12 pp. 445-464 and Chapter 13 pp.468-491 (Organization and Work Design)
- Chapter 17 pp.570-592 (Creativity and Innovation)
- Chapter 15 pp.527-544 (Organizational Culture)
- Chapter 14 pp.513-523 (Organizational Change and Development)
During the course, seven cases (from the Cases in Organizational Behavior textbook, Seijts, 2005) will be discussed:
- Chuck McKinonn (on the leadership issue)
- eProcure – the Project (A) (on the leading and managing teams' issue)
- The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management (on the team dynamics issue)
- INTEL in China (on the Conflict Management and Negotiation issue)
- Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion (on the Appreciating Individual Differences issue)
- Elise Smart (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
- Martin Brass Company (A) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
- Victoria Hospital Redesign Initiative (on the Organizational design issue)
- COM: a dynamic culture (on the Creativity and Innovation issue)
- Deloitte & Touche: Integrating Arthur Andersen (on the Organizational Change and Development issue).
B) Textbooks for NON-regular attending students (to be considered regular attending student, a participant should achieve at least an 85% of presence to lectures and case discussions):
- FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005 (all chapters).
- H. SEIJTS, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005 (all cases).
B) Supplementary textbooks
- Robins S., Judge T." Organizational behavior" 13 edition, Prentice Hall International, 2005
- Contemporary management" Jones, George, McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2006
- Managing Organizational Behavior" Jones, George, Prentice Hall International, 2007
- "Organizational change" B. Senior, J. Fleming, Prentice Hall International 3 edition, 2006
- "Management" Hitt, Black, Porter Prentice Hall International, Second Edition, 2008
- Organizational behavior, Debra Nelson, James Campbell Quicl, THOMSON, SOUTH WESTERN, 5th edition
- Managing Behavior in Organizations, Jerald Greenberg, 5th edition Pearson
- Adler, P. S. 1999 International dimensions of organizational behaviour London: International Thopmson
- Argyris, C. 1960 Understanding Organisational behaviour Homewood IL:Dorsey Press (HM300)
- Bandura, A. 1977 Social learning theory New Jersey: Prentice –Hall
- Banard, C. The functions of the executive Cambridge: Harvard University Press
- Beer, M. et al 1984 Managing human Assets New York : Free Press
- Braverman, H .1974 Labour and monopoly capital New York: Monthly Review press (Open shelve)
- Bryman, A. 1986 Leadership and organisations London: Routledge Kegan Paul
- Buchanan, D. A. Organisation in the computer age Aldershot: Gower
- Burns, T & Stalker, G. M. The management of innovation London: Tavistock (Open shelve)
- Child , J. 1972 "Organisational structure, environment and performance : The role of strategic choice" Sociology vol. 6 # 1 pp 1- 22
- Clegg, S. & Dunkerley,D 1980 Organisations, class and control London : Routledge & Kegan Paul
- Conti, R. F. & Warner, M. 1993 "Taylorism, new technology and just-in -time systems in Japanese Manufacturing" New Technology, work and employment, vol 8 # 100 31- 42
- Cyert, R. & March,J. G. 1992 A behavioural theory of the firm NJ: Prentice –Hall Englewoods Cliffs
- Dubin, E. (ed) 1976 Handbook of work, Organisation and Society Chicago Rand McNally
- Drucker, P. F. 1988 Management challenges in the 21st Century London: Heinemann
- Drucker, P. F. 1989 The new realities London: Heinemann
- Duncan, R. B. 1974 "Modifications in decision making structures in adapting to the environment: some Implications for organisational learning" Decision sciences vol, 5 pp 704 –25
- Duncan, w. J. 1981 Organisational Behaviour Houghton: Mifflin
- French, J & Raven. B. 1958 "The bases of social power 'in D. Cartwright Studies in social Power Ann Arbor Institute for Social research (HM301)
- Gibson,J.L. et al 1994 Organisations: Behaviour structure and processes (Reserve)
- Gouldner, A. W. 1954 Patterns of industrial Bureaucracy New York: Free Press
- Gruneberg, M. & Wall, T.(eds) Social Psychology and organisational behaviour Chichester : John Wiley
- Hall, E. T . Understanding Cultural differences Yarmouth: Intercultural Press
- Handy, C 1999 Understanding Organisations 4th ed London: Penguin (Reserve HD31HAN)
- Hofstede, G. 1991 Cultures and Organisations London: McGraw –Hill
- Hodgetts, R. M. 1991 Organisational behaviour: Theory and practice New York: Macmillan company
- Kast, F.E. & Rosenzweig, J.E. Organization &Management11985 4th ed New jersey McGraw-hill (Reserve HD31KAS)
- Kotter, J. P. 1990 "what do leaders really do?" in Harvard Business review 73 pp59-67
- Mintzberg, H. 1983a Power in and around organisations New York: Prentice Hall
- Mintzberg, H. 1983b Structures in fives: designing effective organisations Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
- Moorhead, G. and Griffin, R. w. 1998 Organisational Behaviour 5th edition Houghton: Mifflin Company
- Mullins, L. Management and Organisational behaviour London: Pitman, The financial times (Reserve)
- Perrow, C. 1970 Organisational analysis: A sociological review Belmont: Wadsworth
- Robbins, S. P. 1998 Organisational behaviour: Concepts, controversies and applications NJ: Prentice – Hall (Reserve)
- Simon, H 1957 Administrative behaviour NY: Macmillan
- Schein, E. H. 1975 Organisational culture and Leadership San Francisco: Jossey-bass
- Vecchio, R. P. 1995 organisational behaviour 3rd edition Orland: Dryden Press
Case Discussions
Regular attending students are expected to be fully engaged in the entire learning process. Regular attending students are expected to:
- prepare the assigned readings of the cases before each class.
- prepare as a group work a PowerPoint presentation on the case, based on the specific assignment.
- come to class prepared to participate and to discuss to enhance the learning of the individual and the class.
On the web site of the course, students find for each case the relative assignment. Please carefully read the questions before the session and use them for preparing the PowerPoint presentation.
Each student will be involved in the class discussion on the cases and tie the assigned reading for the session. The objective is to bring all class members in the debate. The cases are designed to integrate the concepts from the case into the context of the course. The preparation and the discussion of the cases do not exclude the study of the theoretical concepts useful for the discussion of the cases themselves and the passing of the exam of the course.
With the cases' discussions in the CLASSROOM, each student will develop:
- The ability to set the parameters for the problem (key concepts from the case).
- A depth of knowledge about the case subject (understanding of material, excellent response to the observations of others).
- The ability to tie-in case with other course concepts.
- The ability to get others involved in the discussion.
To adequately discuss the cases, students do:
- Be prepared with facts and specific quotes from the case.
- Be prepared to comment, ask a question, or develop ideas about the case.
During the discussion, students do:
- Take a position on a question or a point.
- Ask clarifying questions.
- Help keep the discussion moving and on track.
- Help draw others into the discussion.
- Integrate theories and content from other cases.
During the discussion, students do not:
- Be unprepared and show your lack of knowledge.
- Monopolize the discussion.
- Make irrelevant comments.
- Be insensitive to other's desire to speak or to their opinions.
All the regular attending students are kindly invited to build up workgroups (MINIMUM 3 PERSONS – MAXIMUM 5 PERSONS). Each workgroup should prepare a PowerPoint presentation for each case. Into the first slide, the names of the students belonging to the group should be reported.
The structure of the presentation should follow the following outline:
- One or more introductory slides aimed at describing/reporting the story, the characters, all the necessary elements to define the context and the boundaries of the case clearly.
- One slide mentioning the questions of the assignment and underlining the learning goals of the case.
- One or more slides reporting the answers to each question of the assignment.
- One or more slides reporting the final remarks on the case.
- One closing slide about the lessons learned after the group discussion of the case.
How to prepare the PowerPoint presentation of the case?
Introduction – short presentation of case, short description of the problems and situations that should be coped with the discussion.
Diagnosis – Problem setting of the context and the situation. Description of the mains facts and elements connected with the concepts and models of Organizational Behavior (e.g. organizational change, conflicts, motivation, satisfaction, leadership, managing people, group dynamics, etc.). What went wrong, and which actions/situations, instead, were right? Which elements could be considered for the diagnosis?
Solution – Students should provide a possible answer to questions/problems related to the case and a viable and clear indication of how to approach the situation and how to solve it. The entire proposal should represent a consistent action plan in terms of behaviors and expected results.
Conclusions – Conclusions should not be longer than 300-500 words and should describe how the situation and the problem characterized the case, on how Organizational Behavior schemata might help to solve the case, and what the proposed solution might generate in terms of organizational consequences.
Lessons learned – At the end of the presentation elements/suggestions/advises that we "take home" from the case discussion should be identified and reported.
NOTE: During the case discussion, students should explicitly address the context and the different situations with concepts related to Organizational Behavior and with models and theories of this course.
Case Discussions' Class Participation
We believe that the best way to learn, especially about ODB, is to participate in your education actively. In this class, "participation" is defined in terms of quality contributions to class discussion and exercises. There are four pre-requisites for successful participation:
- Be here on time and prepared. If you are not here, you cannot contribute much to class discussion. If you need to miss class for a predictable reason (e.g., job interview, athletic competition), please notify us at least 24 hours in advance so that we can make arrangements for any in-class exercises and so that you can obtain the materials distributed during the class. Of course, we realize that in some cases unforeseeable emergencies arise. Although we will not directly penalize you for non-attendance, be aware that multiple absences will indirectly hurt you by preventing you from participating in class, thereby lowering your participation grade. To contribute to class discussion, you must come to class having carefully prepared all assignments (i.e., readings, cases, exercises).
- Be brave. Everyone in this class is smart, engaging, and has unique life experiences to share. You will get the most out of this course if you ask questions, voice opinions, and express your thoughts to one another. If you feel uncomfortable talking in class, please send me an e-mail or set up an appointment to talk with me early in the semester. We will do everything we can to accommodate each of your circumstances, but we can only do so if they are brought to our attention.
- Be courteous. Successful participation includes treating your classmates respectfully and professionally. Listen carefully to the comments and questions that your classmates voice. You may learn something new from their perspectives, and you will be able to avoid merely repeating something that another classmate has said earlier in the discussion. Also, it is perfectly acceptable for you to voice disagreement with an opinion provided by another student. The open debate often leads to the most thoughtful and informative class discussions. However, please express your argument in a kind and considerate manner.
- Be engaged. This class is "unplugged." Once class starts, all electronics (e.g., computers, cell phones, tablets, etc.) should be turned off and put away. If you need to use a device because of a language or disability issue, you need to secure permission at the beginning of the class. The misuse of an electronic device (e.g., surfing the web or texting) will adversely affect your grade.
To facilitate the visioning of its PowerPoint presentation in the classroom, each workgroup should take a personal computer with PowerPoint installed and an available VGA connection.
By the 8 pm of the day before of the case discussion, all regular attending students should send to the course's Instructors, attaching the case presentation prepared. ONLY STUDENTS WHO HAD HANDED OVER ALL THE CASE PRESENTATIONS WILL BE ADMITTED TO THE 1st EXAM AFTER THE COURSE.
Policy for Late Assignments
As in the business world, work must be received on time to receive full credit. If you are late on an assignment, your access to the 1st exam after the course will be compromised. You are always welcome to hand in an assignment before its due date if you know that you will be busy as the due date approaches. If you think that you will not be able to complete an assignment by the stated due date, please speak with us in advance to make alternative arrangements. Our policy on late assignments will depend on the specific circumstances surrounding the problem, and thus may differ from student to student. Providing advance notice about a late assignment will minimize the penalty you receive on that assignment but does not guarantee that there will be no penalty for turning the assignment in late.
Other learning sources
Slides and other materials will be available under the course web site.
THE SLIDES DO NOT REPRESENT A SUPPORT FOR AN EFFECTIVE AND SUCCESSFUL PREPARATION TO THE EXAM OF THE COURSE. THEY REPRESENT ONLY A HELP TO FACILITATE THE TRANSFER OF THE KNOWLEDGE TO STUDENTS DURING THE LECTURES.
Attendance
Because of the concentrated nature of the MScBA program, attendance in class is crucial.
Students with less than 85% of attendance to lectures and case discussions (including arriving late or leaving early) will be required to prepare for the exam ALL the chapters of the textbook R. FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles Of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005 and ALL the cases of the textbook G. H. SEIJTS, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
NOTE: Attendance to the first class session is mandatory. Important information about the course and the instructor's expectations are given during the first session. If you know that you will have to be absent for one session, please contact your instructor to ensure that absence from a session is acceptable.
Exam
The exam is a written exam. The duration is about 3-4 hours and it includes:
- Case discussion - You may be given a case study to which some questions may pertain to lead the discussion. As you respond to the questions, please use specific content and theories (use names to identify approaches and models) as the basis of your analysis. You will not receive credit for your personal opinions unless backed by theory, lecture, and text material. Also, describe how you see the content/theory applying to the situation. Your answers will be evaluated based on both quantity and quality. Solutions that are complete and demonstrate a higher level of understanding and analysis will receive more points.
- Some questions directly connected to the course textbooks – The questions could open, closed (multiple choice), or a combination of both. You may be asked to discuss the models and the theories presented during the course. You will be asked to interpret some real incidents and to focus your attention on some specific theoretical issues.
ONLY in case, the number of the enrolled students to a specific date of exam is less than ten individuals, teachers will ask enrolled students if they want to run an oral exam instead of a written one.
1st exam after the course participation and exam grades registering on the booklet
Only regular attending students (85% of attendance to lectures and case discussions, including arriving late or leaving early) that have delivered the hard copies of ALL the case to the Instructors can take the 1st exam after the course with a format explicitly dedicated to them.
Only regular registered students on the DELPHI System will be allowed to register their grades.
The 1st exam grades will be registered after the official exam date; Teachers will communicate that date. It is compulsory to come on that date of the exam for registering the grade on the Delphi and the booklet.
Team Project
The purpose of the project is to allow your team to apply what has been learned in the course (through course lectures, readings, and case discussions) to problems in an organization of your team's choice.
Class members, regular attending students, will work in teams of four (4) people.
To the Team Project, regular attending students will be allowed to achieve a -3/+3 extra points to the final grade of the 1st exam after the course. Only regular attending students, taking the 1st exam after the course will be accepted for the Team Project.
Your team should identify a public, private, or non-profit organization to study (Please, no student groups).
Your team is to gather information from people in an organization through direct contact. You may supplement this information with data from the media, the organization's literature, and other secondary sources. You should identify a relatively recent problem to analyze (i.e., this should not be a historical account of a problem and the company's solution). You should focus your analysis by applying the concepts from the course. While it is acceptable to incorporate several ideas from the course, please aim for depth rather than breadth regarding the use of course concepts. Your goal is to diagnose the mechanisms that are causing the problem or issue of concern in the organization. Initially, you may notice many symptoms (for instance, high turnover, seemingly low morale, low commitment, motivation, etc.), but your task is to get to the underlying reason for these symptoms. And beware, sometimes the initial symptoms we think we see are not what they appear to be.
There are three broad goals for this assignment:
- One goal of this assignment is obviously to take the initiative to make a positive contribution to an organization.
- Another primary goal is to provide an opportunity for you to learn more about organizational behavior first hand and to use your critical thinking and reflection skills to link your experience with this organization to your learning concerning organizational behavior theory.
- The final goal is to provide a forum for you to hone your skills as a team member and leader and to reflect on the learning gained from this team experience. Each team will make a presentation and write a paper that describes what you did for the organization, what you learned about organizational behavior, and what you learned about working on a team.
To meet these broad goals, your team should answer the following questions in the assignments detailed below.
- What are the issues or problems facing the organization?
- What can course concepts be applied to understand why this problem is occurring?
- What recommendations can you offer to help improve organizational functioning?
Deliverables of the Team Project:
- The project proposal is due to Instructors by the date of the 9th session of the course by 5 pm. It should include:
- the names of your group members
- your team name
- the name of the organization
- the name, contact information and level of your contact person
- the method you will use to gain access to the organization
- a brief description (one paragraph) of the problem facing the organization.
- Your written project is due to Instructors by the date of the 18th session of the course by 5 pm.
It should contain a maximum of 15 double spaced pages (1 cm margins, 12 point font). You will be penalized significantly for exceeding this limit. The limit does not include appendices, which you are free to use to provide charts, figures, or other background material not necessary in the main body of your analysis. However, appendices that are not directly referenced in the main text will not be read. LATE PROJECT WRITE-UPS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.
This written project should summarize what you did for/within the organization, what you have learned about organizational behavior, and what you have learned about working on a team.
Grading of the Team Project:
Your group project will be evaluated on the following criteria:
- Problem definition: How well (i.e., thoroughly and concisely) do you describe the organizational context, the relevant parties, and the factors that are important to the problem?
- Accurate and thorough use of course concepts.
- Integration of course concepts with information about the company and problem, i.e., how well do you integrate course concepts with information about the problem to illuminate the problem in a way that leads to solutions?
- Extent to which recommendations are consistent with analysis.
- Quality of written analysis.
Analytical Syllabus
Session |
Agenda |
Lecture/ Case discussion |
Instructor |
Section I: The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community
|
|||
1 |
Organization Behavior: An Overview (Introduction pp. 1 -11) Drawing on areas of psychology and sociology, the introductory lecture takes disciple-based approaches, dividing the course into four distinctive levels of analysis: individual, group, organizational, and processes (IGOP). This IGOP framework encompasses the approaches to explain social action and behavior and provides an insight into this fascinating subject. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
2 |
Expectations and Learning (Chapter 1 pp.19 – 50) The lecture introduces the student to the basic concepts of learning. An effort is made to link these concepts to what happens in the workplace. Having said that, it is crucial that students do not restrict themselves to just explaining psychological terms but makes sure that they have understood why learning is essential in the workplace and how classical and operant conditioning, schedules of reinforcement, the idea of the technology of behavior, learning strategies, and the transfer of training back to the workplace contribute in or may inhibit successful learning. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
3 |
Chuck McKinonn CASE (Leadership Dynamics - Chapter 8 pp. 310-359) The session discusses leadership and the relevant research that aims to define and explain leadership effectiveness. The impact of leadership on organizational life is two-fold, in the sense that successful or poor leadership affects both those who trust the leader and assess their qualities to make judgments about the business (i.e., shareholders), and those within the organization (i.e., employees). It has been argued that poor leadership ultimately destroys the 'human spirit' essential to ensuring organizational effectiveness. The hierarchical structure means that organizations continually have to face the problem of selecting and training people to assume positions of authority over others. At every level in organizations and every department, there will be groups of 'subordinates' under the control of 'superordinates' – in other words, there will be 'leadership situations.' |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section II: Managing teams
|
|||
4 |
eProcure – the Project (A) CASE (Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp. 500-510) The session is twofold. Firstly, it explores social interaction. This involves all the processes that underlie the activity between people in everyday social settings. The two basic concepts to be examined are dramaturgy, i.e., the expressive and symbolic aspects of social interaction and social skill, i.e., cognitive and automated processes of social behavior. Also, it examines what kinds of modeling and categorization are involved in social interaction. This will help explain how changes in social competence occur and why some individuals are more socially apt than others at jobs that include social skills. Secondly, it introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the center of managerial activity, and it is examined with managerial rationality. Finally, change management is examined as the outcome of managerial decision-making, and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the lecture employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
5 |
Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness (Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp. 500-510) Again, the lecture is twofold. Firstly, it explores social interaction. This involves all the processes that underlie the activity between people in everyday social settings. The two basic concepts to be examined are dramaturgy, i.e., the expressive and symbolic aspects of social interaction and social skill, i.e., cognitive and automated processes of social behavior. Also, it examines what kinds of modeling and categorization are involved in social interaction. This will help explain how changes in social competence occur and why some individuals are more socially apt than others at jobs that include social skills. Secondly, it introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the center of managerial activity, and it is examined with managerial rationality. Finally, change management is examined as the outcome of managerial decision-making, and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the lecture employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
6 |
The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management CASE (Group Dynamics and Performance -Chapter 7 pp. 275-305) The session discusses groups and intergroup behavior. They explore the effects of group membership on the behavior of the individual, their identity, and raise the notion of employee involvement. The interest in teamwork rises from the expectation that teams deliver more than individuals alone. However, the session adopts a critical standpoint and also critically explores dysfunctional group relations and the processes that promote or undermine group effectiveness. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
7 |
INTEL in China CASE (Conflict Management and Negotiation - Chapter 10 pp. 394-417) The session discusses conflict and consent at work. It follows the path of the labor process debate, the main body of theory about the employment relationship, and the nature of work. They refer to aspects of the subjectivity of workplace relations, such as resistance and consent, as well as gender issues, and illustrate the scene of industrial relations conflict and action today. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section III: Understanding and Managing Individuals
|
|||
8 |
Appreciating Individual Differences (Chapter 3 pp.93-146) The lecture explores the concepts of personality and intelligence and their impact on organizational life. Personality has an effect not only on an individual's working relationships with others but also more generally on the entire corporate culture. The chapter also examines the attempts made to describe the differences we observe day-to-day in each others' personalities and the possible impact these have on our effectiveness and organizational culture. Intelligence and its effects on organizations are also explored. The effect of intelligence is not so much the result of intelligence itself. Still, it flows more subtly from the impact of our shared assumptions about the impact and importance of intellectual differences. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
9 |
Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion CASE (Appreciating Individual Differences - Chapter 4 pp.151-185) The session examines how the human attributes differentiating individuals are applied in organizations. Assessment is initially associated with the 'point of entry.' Increasingly, however, assessments are used for a variety of reasons. The demand for flexible, adaptable individuals that are high performers requires assessments to serve strategic functions in organizations, i.e., identifying such individuals. One framework claiming to enable a more strategic approach to assessment by linking business objectives, organizational culture, and employee performance more closely is competency. Its proponents argue that this is a way of managing people more effectively. On the other hand, however, its critics would say that it is merely another control mechanism. The chapter also describes the range of assessment methodologies and processes and their use in organizational settings and examines how these processes can be evaluated. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
10 |
Motivation (Chapter 5 pp.191-233) The lecture discusses motivation and job satisfaction. These are topics that have attracted considerable interest from academic psychologists, popular writers, and social commentators. Motivation and job satisfaction are an important aspect of organizational behavior since the workplace, and the experiences of employees have frequently been negative. Factories have often been dangerous places that hardly promote maturity and well-being. Clerical work has been described as lacking intrinsic satisfaction, and managers have commonly reported feeling under excessive pressure in their work. From a managerial perspective, the consequences of low motivation and job satisfaction have to be managed to eliminate sabotage, staff turnover, absenteeism, poor industrial relations, and low productivity. This lecture aims to examine the extent to which the 'human resource' school of psychology and other writers have advanced our understanding of the two underlying concepts. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
11 |
Elise Smart CASE (Stress and the Management of Stress - Chapter 2 pp. 54-88) The session introduces the concept of Stress in the workplace. The session is an all-inclusive account of Stress, its causes, and whether Stress can be managed or not. The session emphasizes the importance of Stress and its impact on workplaces. Three different approaches are presented: Stress as a response, as a cause, and the appraisal concept. Types of Stress and individual differences are all explored. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
12 |
Martin Brass Company (A/B/C) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing CASE (Stress and the Management of Stress - Chapter 2 pp. 54-88) The session, again ague about the concept of Stress in the workplace. The session is an all-inclusive account of Stress, its causes, and whether Stress can be managed or not. The session emphasizes the importance of Stress and its impact on UK workplaces. Three different approaches are presented: Stress as a response, as a cause, and the appraisal concept. Types of Stress and individual differences are all explored. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section IV: Managing Key Organizational Processes
|
|||
13 |
Organization and Work Design (Chapter 12 pp. 445-464) The lecture explores the concepts of structure and control in organizations. It presents various critical interpretations of the organization, the central figure of which is Weber. The approach taken is one that questions efficiency as an issue of primary importance and focuses on power and how it is experienced in organizations. Students should understand the basic parameters that surround the debate of structure and control. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
14 |
Organization and Work Design (Chapter 13 pp.468-491) The lecture introduces the topic of structure and performance in organizations. It pursues a managerial approach to explore the priorities and objectives in organizations, namely efficiency, and effectiveness. It argues that one way or the other, we are all caught up in these issues, and hence their exploration is necessary for a broader understanding of organizational behavior. Students should understand the basic ideas of organizational analysis. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
15 |
Victoria Hospital Redesign Initiative CASE (Organization and Work Design - Chapter 12 pp. 445-464 and Chapter 13 pp.468-491) The session is devoted to apply and integrate organizational behavior concepts and Organizational design models and principles. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
16 |
OP4.COM: a dynamic culture CASE (Creativity and Innovation – Chapter 17 pp.570-592) The session introduces the concept of management knowledge and fashion. A critical encounter of the emergence, dissemination, and value of recent popular ideas is examined. |
Case discussion |
BOJADJIEV |
17 |
Organizational Culture (Chapter 15 pp.527-544) The lecture discusses the concept of organizational culture. It attempts to explain the relationship between organizational culture and the business context, how culture contributes to organizational innovativeness, the contribution of organizational culture to management change, etc. |
Lecture |
BOJADJIEV |
18 |
Deloitte & Touche: Integrating Arthur Andersen CASE (Organizational Change and Development - Chapter 14 pp.513-523) The session introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the center of managerial activity, and, in this session, it is examined concerning managerial rationality. Finally, change management is considered as the outcome of managerial decision-making, and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the session employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Case discussion |
BOJADJIEV |
Updated A.Y. 2020-2021
Organizational dynamics
and behavior
(Prof. Luca Gnan)
Teaching Staff Responsible for the Course:
Prof. Luca Gnan
E-mail: luca.gnan@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via e-mail
Prof.ssa Giulia Flamini
E-mail: giulia.flamini@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via e-mail
Prof. Marjan Bojadjiev
E-mail: provost@uacs.edu.mk
Availability: Contact via e-mail
We are committed to making this course a valuable learning experience for you. After the first month, we will spend part of a class session evaluating our progress, and we will make any necessary changes to keep us on track. However, we welcome your feedback at any time in the semester. It is easiest to reach us by e-mail or during office hours, but we are always happy to set up an appointment. Additionally, if you have a disability that requires unique accommodation, please let us know ASAP so that we can be helpful to you.
E-mails, Office Hours & Feedback on Assignments
We endeavor to answer e-mails within one day. If you have not heard from us within that time, please resend the e-mail. Grades & comments will be posted online in the materials section of the course website. We will be happy to give feedback and discuss assignments after all grading is complete for a specific task. Office hours are scheduled by e-mail request.
We may answer questions of assignment clarification in class and via e-mails to benefit the entire class. We may also give extra grades (see below Team Project) during the course that, while generally designed to support learning in the course, will also help your participation grade. These are pass/fail and do not include comments.
Pre-requisites for the Course:
None.
Course description
While many of the courses in the MScBA teach you how to manage money, information and other material resources, this course is unique (and invaluable) in that you will learn how to manage your own performance and career by learning how to work with and through other people-even when you don't want to. Although skills in finance, accounting, marketing, operations, and strategy are crucial for organizational success, the ability to manage an organization, its groups, and its individuals is equally important. In your career, you will depend on people to accomplish tasks, goals, and projects; you will need to work for other people, work with other people, and supervise other people. An understanding of the human side of management is an essential complement to the technical skills you are learning in other courses. Although we will focus primarily on work, you will find that the course concepts have applications to a variety of organizations, including non-profits, athletic teams, social clubs, and religious and political groups.
This is an advanced course in organizational behavior designed to expose you to essential theories and concepts for analyzing, understanding, and managing human behavior in organizations. In this course, we will apply concrete organizational situations from our case studies and projects to essential theories and effective management practices. In this class, you will learn how to thrive at work by managing your relationships. In this course, we will investigate:
- Individual behavior in organizations, including personality, decision-making, personal networks, and ethics.
- Interpersonal behavior, including teamwork, conflict, leadership, and power and influence.
- Organizational factors affecting behavior, including reward systems, culture, and organizational design.
Learning Objectives
Explore from managerial perspective research and practical applications on organizational behavior.
The objective of the training is to provide tools and analytical theory on the analysis of individual and behavior in different group and organizational contexts, to:
- Understand and use the fundamental theories on organizational behavior
- Develop capacities for applying theories to practice
- Develop problem-solving capacities with best practices discussion and case study analysis
The study route is divided into four different sections:
- Section I: The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community.
- Section II: Managing Teams.
- Section III: Understanding and Managing Individuals.
- Section IV: Managing Key Organizational Processes.
At the end of the course students will have:
- A deeper understanding of how the study of organizational behavior can aid us in improving the performance and well-being of people at work.
- Understood how models, theories, and concepts about organizational behavior could be used to promote the effectiveness of individuals, groups, and organizations.
- Developed skills for the analysis of individual, group and organizational functioning that enhances their effectiveness as managers.
- Developed a more productive and more complex representation of organizational behavior, enabling them to contribute more effectively to the workplace.
Teaching methods
Lessons will be characterized by the transfer of knowledge and the strong interaction within the classroom; there are analyses of situations, problems, and business cases to facilitate participants in learning.
Regular attending students are strongly recommended to participate in all the lectures and preparations and presentations of the business cases.
To meet its goals, this course uses readings, lectures, exercises, cases, individual and team assignments, and class discussion. Case assignments provide an important foundation for class discussion and must be completed before each class session. The due dates for all cases and other assignments are listed in the class schedule at the end of the syllabus. Lectures will be used to highlight key points from the readings and provide additional information to supplement the readings. Cases will allow you to apply what you have learned to real-world issues and scenarios. Because each of you brings unique perspectives and experiences to the class, participation in class discussions and activities is essential to your learning as well as that of other class members. To further enrich your learning, you will also be matched with an MScBA Teaching Assistant.
Main References
A) Textbooks for regular attending students (to be considered a regular attending student, a participant should achieve at least an 85% of presence to lectures and case discussions):
- Fincham, P. Rhodes, Principles of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005.
- H. Seijts, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
As far as the textbook Principles of Organizational Behaviour (Fincham, Rhodes, 2005) is concerned, regular attending students must prepare the following parts:
- Introduction pp. 1 -11 (Organization Behavior: An Overview)
- Chapter 1 pp.19 – 50 (Expectations and Learning)
- Chapter 8 pp. 310-359 (Leadership Dynamics)
- Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp .500-510 (Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness)
- Chapter 7 pp. 275-305 (Group Dynamics and Performance)
- Chapter 10 pp. 394-417 (Conflict Management and Negotiation)
- Chapter 3 pp.93-146 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
- Chapter 4 pp.151-185 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
- Chapter 5 pp.191-233 (Motivation)
- Chapter 2 pp. 54-88 (Stress and the Management of Stress)
- Chapter 12 pp. 445-464 and Chapter 13 pp.468-491 (Organization and Work Design)
- Chapter 17 pp.570-592 (Creativity and Innovation)
- Chapter 15 pp.527-544 (Organizational Culture)
- Chapter 14 pp.513-523 (Organizational Change and Development)
During the course, seven cases (from the Cases in Organizational Behavior textbook, Seijts, 2005) will be discussed:
- Chuck McKinonn (on the leadership issue)
- eProcure – the Project (A) (on the leading and managing teams' issue)
- The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management (on the team dynamics issue)
- INTEL in China (on the Conflict Management and Negotiation issue)
- Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion (on the Appreciating Individual Differences issue)
- Elise Smart (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
- Martin Brass Company (A) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
- Victoria Hospital Redesign Initiative (on the Organizational design issue)
- COM: a dynamic culture (on the Creativity and Innovation issue)
- Deloitte & Touche: Integrating Arthur Andersen (on the Organizational Change and Development issue).
B) Textbooks for NON-regular attending students (to be considered regular attending student, a participant should achieve at least an 85% of presence to lectures and case discussions):
- FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005 (all chapters).
- H. SEIJTS, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005 (all cases).
B) Supplementary textbooks
- Robins S., Judge T." Organizational behavior" 13 edition, Prentice Hall International, 2005
- Contemporary management" Jones, George, McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2006
- Managing Organizational Behavior" Jones, George, Prentice Hall International, 2007
- "Organizational change" B. Senior, J. Fleming, Prentice Hall International 3 edition, 2006
- "Management" Hitt, Black, Porter Prentice Hall International, Second Edition, 2008
- Organizational behavior, Debra Nelson, James Campbell Quicl, THOMSON, SOUTH WESTERN, 5th edition
- Managing Behavior in Organizations, Jerald Greenberg, 5th edition Pearson
- Adler, P. S. 1999 International dimensions of organizational behaviour London: International Thopmson
- Argyris, C. 1960 Understanding Organisational behaviour Homewood IL:Dorsey Press (HM300)
- Bandura, A. 1977 Social learning theory New Jersey: Prentice –Hall
- Banard, C. The functions of the executive Cambridge: Harvard University Press
- Beer, M. et al 1984 Managing human Assets New York : Free Press
- Braverman, H .1974 Labour and monopoly capital New York: Monthly Review press (Open shelve)
- Bryman, A. 1986 Leadership and organisations London: Routledge Kegan Paul
- Buchanan, D. A. Organisation in the computer age Aldershot: Gower
- Burns, T & Stalker, G. M. The management of innovation London: Tavistock (Open shelve)
- Child , J. 1972 "Organisational structure, environment and performance : The role of strategic choice" Sociology vol. 6 # 1 pp 1- 22
- Clegg, S. & Dunkerley,D 1980 Organisations, class and control London : Routledge & Kegan Paul
- Conti, R. F. & Warner, M. 1993 "Taylorism, new technology and just-in -time systems in Japanese Manufacturing" New Technology, work and employment, vol 8 # 100 31- 42
- Cyert, R. & March,J. G. 1992 A behavioural theory of the firm NJ: Prentice –Hall Englewoods Cliffs
- Dubin, E. (ed) 1976 Handbook of work, Organisation and Society Chicago Rand McNally
- Drucker, P. F. 1988 Management challenges in the 21st Century London: Heinemann
- Drucker, P. F. 1989 The new realities London: Heinemann
- Duncan, R. B. 1974 "Modifications in decision making structures in adapting to the environment: some Implications for organisational learning" Decision sciences vol, 5 pp 704 –25
- Duncan, w. J. 1981 Organisational Behaviour Houghton: Mifflin
- French, J & Raven. B. 1958 "The bases of social power 'in D. Cartwright Studies in social Power Ann Arbor Institute for Social research (HM301)
- Gibson,J.L. et al 1994 Organisations: Behaviour structure and processes (Reserve)
- Gouldner, A. W. 1954 Patterns of industrial Bureaucracy New York: Free Press
- Gruneberg, M. & Wall, T.(eds) Social Psychology and organisational behaviour Chichester : John Wiley
- Hall, E. T . Understanding Cultural differences Yarmouth: Intercultural Press
- Handy, C 1999 Understanding Organisations 4th ed London: Penguin (Reserve HD31HAN)
- Hofstede, G. 1991 Cultures and Organisations London: McGraw –Hill
- Hodgetts, R. M. 1991 Organisational behaviour: Theory and practice New York: Macmillan company
- Kast, F.E. & Rosenzweig, J.E. Organization &Management11985 4th ed New jersey McGraw-hill (Reserve HD31KAS)
- Kotter, J. P. 1990 "what do leaders really do?" in Harvard Business review 73 pp59-67
- Mintzberg, H. 1983a Power in and around organisations New York: Prentice Hall
- Mintzberg, H. 1983b Structures in fives: designing effective organisations Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
- Moorhead, G. and Griffin, R. w. 1998 Organisational Behaviour 5th edition Houghton: Mifflin Company
- Mullins, L. Management and Organisational behaviour London: Pitman, The financial times (Reserve)
- Perrow, C. 1970 Organisational analysis: A sociological review Belmont: Wadsworth
- Robbins, S. P. 1998 Organisational behaviour: Concepts, controversies and applications NJ: Prentice – Hall (Reserve)
- Simon, H 1957 Administrative behaviour NY: Macmillan
- Schein, E. H. 1975 Organisational culture and Leadership San Francisco: Jossey-bass
- Vecchio, R. P. 1995 organisational behaviour 3rd edition Orland: Dryden Press
Case Discussions
Regular attending students are expected to be fully engaged in the entire learning process. Regular attending students are expected to:
- prepare the assigned readings of the cases before each class.
- prepare as a group work a PowerPoint presentation on the case, based on the specific assignment.
- come to class prepared to participate and to discuss to enhance the learning of the individual and the class.
On the web site of the course, students find for each case the relative assignment. Please carefully read the questions before the session and use them for preparing the PowerPoint presentation.
Each student will be involved in the class discussion on the cases and tie the assigned reading for the session. The objective is to bring all class members in the debate. The cases are designed to integrate the concepts from the case into the context of the course. The preparation and the discussion of the cases do not exclude the study of the theoretical concepts useful for the discussion of the cases themselves and the passing of the exam of the course.
With the cases' discussions in the CLASSROOM, each student will develop:
- The ability to set the parameters for the problem (key concepts from the case).
- A depth of knowledge about the case subject (understanding of material, excellent response to the observations of others).
- The ability to tie-in case with other course concepts.
- The ability to get others involved in the discussion.
To adequately discuss the cases, students do:
- Be prepared with facts and specific quotes from the case.
- Be prepared to comment, ask a question, or develop ideas about the case.
During the discussion, students do:
- Take a position on a question or a point.
- Ask clarifying questions.
- Help keep the discussion moving and on track.
- Help draw others into the discussion.
- Integrate theories and content from other cases.
During the discussion, students do not:
- Be unprepared and show your lack of knowledge.
- Monopolize the discussion.
- Make irrelevant comments.
- Be insensitive to other's desire to speak or to their opinions.
All the regular attending students are kindly invited to build up workgroups (MINIMUM 3 PERSONS – MAXIMUM 5 PERSONS). Each workgroup should prepare a PowerPoint presentation for each case. Into the first slide, the names of the students belonging to the group should be reported.
The structure of the presentation should follow the following outline:
- One or more introductory slides aimed at describing/reporting the story, the characters, all the necessary elements to define the context and the boundaries of the case clearly.
- One slide mentioning the questions of the assignment and underlining the learning goals of the case.
- One or more slides reporting the answers to each question of the assignment.
- One or more slides reporting the final remarks on the case.
- One closing slide about the lessons learned after the group discussion of the case.
How to prepare the PowerPoint presentation of the case?
Introduction – short presentation of case, short description of the problems and situations that should be coped with the discussion.
Diagnosis – Problem setting of the context and the situation. Description of the mains facts and elements connected with the concepts and models of Organizational Behavior (e.g. organizational change, conflicts, motivation, satisfaction, leadership, managing people, group dynamics, etc.). What went wrong, and which actions/situations, instead, were right? Which elements could be considered for the diagnosis?
Solution – Students should provide a possible answer to questions/problems related to the case and a viable and clear indication of how to approach the situation and how to solve it. The entire proposal should represent a consistent action plan in terms of behaviors and expected results.
Conclusions – Conclusions should not be longer than 300-500 words and should describe how the situation and the problem characterized the case, on how Organizational Behavior schemata might help to solve the case, and what the proposed solution might generate in terms of organizational consequences.
Lessons learned – At the end of the presentation elements/suggestions/advises that we "take home" from the case discussion should be identified and reported.
NOTE: During the case discussion, students should explicitly address the context and the different situations with concepts related to Organizational Behavior and with models and theories of this course.
Case Discussions' Class Participation
We believe that the best way to learn, especially about ODB, is to participate in your education actively. In this class, "participation" is defined in terms of quality contributions to class discussion and exercises. There are four pre-requisites for successful participation:
- Be here on time and prepared. If you are not here, you cannot contribute much to class discussion. If you need to miss class for a predictable reason (e.g., job interview, athletic competition), please notify us at least 24 hours in advance so that we can make arrangements for any in-class exercises and so that you can obtain the materials distributed during the class. Of course, we realize that in some cases unforeseeable emergencies arise. Although we will not directly penalize you for non-attendance, be aware that multiple absences will indirectly hurt you by preventing you from participating in class, thereby lowering your participation grade. To contribute to class discussion, you must come to class having carefully prepared all assignments (i.e., readings, cases, exercises).
- Be brave. Everyone in this class is smart, engaging, and has unique life experiences to share. You will get the most out of this course if you ask questions, voice opinions, and express your thoughts to one another. If you feel uncomfortable talking in class, please send me an e-mail or set up an appointment to talk with me early in the semester. We will do everything we can to accommodate each of your circumstances, but we can only do so if they are brought to our attention.
- Be courteous. Successful participation includes treating your classmates respectfully and professionally. Listen carefully to the comments and questions that your classmates voice. You may learn something new from their perspectives, and you will be able to avoid merely repeating something that another classmate has said earlier in the discussion. Also, it is perfectly acceptable for you to voice disagreement with an opinion provided by another student. The open debate often leads to the most thoughtful and informative class discussions. However, please express your argument in a kind and considerate manner.
- Be engaged. This class is "unplugged." Once class starts, all electronics (e.g., computers, cell phones, tablets, etc.) should be turned off and put away. If you need to use a device because of a language or disability issue, you need to secure permission at the beginning of the class. The misuse of an electronic device (e.g., surfing the web or texting) will adversely affect your grade.
To facilitate the visioning of its PowerPoint presentation in the classroom, each workgroup should take a personal computer with PowerPoint installed and an available VGA connection.
By the 8 pm of the day before of the case discussion, all regular attending students should send to the course's Instructors, attaching the case presentation prepared. ONLY STUDENTS WHO HAD HANDED OVER ALL THE CASE PRESENTATIONS WILL BE ADMITTED TO THE 1st EXAM AFTER THE COURSE.
Policy for Late Assignments
As in the business world, work must be received on time to receive full credit. If you are late on an assignment, your access to the 1st exam after the course will be compromised. You are always welcome to hand in an assignment before its due date if you know that you will be busy as the due date approaches. If you think that you will not be able to complete an assignment by the stated due date, please speak with us in advance to make alternative arrangements. Our policy on late assignments will depend on the specific circumstances surrounding the problem, and thus may differ from student to student. Providing advance notice about a late assignment will minimize the penalty you receive on that assignment but does not guarantee that there will be no penalty for turning the assignment in late.
Other learning sources
Slides and other materials will be available under the course web site.
THE SLIDES DO NOT REPRESENT A SUPPORT FOR AN EFFECTIVE AND SUCCESSFUL PREPARATION TO THE EXAM OF THE COURSE. THEY REPRESENT ONLY A HELP TO FACILITATE THE TRANSFER OF THE KNOWLEDGE TO STUDENTS DURING THE LECTURES.
Attendance
Because of the concentrated nature of the MScBA program, attendance in class is crucial.
Students with less than 85% of attendance to lectures and case discussions (including arriving late or leaving early) will be required to prepare for the exam ALL the chapters of the textbook R. FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles Of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005 and ALL the cases of the textbook G. H. SEIJTS, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
NOTE: Attendance to the first class session is mandatory. Important information about the course and the instructor's expectations are given during the first session. If you know that you will have to be absent for one session, please contact your instructor to ensure that absence from a session is acceptable.
Exam
The exam is a written exam. The duration is about 3-4 hours and it includes:
- Case discussion - You may be given a case study to which some questions may pertain to lead the discussion. As you respond to the questions, please use specific content and theories (use names to identify approaches and models) as the basis of your analysis. You will not receive credit for your personal opinions unless backed by theory, lecture, and text material. Also, describe how you see the content/theory applying to the situation. Your answers will be evaluated based on both quantity and quality. Solutions that are complete and demonstrate a higher level of understanding and analysis will receive more points.
- Some questions directly connected to the course textbooks – The questions could open, closed (multiple choice), or a combination of both. You may be asked to discuss the models and the theories presented during the course. You will be asked to interpret some real incidents and to focus your attention on some specific theoretical issues.
ONLY in case, the number of the enrolled students to a specific date of exam is less than ten individuals, teachers will ask enrolled students if they want to run an oral exam instead of a written one.
1st exam after the course participation and exam grades registering on the booklet
Only regular attending students (85% of attendance to lectures and case discussions, including arriving late or leaving early) that have delivered the hard copies of ALL the case to the Instructors can take the 1st exam after the course with a format explicitly dedicated to them.
Only regular registered students on the DELPHI System will be allowed to register their grades.
The 1st exam grades will be registered after the official exam date; Teachers will communicate that date. It is compulsory to come on that date of the exam for registering the grade on the Delphi and the booklet.
Team Project
The purpose of the project is to allow your team to apply what has been learned in the course (through course lectures, readings, and case discussions) to problems in an organization of your team's choice.
Class members, regular attending students, will work in teams of four (4) people.
To the Team Project, regular attending students will be allowed to achieve a -3/+3 extra points to the final grade of the 1st exam after the course. Only regular attending students, taking the 1st exam after the course will be accepted for the Team Project.
Your team should identify a public, private, or non-profit organization to study (Please, no student groups).
Your team is to gather information from people in an organization through direct contact. You may supplement this information with data from the media, the organization's literature, and other secondary sources. You should identify a relatively recent problem to analyze (i.e., this should not be a historical account of a problem and the company's solution). You should focus your analysis by applying the concepts from the course. While it is acceptable to incorporate several ideas from the course, please aim for depth rather than breadth regarding the use of course concepts. Your goal is to diagnose the mechanisms that are causing the problem or issue of concern in the organization. Initially, you may notice many symptoms (for instance, high turnover, seemingly low morale, low commitment, motivation, etc.), but your task is to get to the underlying reason for these symptoms. And beware, sometimes the initial symptoms we think we see are not what they appear to be.
There are three broad goals for this assignment:
- One goal of this assignment is obviously to take the initiative to make a positive contribution to an organization.
- Another primary goal is to provide an opportunity for you to learn more about organizational behavior first hand and to use your critical thinking and reflection skills to link your experience with this organization to your learning concerning organizational behavior theory.
- The final goal is to provide a forum for you to hone your skills as a team member and leader and to reflect on the learning gained from this team experience. Each team will make a presentation and write a paper that describes what you did for the organization, what you learned about organizational behavior, and what you learned about working on a team.
To meet these broad goals, your team should answer the following questions in the assignments detailed below.
- What are the issues or problems facing the organization?
- What can course concepts be applied to understand why this problem is occurring?
- What recommendations can you offer to help improve organizational functioning?
Deliverables of the Team Project:
- The project proposal is due to Instructors by the date of the 9th session of the course by 5 pm. It should include:
- the names of your group members
- your team name
- the name of the organization
- the name, contact information and level of your contact person
- the method you will use to gain access to the organization
- a brief description (one paragraph) of the problem facing the organization.
- Your written project is due to Instructors by the date of the 18th session of the course by 5 pm.
It should contain a maximum of 15 double spaced pages (1 cm margins, 12 point font). You will be penalized significantly for exceeding this limit. The limit does not include appendices, which you are free to use to provide charts, figures, or other background material not necessary in the main body of your analysis. However, appendices that are not directly referenced in the main text will not be read. LATE PROJECT WRITE-UPS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.
This written project should summarize what you did for/within the organization, what you have learned about organizational behavior, and what you have learned about working on a team.
Grading of the Team Project:
Your group project will be evaluated on the following criteria:
- Problem definition: How well (i.e., thoroughly and concisely) do you describe the organizational context, the relevant parties, and the factors that are important to the problem?
- Accurate and thorough use of course concepts.
- Integration of course concepts with information about the company and problem, i.e., how well do you integrate course concepts with information about the problem to illuminate the problem in a way that leads to solutions?
- Extent to which recommendations are consistent with analysis.
- Quality of written analysis.
Analytical Syllabus
Session |
Agenda |
Lecture/ Case discussion |
Instructor |
Section I: The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community
|
|||
1 |
Organization Behavior: An Overview (Introduction pp. 1 -11) Drawing on areas of psychology and sociology, the introductory lecture takes disciple-based approaches, dividing the course into four distinctive levels of analysis: individual, group, organizational, and processes (IGOP). This IGOP framework encompasses the approaches to explain social action and behavior and provides an insight into this fascinating subject. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
2 |
Expectations and Learning (Chapter 1 pp.19 – 50) The lecture introduces the student to the basic concepts of learning. An effort is made to link these concepts to what happens in the workplace. Having said that, it is crucial that students do not restrict themselves to just explaining psychological terms but makes sure that they have understood why learning is essential in the workplace and how classical and operant conditioning, schedules of reinforcement, the idea of the technology of behavior, learning strategies, and the transfer of training back to the workplace contribute in or may inhibit successful learning. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
3 |
Chuck McKinonn CASE (Leadership Dynamics - Chapter 8 pp. 310-359) The session discusses leadership and the relevant research that aims to define and explain leadership effectiveness. The impact of leadership on organizational life is two-fold, in the sense that successful or poor leadership affects both those who trust the leader and assess their qualities to make judgments about the business (i.e., shareholders), and those within the organization (i.e., employees). It has been argued that poor leadership ultimately destroys the 'human spirit' essential to ensuring organizational effectiveness. The hierarchical structure means that organizations continually have to face the problem of selecting and training people to assume positions of authority over others. At every level in organizations and every department, there will be groups of 'subordinates' under the control of 'superordinates' – in other words, there will be 'leadership situations.' |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section II: Managing teams
|
|||
4 |
eProcure – the Project (A) CASE (Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp. 500-510) The session is twofold. Firstly, it explores social interaction. This involves all the processes that underlie the activity between people in everyday social settings. The two basic concepts to be examined are dramaturgy, i.e., the expressive and symbolic aspects of social interaction and social skill, i.e., cognitive and automated processes of social behavior. Also, it examines what kinds of modeling and categorization are involved in social interaction. This will help explain how changes in social competence occur and why some individuals are more socially apt than others at jobs that include social skills. Secondly, it introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the center of managerial activity, and it is examined with managerial rationality. Finally, change management is examined as the outcome of managerial decision-making, and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the lecture employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
5 |
Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness (Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp. 500-510) Again, the lecture is twofold. Firstly, it explores social interaction. This involves all the processes that underlie the activity between people in everyday social settings. The two basic concepts to be examined are dramaturgy, i.e., the expressive and symbolic aspects of social interaction and social skill, i.e., cognitive and automated processes of social behavior. Also, it examines what kinds of modeling and categorization are involved in social interaction. This will help explain how changes in social competence occur and why some individuals are more socially apt than others at jobs that include social skills. Secondly, it introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the center of managerial activity, and it is examined with managerial rationality. Finally, change management is examined as the outcome of managerial decision-making, and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the lecture employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
6 |
The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management CASE (Group Dynamics and Performance -Chapter 7 pp. 275-305) The session discusses groups and intergroup behavior. They explore the effects of group membership on the behavior of the individual, their identity, and raise the notion of employee involvement. The interest in teamwork rises from the expectation that teams deliver more than individuals alone. However, the session adopts a critical standpoint and also critically explores dysfunctional group relations and the processes that promote or undermine group effectiveness. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
7 |
INTEL in China CASE (Conflict Management and Negotiation - Chapter 10 pp. 394-417) The session discusses conflict and consent at work. It follows the path of the labor process debate, the main body of theory about the employment relationship, and the nature of work. They refer to aspects of the subjectivity of workplace relations, such as resistance and consent, as well as gender issues, and illustrate the scene of industrial relations conflict and action today. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section III: Understanding and Managing Individuals
|
|||
8 |
Appreciating Individual Differences (Chapter 3 pp.93-146) The lecture explores the concepts of personality and intelligence and their impact on organizational life. Personality has an effect not only on an individual's working relationships with others but also more generally on the entire corporate culture. The chapter also examines the attempts made to describe the differences we observe day-to-day in each others' personalities and the possible impact these have on our effectiveness and organizational culture. Intelligence and its effects on organizations are also explored. The effect of intelligence is not so much the result of intelligence itself. Still, it flows more subtly from the impact of our shared assumptions about the impact and importance of intellectual differences. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
9 |
Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion CASE (Appreciating Individual Differences - Chapter 4 pp.151-185) The session examines how the human attributes differentiating individuals are applied in organizations. Assessment is initially associated with the 'point of entry.' Increasingly, however, assessments are used for a variety of reasons. The demand for flexible, adaptable individuals that are high performers requires assessments to serve strategic functions in organizations, i.e., identifying such individuals. One framework claiming to enable a more strategic approach to assessment by linking business objectives, organizational culture, and employee performance more closely is competency. Its proponents argue that this is a way of managing people more effectively. On the other hand, however, its critics would say that it is merely another control mechanism. The chapter also describes the range of assessment methodologies and processes and their use in organizational settings and examines how these processes can be evaluated. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
10 |
Motivation (Chapter 5 pp.191-233) The lecture discusses motivation and job satisfaction. These are topics that have attracted considerable interest from academic psychologists, popular writers, and social commentators. Motivation and job satisfaction are an important aspect of organizational behavior since the workplace, and the experiences of employees have frequently been negative. Factories have often been dangerous places that hardly promote maturity and well-being. Clerical work has been described as lacking intrinsic satisfaction, and managers have commonly reported feeling under excessive pressure in their work. From a managerial perspective, the consequences of low motivation and job satisfaction have to be managed to eliminate sabotage, staff turnover, absenteeism, poor industrial relations, and low productivity. This lecture aims to examine the extent to which the 'human resource' school of psychology and other writers have advanced our understanding of the two underlying concepts. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
11 |
Elise Smart CASE (Stress and the Management of Stress - Chapter 2 pp. 54-88) The session introduces the concept of Stress in the workplace. The session is an all-inclusive account of Stress, its causes, and whether Stress can be managed or not. The session emphasizes the importance of Stress and its impact on workplaces. Three different approaches are presented: Stress as a response, as a cause, and the appraisal concept. Types of Stress and individual differences are all explored. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
12 |
Martin Brass Company (A/B/C) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing CASE (Stress and the Management of Stress - Chapter 2 pp. 54-88) The session, again ague about the concept of Stress in the workplace. The session is an all-inclusive account of Stress, its causes, and whether Stress can be managed or not. The session emphasizes the importance of Stress and its impact on UK workplaces. Three different approaches are presented: Stress as a response, as a cause, and the appraisal concept. Types of Stress and individual differences are all explored. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section IV: Managing Key Organizational Processes
|
|||
13 |
Organization and Work Design (Chapter 12 pp. 445-464) The lecture explores the concepts of structure and control in organizations. It presents various critical interpretations of the organization, the central figure of which is Weber. The approach taken is one that questions efficiency as an issue of primary importance and focuses on power and how it is experienced in organizations. Students should understand the basic parameters that surround the debate of structure and control. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
14 |
Organization and Work Design (Chapter 13 pp.468-491) The lecture introduces the topic of structure and performance in organizations. It pursues a managerial approach to explore the priorities and objectives in organizations, namely efficiency, and effectiveness. It argues that one way or the other, we are all caught up in these issues, and hence their exploration is necessary for a broader understanding of organizational behavior. Students should understand the basic ideas of organizational analysis. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
15 |
Victoria Hospital Redesign Initiative CASE (Organization and Work Design - Chapter 12 pp. 445-464 and Chapter 13 pp.468-491) The session is devoted to apply and integrate organizational behavior concepts and Organizational design models and principles. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
16 |
OP4.COM: a dynamic culture CASE (Creativity and Innovation – Chapter 17 pp.570-592) The session introduces the concept of management knowledge and fashion. A critical encounter of the emergence, dissemination, and value of recent popular ideas is examined. |
Case discussion |
BOJADJIEV |
17 |
Organizational Culture (Chapter 15 pp.527-544) The lecture discusses the concept of organizational culture. It attempts to explain the relationship between organizational culture and the business context, how culture contributes to organizational innovativeness, the contribution of organizational culture to management change, etc. |
Lecture |
BOJADJIEV |
18 |
Deloitte & Touche: Integrating Arthur Andersen CASE (Organizational Change and Development - Chapter 14 pp.513-523) The session introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the center of managerial activity, and, in this session, it is examined concerning managerial rationality. Finally, change management is considered as the outcome of managerial decision-making, and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the session employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Case discussion |
BOJADJIEV |
Updated A.Y. 2019-2020
Organizational dynamics
and behavior
(Prof. Luca Gnan)
Teaching Members Responsible for the Course:
Prof. Luca Gnan
Email: luca.gnan@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via email
Prof.ssa Giulia Flamini
E-mail: giulia.flamini@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via email
We are committed to making this course a valuable learning experience for you. After the first month, we will spend part of a class session evaluating our progress, and we will make any necessary changes to keep us on track. However, we welcome your feedback at any time in the semester. It is easiest to reach us by email or during office hours, but we are always happy to set up an appointment. Additionally, if you have a disability that requires special accommodation, please let us know ASAP so that we can be helpful to you.
Emails, Office Hours & Feedback on Assignments
We endeavor to answer emails within 1 day. If you have not heard from us within that time, please resend the email. Grades & comments will be posted online in the materials section of the course website. We will be happy to give feedback and discuss assignments after all grading is complete for a certain assignment. Office hours are scheduled by email request.
We may answer questions of assignment clarification in class and via emails to benefit the entire class. We may also give extra grades (see below Team Project) during the course that, while generally designed to support learning in the course, will also help your participation grade. These are pass/fail and do not include comments.
Pre-requisites for the Course:
None.
Course description
While many of the courses in the MScBA teach you how to manage money, information and other material resources, this course is unique (and invaluable) in that you will learn how to manage your own performance and career by learning how to work with and through other people-even when you don’t want to. Although skills in finance, accounting, marketing, operations, and strategy are crucial for organizational success, the ability to manage an organization, its groups, and its individuals is equally important. In your career, you will depend on people to accomplish tasks, goals, and projects; you will need to work for other people, work with other people, and supervise other people. An understanding of the human side of management is an essential complement to the technical skills you are learning in other courses. Although we will focus primarily on work, you will find that the course concepts have applications to a variety of organizations, including non-profits, athletic teams, social clubs, and religious and political groups.
This is an advanced course in organizational behavior designed to expose you to essential theories and concepts for analyzing, understanding, and managing human behavior in organizations. In this course we will apply concrete organizational situations from our case studies and projects to essential theories and effective management practices. In this class you will learn how to thrive at work by managing your relationships. In this course, we will investigate:
• Individual behavior in organizations, including personality, decision-making, personal networks, and ethics
• Interpersonal behavior, including teamwork, conflict, leadership, and power and influence
• Organizational factors affecting behavior, including reward systems, culture, and organizational design.
Learning Objectives
Explore in a managerial perspective research and practical applications on organizational behavior.
Objective of the training is to provide tools and analytical theory on analysis of individual and behavior in different group and organizational contexts, in order to:
- Understand and use the fundamental theories on organizational behavior
- Develop capacities for applying theories to practice
- Develop problem solving capacities with best practices discussion and case study analysis
The study route is divided into 4 different sections:
- Section I: The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community
- Section II: Managing Teams
- Section III: Understanding and Managing Individuals
- Section IV: Managing Key Organizational Processes.
At the end of the course students:
- will have a deeper understanding of how the study of organizational behavior can aid us in improving the performance and wellbeing of people at work;
- will have understood how models, theories and concepts about organizational behavior can be used to promote the effectiveness of individuals, groups and organizations;
- will have developed skills for the analysis of individual, group and organizational functioning that enhances their effectiveness as managers;
- will have developed a richer and more complex representation of organizational behavior, enabling them to contribute more effectively in the workplace.
Teaching methods
Lessons will be characterized by transfer of knowledge and the strong interaction within the classroom; there are analysis of situations problems and business cases in order to facilitate participants in learning.
Regular attending students are strongly recommended to participate to all the lectures and to all the preparations and presentations of the business cases.
To meet its goals, this course uses readings, lectures, exercises, cases, individual and team assignments, and class discussion. Case assignments provide an important foundation for class discussion and must be completed prior to each class session. The due dates for all cases and other assignments are listed in the class schedule at the end of the syllabus. Lectures will be used to highlight key points from the readings and provide additional information to supplement the readings. Cases will provide you with the opportunity to apply what you have learned to real world issues and scenarios. Because each of you brings unique perspectives and experiences to the class, participation in class discussions and activities is essential to your own learning as well as that of other class members. To further enrich your learning, you will also be matched with an MScBA Teaching Assistant.
Main References
A) Textbooks for regular attending students (in order to be considered regular attending student a participant should achieve at least an 85% of presence to lectures and case discussions):
R. Fincham, P. Rhodes, Principles of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005.
G. H. Seijts , Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
As far as the textbook Principles of Organizational Behaviour (Fincham, Rhodes, 2005) is concerned, regular attending students have to prepare the following parts:
- Introduction pp. 1 -11 (Organization Behavior: An Overview)
- Chapter 1 pp.19 – 50 (Expectations and Learning)
- Chapter 8 pp. 310-359 (Leadership Dynamics)
- Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp .500-510 (Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness)
- Chapter 7 pp. 275-305 (Group Dynamics and Performance)
- Chapter 10 pp. 394-417 (Conflict Management and Negotiation)
- Chapter 3 pp.93-146 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
- Chapter 4 pp.151-185 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
- Chapter 5 pp.191-233 (Motivation)
- Chapter 2 pp. 54-88 (Stress and the Management of Stress)
- Chapter 12 pp. 445-464 and Chapter 13 pp.468-491 (Organization and Work Design)
- Chapter 17 pp.570-592 (Creativity and Innovation)
- Chapter 15 pp.527-544 (Organizational Culture)
- Chapter 14 pp.513-523 (Organizational Change and Development)
During the course, seven cases (from the Cases in Organizational Behavior textbook, Seijts, 2005) will be discussed:
a) Chuck McKinonn (on the leadership issue)
b) eProcure – the Project (A) (on the leading and managing teams’ issue)
c) The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management (on the team dynamics issue)
d) INTEL in China (on the Conflict Management and Negotiation issue)
e) Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion (on the Appreciating Individual Differences issue)
f) Elise Smart (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
g) Martin Brass Company (A) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
h) Victoria Hospital Redesign Initiative (on the Organizational design issue)
i) OP4.COM: a dynamic culture (on the Creativity and Innovation issue)
j) Deloitte & Touche: Integrating Arthur Andersen (on the Organizational Change and Development issue).
B) Textbooks for NON-regular attending students (in order to be considered regular attending student a participant should achieve at least an 85% of presence to lectures and case discussions):
R. FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005 (all chapters).
G. H. SEIJTS, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005 (all cases).
B) Supplementary textbooks
• Robins S., Judge T.” Organizational behavior” 13 edition, Prentice Hall International, 2005
• Contemporary management” Jones, George, McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2006
• Managing Organizational Behavior” Jones, George, Prentice Hall International, 2007
• “Organizational change” B. Senior, J. Fleming, Prentice Hall International 3 edition, 2006
• “Management” Hitt, Black, Porter Prentice Hall International, Second Edition, 2008
• Organizational behavior, Debra Nelson, James Campbell Quicl, THOMSON, SOUTH WESTERN, 5th edition
• Managing Behavior in Organizations, Jerald Greenberg, 5th edition Pearson
• Adler, P. S. 1999 International dimensions of organizational behaviour London: International Thopmson
• Argyris, C. 1960 Understanding Organisational behaviour Homewood IL:Dorsey Press (HM300)
• Bandura, A. 1977 Social learning theory New Jersey: Prentice –Hall
• Banard, C. The functions of the executive Cambridge: Harvard University Press
• Beer, M. et al 1984 Managing human Assets New York : Free Press
• Braverman, H .1974 Labour and monopoly capital New York: Monthly Review press (Open shelve)
• Bryman, A. 1986 Leadership and organisations London: Routledge Kegan Paul
• Buchanan, D. A. Organisation in the computer age Aldershot: Gower
• Burns, T & Stalker, G. M. The management of innovation London: Tavistock (Open shelve)
• Child , J. 1972 “Organisational structure, environment and performance : The role of strategic choice” Sociology vol. 6 # 1 pp 1- 22
• Clegg, S. & Dunkerley,D 1980 Organisations, class and control London : Routledge & Kegan Paul
• Conti, R. F. & Warner, M. 1993 “Taylorism, new technology and just-in -time systems in Japanese Manufacturing” New Technology, work and employment, vol 8 # 100 31- 42
• Cyert, R. & March,J. G. 1992 A behavioural theory of the firm NJ: Prentice –Hall Englewoods Cliffs
• Dubin, E. (ed) 1976 Handbook of work, Organisation and Society Chicago Rand McNally
• Drucker, P. F. 1988 Management challenges in the 21st Century London: Heinemann
• _____________1989 The new realities London: Heinemann
• Duncan, R. B. 1974 “Modifications in decision making structures in adapting to the environment: some Implications for organisational learning” Decision sciences vol, 5 pp 704 –25
• Duncan, w. J. 1981 Organisational Behaviour Houghton: Mifflin
• French, J & Raven. B. 1958 “The bases of social power ‘in D. Cartwright Studies in social Power Ann Arbor Institute for Social research (HM301)
• Gibson,J.L. et al 1994 Organisations: Behaviour structure and processes (Reserve)
• Gouldner, A. W. 1954 Patterns of industrial Bureaucracy New York: Free Press
• Gruneberg, M. & Wall, T.(eds) Social Psychology and organisational behaviour Chichester : John Wiley
• Hall, E. T . Understanding Cultural differences Yarmouth: Intercultural Press
• Handy, C 1999 Understanding Organisations 4th ed London: Penguin (Reserve HD31HAN)
• Hofstede, G. 1991 Cultures and Organisations London: McGraw –Hill
• Hodgetts, R. M. 1991 Organisational behaviour: Theory and practice New York: Macmillan company
• Kast, F.E. & Rosenzweig, J.E. Organization &Management11985 4th ed New jersey McGraw-hill (Reserve HD31KAS)
• Kotter, J. P. 1990 “what do leaders really do? ” in Harvard Business review 73 pp59-67
• Mintzberg, H. 1983a Power in and around organisations New York: Prentice Hall
• ___________1983b Structures in fives: designing effective organisations Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
• Moorhead, G. and Griffin, R. w. 1998 Organisational Behaviour 5th edition Houghton: Mifflin Company
• Mullins, L. Management and Organisational behaviour London: Pitman, The financial times (Reserve)
• Perrow, C. 1970 Organisational analysis: A sociological review Belmont: Wadsworth
• Robbins, S. P. 1998 Organisational behaviour: Concepts, controversies and applications NJ: Prentice – Hall (Reserve)
• Simon, H 1957 Administrative behaviour NY: Macmillan
• Schein, E. H. 1975 Organisational culture and Leadership San Francisco: Jossey-bass
• Vecchio, R. P. 1995 organisational behaviour 3rd edition Orland: Dryden Press
Case Discussions
Regular attending students are expected to be fully engaged in the entire learning process. This means that regular attending students are expected to:
1) prepare the assigned readings of the cases prior to each class;
2) prepare as a group work a PowerPoint presentation on the case, based on the specific assignment;
3) come to class prepared to participate and to discuss in order to enhance the learning of the individual and the class.
On the web site of the course students find for each case the relative assignment. Please read carefully the questions before the lesson and use them for preparing the PowerPoint presentation.
Each student will be involved the class discussion on the cases and tie the assigned reading for the session. The objective is to bring all class members into the discussion. The cases are designed to integrate the concepts from the case into the context of the course. The preparation and the discussion of the cases do not exclude the study of the theoretical concepts useful for the discussion of the cases themselves and for the passing of the exam of the course.
With the cases’ discussions in CLASSROOM, each student will develop:
1. The ability to set the parameters for the problem (key concepts from the case).
2. A depth of knowledge about the case subject (understanding of material, good response to the observations of others).
3. The ability to tie-in case with other course concepts.
4. The ability to get others involved in the discussion.
In order to effectively discuss the cases, students do:
· Be prepared with facts and specific quotes from the case.
· Be prepared to make a comment, ask a question, or make an observation about the case.
During the discussion, students do:
· Take a position on a question or a point.
- Ask clarifying questions.
· Help keep the discussion moving and on track.
- Help draw others into the discussion.
· Integrate theories and content from other cases.
During the discussion, students don’t:
· Be unprepared and show your lack of knowledge.
- Monopolize the discussion.
- Make irrelevant comments.
· Be insensitive to other’s desire to speak or to their opinions.
All the regular attending students are kindly invited to build up work groups (MINIMUM 3 PERSONS – MAXIMUM 5 PERSONS). Each work group should prepare a PowerPoint presentation for each case. Into the first slide, the names of the students belonging to the group should be reported.
The structure of the presentation should follow the following outline:
1. One or more introductory slides aimed at describing/reporting the story, the characters, all the necessary elements in order to clearly define the context and the boundaries of the case.
2. One slide mentioning the questions of the assignment and underlining the learning goals of the case.
3. One or more slides reporting the answers to each question of the assignment.
4. One or more slides reporting the final remarks on the case.
5. One closing slide about the lessons learned after the group discussion of the case.
How to prepare the PowerPoint presentation of the case?
Introduction – short presentation of case, short description of the problems and situations that should be coped with the discussion.
Diagnosis – Problem setting of the context and of the situation. Description of the mains facts and elements connected with the concepts and models of Organizational Behavior (e.g. organizational change, conflicts, motivation, satisfaction, leadership, managing people, group dynamics, etc.). What went wrong and which actions/situations, instead, were right? Which elements could be considered for the diagnosis?
Solution – Students should provide a possible solution to questions/problems related with the case and a viable and clear indication on how to approach the situation and how to solve it. The entire proposal should represent a consistent action plan in terms of behaviors and expected results.
Conclusions – Conclusions should not be longer than 300-500 words and should provide a description on how the situation and the problem characterized the case, on how Organizational Behavior schemata might help to solve the case, and what the proposed solution might generate in terms of organizational consequences.
Lessons learned – At the end of the presentation elements/suggestions/advices that we “take home” from the case discussion should be clearly identified and reported.
NOTE: During the case discussion, students should explicitly address the context and the different situations with concepts related with Organizational Behavior and with models and theories of this course.
Case Discussions’ Class Participation
We believe that the best way to learn, especially about ODB, is to actively participate in your education. In this class, “participation” is defined in terms of quality contributions to class discussion and exercises. There are four prerequisites for successful participation:
1. Be here on time and prepared. If you’re not here, you can’t contribute much to class discussion. If you need to miss class for a predictable reason (e.g., job interview, athletic competition), please notify us at least 24 hours in advance so that we can make arrangements for any in-class exercises and so that you can obtain the materials distributed during the class. Of course, we realize that in some cases unforeseeable emergencies arise. Although we will not directly penalize you for non-attendance, be aware that multiple absences will indirectly hurt you by preventing you from participating in class, thereby lowering your participation grade. To contribute to class discussion, you must come to class having carefully prepared all assignments (i.e., readings, cases, exercises).
2. Be brave. Everyone in this class is smart, interesting, and has unique life experiences to share. You will get the most out of this course if you ask questions, voice opinions, and express your thoughts to one another. If you feel uncomfortable talking in class, please send me an email or set up an appointment to talk with me early in the semester. We will do everything we can to accommodate each of your individual circumstances, but we can only do so if they are brought to our attention.
3. Be courteous. Successful participation includes treating your classmates in a respectful and professional manner. Listen carefully to the comments and questions that your classmates voice. You may learn something new from their perspectives, and you will be able to avoid simply repeating something that another classmate has said earlier in discussion. Also, it is perfectly acceptable for you to voice disagreement with an opinion provided by another student. Open debate often leads to the most thoughtful and informative class discussions. However, please voice your disagreement in a kind and considerate manner.
4. Be engaged. This class is “unplugged.” Once class starts, all electronics (e.g., computers, cell phones, tablets, etc.) should be turned off and put away. If you need to use a device because of a language or disability issue, you need to secure permission at the beginning of the class. The misuse of an electronic device (e.g., surfing the web or texting) will adversely affect your grade.
In order to facilitate the visioning of its own PowerPoint presentation in classroom, each work group should take a personal computer with PowerPoint installed and an available VGA connection.
By the 8pm of the day before of the case discussion, all regular attending students should send to the course’s Instructors, attaching the case presentation prepared. They have to hand over a hard copy of the PowerPoint presentation. ONLY STUDENTS WHO HAD HANDED OVER ALL THE CASE PRESENTATIONS WILL BE ADMITTED TO THE PRE-EXAM.
Policy for Late Assignments
As in the business world, work must be received on time in order to receive full credit. If you are late on an assignment, your access to the Pre-Exam will be compromised. You are always welcome to hand in an assignment before its due date if you know that you will be busy as the due date approaches. If you think that you will not be able to complete an assignment by the stated due date, please speak with us in advance to make alternative arrangements. Our policy on late assignments will depend on the specific circumstances surrounding the problem, and thus may differ from student to student. Providing advance notice about a late assignment will minimize the penalty you receive on that assignment, but does not guarantee that there will be no penalty for turning the assignment in late.
Other learning sources
Slides and other material will be available under the course web site.
THE SLIDES DO NOT REPRESENT A SUPPORT FOR AN EFFECTIVE AND SUCCESFUL PREPARATION TO THE EXAM OF THE COURSE. THEY REPRESENT ONLY A HELP TO FACILITATE THE TRANSFER OF THE KNOWLEDGES TO STUDENTS DURING THE LESSONS.
Attendance
Because of the concentrated nature of the MScBA program, attendance in class is very important.
Students with less than 85% of attendance to lectures and case discussions (including arriving late or leaving early) will be required to prepare for the exam ALL the chapters of the textbook R. FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles Of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005 and ALL the cases of the textbook G. H. SEIJTS, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
NOTE : Attendance to the first class session is mandatory. Important information about the course and the instructor’s expectations are given during the first session. If you know that you will have to be absent for one session, please contact your instructor to ensure that absence from a particular session is acceptable.
Exam
The exam is a written exam. The duration is about 3-4 hours and it includes:
a) Case discussion - You may be given a case study to which some questions may pertain in order to lead the discussion. As you respond to the questions, please use specific content and theories (use names to identify theories and models) as the basis of your analysis. You will not receive credit for your personal opinions unless backed by theory, lecture, and/or text material. Also, describe how you see the content/theory applying to the situation. Your answers will be evaluated based upon both quantity and quality. Answers that are more complete and demonstrate a higher level of understanding and analysis will receive more points.
b) Some questions directly connected to the course textbooks – The questions could open, closed (multiple choice), or a combination of the both. You may be asked to discuss the models and the theories presented during the course. You will be asked to interpret some real incidents and to focus your attention to some specific theoretical issues.
Pre-Exam participation and exam grades registering on the booklet
Only regular attending students (85% of attendance to lectures and case discussions, including arriving late or leaving early) that have delivered the hard copies of ALL the case to the Instructors are allowed to take the pre-exam.
Only regular registered students on the DELPHI System will be allowed to register their grade.
The pre-exam grades will be registered on the first official exam date AFTER THE COURSE ENDING. It is compulsory to come on that date of the exam for registering the grade on the Delphi and on the booklet.
Team Project
The purpose of the project is to give your team an opportunity to apply what has been learned in the course (through course lectures, readings, and case discussions) to problems in an organization of your team's choice.
Class members, regular attending students, will work in teams of four (4) people.
To the Team Project regular attending students will be allowed to achieve a -3/+3 extra points to the final grade of the Pre-Exam. Only regular attending students, taking the Pre-Exam will be accepted for the Team Project.
Your team should identify a public, private, or non-profit organization to study (Please, no student groups).
Your team is to gather information from people in an organization through direct contact. You may supplement this information with data from the media, the organization's literature, and other secondary sources. You should identify a relatively recent problem to analyze (i.e., this should not be an historical account of a problem and the company's solution). You should focus your analysis by applying the concepts from the course. While it is acceptable to incorporate several concepts from the course, please aim for depth rather than breadth regarding the use of course concepts. Your goal is to diagnose the mechanisms that are causing the problem or issue of concern in the organization. Initially, you may notice many symptoms (for instance, high turnover, seemingly low morale, low commitment, motivation etc.), but your task is to get to the underlying reason for these symptoms. And beware, sometimes the initial symptoms we think we see are not what they appear to be.
There are three broad goals for this assignment:
1. One goal of this assignment is obviously to take the initiative to make a positive contribution to an organization.
2. Another major goal is to provide an opportunity for you to learn more about organizational behavior first hand and to use your critical thinking and reflection skills to link your experience with this organization to your learning in relation to organizational behavior theory.
3. The final goal is to provide a forum for you to hone your skills as a team member and leader and to reflect on the learning gained from this team experience. Each team will make a presentation and write a paper that describes what you did for the organization, what you learned about organizational behavior, and what you learned about working on a team.
To meet these broad goals, your team should answer the following questions in the assignments detailed below.
a) What are the issues or problems facing the organization?
b) What course concepts can be applied to understand why this problem is occurring?
c) What recommendations can you offer to help improve organizational functioning?
Deliverables of the Team Project:
1. The project proposal e-mail is due by email to Instructors by the date of the 9th session of the course by 5pm. It should include:
a) the names of your group members
b) your team name
c) the name of the organization
d) the name, contact information and level of your contact person
e) the method you will use to gain access to the organization
f) a brief description (one paragraph) of the problem facing the organization.
2. Your written project is due by email to Instructors by the date of the 18th session of the course by 5pm .
It should contain a maximum of 15 double spaced pages (1 cm margins, 12 point font). You will be penalized significantly for exceeding this limit. The limit does not include appendices, which you are free to use to provide charts, figures, or other background material not necessary in the main body of your analysis. However, appendices that are not directly referenced in the main text will not be read. LATE PROJECT WRITE-UPS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.
This written project should summarize what you did for/within the organization, what you have learned about organizational behavior, and what you have learned about working on a team.
Grading of the Team Project:
Your group project will be evaluated on the following criteria:
a) Problem definition: How well (i.e., thoroughly and concisely) do you describe the organizational context, the relevant parties, and the factors that are important to the problem?
b) Accurate and thorough use of course concepts.
c) Integration of course concepts with information about the company and problem, i.e., how well do you integrate course concepts with information about the problem to illuminate the problem in a way that leads to solutions?
d) Extent to which recommendations are consistent with analysis.
e) Quality of written analysis.
Analytical Syllabus
Session |
Agenda |
Lecture/ Case discussion |
Instructor |
Section I: The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community
|
|||
1 |
Organization Behavior: An Overview (Introduction pp. 1 -11) Drawing on areas of psychology and sociology, the The introductory lecture takes disciple-based approaches, dividing the course into four distinctive levels of analysis: individual, group, organizational, and processes (IGOP). This IGOP framework encompasses the approaches to explain social action and behavior, and provides an insight into this fascinating subject. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
2 |
Expectations and Learning (Chapter 1 pp.19 – 50) The lecture introduces the student to the basic concepts of learning. An effort is made to link these concepts to what actually happens in the workplace. Having said that, it is important that students do not restrict themselves to just explaining psychological terms but makes sure that they have understood why learning is important in the workplace and how classical and operant conditioning, schedules of reinforcement, the idea of technology of behaviour, learning strategies, and the transfer of training back to the workplace contribute in or may inhibit successful learning. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
3 |
Chuck McKinonn CASE (Leadership Dynamics - Chapter 8 pp. 310-359) The session discusses leadership and the relevant research that aims to define and explain leadership effectiveness. The impact of leadership on organizational life is two-fold, in the sense that successful or poor leadership affects both those who trust the leader and assess their qualities to make judgements about the business (i.e. shareholders), and those within the organization (i.e. employees). It has been argued that poor leadership ultimately destroys the ‘human spirit’ essential to ensuring organizational effectiveness. The hierarchical structure means that organizations continually have to face the problem of selecting and training people to assume positions of authority over others. At every level in organizations and in every department there will be groups of ‘subordinates’ under the control of ‘superordinates’ – in other words there will be ‘leadership situations’. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section II: Managing teams
|
|||
4 |
eProcure – the Project (A) CASE (Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp. 500-510) The session is twofold. Firstly, it explores social interaction. This involves all the processes that underlie the activity between people in everyday social settings. The two basic concepts to be examined are dramaturgy, i.e. the expressive and symbolic aspects of social interaction, and social skill, i.e. cognitive and automated processes of social behaviour. Also it examines what kinds of modelling and categorization are involved in social interaction. This will help explain how changes in social competence occur and why some individuals are more socially apt than others at jobs that involve social skills. Secondly, it introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the centre of managerial activity and, in this chapter, it is examined in relation to managerial rationality. Finally, change management is examined as the outcome of managerial decision-making and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the lecture employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
5 |
Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness (Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp. 500-510) Again, the lecture is twofold. Firstly, it explores social interaction. This involves all the processes that underlie the activity between people in everyday social settings. The two basic concepts to be examined are dramaturgy, i.e. the expressive and symbolic aspects of social interaction, and social skill, i.e. cognitive and automated processes of social behaviour. Also it examines what kinds of modelling and categorization are involved in social interaction. This will help explain how changes in social competence occur and why some individuals are more socially apt than others at jobs that involve social skills. Secondly, it introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the centre of managerial activity and, in this chapter, it is examined in relation to managerial rationality. Finally, change management is examined as the outcome of managerial decision-making and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the lecture employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
6 |
The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management CASE (Group Dynamics and Performance -Chapter 7 pp. 275-305) The session discusses groups and intergroup behaviour. They explore the effects of group membership on the behaviour of the individual, their identity and raise the notion of employee involvement. The interest in teamwork rises from the expectation that teams deliver more than individuals alone. However, the session adopts a critical standpoint and also critically explore dysfunctional group relations and the processes that promote or undermine group effectiveness. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
7 |
INTEL in China CASE (Conflict Management and Negotiation - Chapter 10 pp. 394-417) The session discusses conflict and consent at work. It follows the path of the labour process debate, the main body of theory about the employment relationship and the nature of work. They refer to aspects of subjectivity of workplace relations, such as resistance and consent as well as gender issues, and illustrate the scene of industrial relations conflict and action today. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section III: Understanding and Managing Individuals
|
|||
8 |
Appreciating Individual Differences (Chapter 3 pp.93-146) The lecture explores the concepts of personality and intelligence and their impact on organizational life. Personality has an impact not only an individual’s working relationships with others but also more generally on the entire corporate culture. The chapter also examines the attempts made to describe the differences we observe day-to-day in each others’ personalities and the possible impact these have on our effectiveness and organizational culture. Intelligence and its impact on organization are also explored. The impact of intelligence is not so much the result of intelligence itself but flows more subtly from the effect of our shared assumptions about the impact and importance of intellectual differences. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
9 |
Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion CASE (Appreciating Individual Differences - Chapter 4 pp.151-185) The session examines how the human attributes differentiating individuals are applied in organizations. Assessment is initially associated with the ‘point of entry’. Increasingly, however, assessments are used for a variety of reasons. The demand for flexible, adaptable individuals that are high performers require assessments to serve strategic functions in organizations, i.e. identifying such individuals. One framework claiming to enable a more strategic approach to assessment by linking business objective, organizational culture, and employee performance more closely is competency. Its proponents argue that this is a way of managing people more effectively. On the other hand, however, its critics would argue that it is simply another control mechanism. The chapter also describes the range of assessment methodologies and processes and their use in organizational settings and examines how these processes can be evaluated. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
10 |
Motivation (Chapter 5 pp.191-233) The lecture discusses motivation and job satisfaction. These are topics that have attracted considerable interest from academic psychologists, popular writers, and social commentators. Motivation and job satisfaction are important aspect of the organizational behaviour since the workplace and the experiences of employees have frequently been negative. Factories have often been dangerous places that hardly promote maturity and well-being. Clerical work has been described as lacking intrinsic satisfaction and managers have often reported feeling under excessive pressure in their work. From a managerial perspective the consequences of low motivation and job satisfaction have to be managed to eliminate sabotage, staff turnover, absenteeism, poor industrial relations, and low productivity. The aim of this lecture is to examine the extent to which the ‘human resource’ school of psychology and other writers have advanced our understanding of the two underlying concepts. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
11 |
Elise Smart CASE (Stress and the Management of Stress - Chapter 2 pp. 54-88) The session introduces the concept of stress in the workplace. The session is an all-inclusive account of stress, its causes, and whether stress can be managed or not. The session emphasizes the importance of stress and its impact on UK workplaces. Three different approaches are presented: stress as a response, as a cause, and the appraisal concept. Types of stress and individual differences are all explored. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
12 |
Martin Brass Company (A/B/C) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing CASE (Stress and the Management of Stress - Chapter 2 pp. 54-88) The session, again ague about the concept of stress in the workplace. The session is an all-inclusive account of stress, its causes, and whether stress can be managed or not. The session emphasizes the importance of stress and its impact on UK workplaces. Three different approaches are presented: stress as a response, as a cause, and the appraisal concept. Types of stress and individual differences are all explored. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section IV: Managing Key Organizational Processes
|
|||
13 |
Organization and Work Design (Chapter 12 pp. 445-464) |
Updated A.Y. 2019-2020
Organizational dynamics
and behavior
(Prof. Luca Gnan)
Teaching Members Responsible for the Course:
Prof. Luca Gnan
Email: luca.gnan@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via email
Prof.ssa Giulia Flamini
E-mail: giulia.flamini@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via email
We are committed to making this course a valuable learning experience for you. After the first month, we will spend part of a class session evaluating our progress, and we will make any necessary changes to keep us on track. However, we welcome your feedback at any time in the semester. It is easiest to reach us by email or during office hours, but we are always happy to set up an appointment. Additionally, if you have a disability that requires special accommodation, please let us know ASAP so that we can be helpful to you.
Emails, Office Hours & Feedback on Assignments
We endeavor to answer emails within 1 day. If you have not heard from us within that time, please resend the email. Grades & comments will be posted online in the materials section of the course website. We will be happy to give feedback and discuss assignments after all grading is complete for a certain assignment. Office hours are scheduled by email request.
We may answer questions of assignment clarification in class and via emails to benefit the entire class. We may also give extra grades (see below Team Project) during the course that, while generally designed to support learning in the course, will also help your participation grade. These are pass/fail and do not include comments.
Pre-requisites for the Course:
None.
Course description
While many of the courses in the MScBA teach you how to manage money, information and other material resources, this course is unique (and invaluable) in that you will learn how to manage your own performance and career by learning how to work with and through other people-even when you don’t want to. Although skills in finance, accounting, marketing, operations, and strategy are crucial for organizational success, the ability to manage an organization, its groups, and its individuals is equally important. In your career, you will depend on people to accomplish tasks, goals, and projects; you will need to work for other people, work with other people, and supervise other people. An understanding of the human side of management is an essential complement to the technical skills you are learning in other courses. Although we will focus primarily on work, you will find that the course concepts have applications to a variety of organizations, including non-profits, athletic teams, social clubs, and religious and political groups.
This is an advanced course in organizational behavior designed to expose you to essential theories and concepts for analyzing, understanding, and managing human behavior in organizations. In this course we will apply concrete organizational situations from our case studies and projects to essential theories and effective management practices. In this class you will learn how to thrive at work by managing your relationships. In this course, we will investigate:
• Individual behavior in organizations, including personality, decision-making, personal networks, and ethics
• Interpersonal behavior, including teamwork, conflict, leadership, and power and influence
• Organizational factors affecting behavior, including reward systems, culture, and organizational design.
Learning Objectives
Explore in a managerial perspective research and practical applications on organizational behavior.
Objective of the training is to provide tools and analytical theory on analysis of individual and behavior in different group and organizational contexts, in order to:
- Understand and use the fundamental theories on organizational behavior
- Develop capacities for applying theories to practice
- Develop problem solving capacities with best practices discussion and case study analysis
The study route is divided into 4 different sections:
- Section I: The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community
- Section II: Managing Teams
- Section III: Understanding and Managing Individuals
- Section IV: Managing Key Organizational Processes.
At the end of the course students:
- will have a deeper understanding of how the study of organizational behavior can aid us in improving the performance and wellbeing of people at work;
- will have understood how models, theories and concepts about organizational behavior can be used to promote the effectiveness of individuals, groups and organizations;
- will have developed skills for the analysis of individual, group and organizational functioning that enhances their effectiveness as managers;
- will have developed a richer and more complex representation of organizational behavior, enabling them to contribute more effectively in the workplace.
Teaching methods
Lessons will be characterized by transfer of knowledge and the strong interaction within the classroom; there are analysis of situations problems and business cases in order to facilitate participants in learning.
Regular attending students are strongly recommended to participate to all the lectures and to all the preparations and presentations of the business cases.
To meet its goals, this course uses readings, lectures, exercises, cases, individual and team assignments, and class discussion. Case assignments provide an important foundation for class discussion and must be completed prior to each class session. The due dates for all cases and other assignments are listed in the class schedule at the end of the syllabus. Lectures will be used to highlight key points from the readings and provide additional information to supplement the readings. Cases will provide you with the opportunity to apply what you have learned to real world issues and scenarios. Because each of you brings unique perspectives and experiences to the class, participation in class discussions and activities is essential to your own learning as well as that of other class members. To further enrich your learning, you will also be matched with an MScBA Teaching Assistant.
Main References
A) Textbooks for regular attending students (in order to be considered regular attending student a participant should achieve at least an 85% of presence to lectures and case discussions):
R. Fincham, P. Rhodes, Principles of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005.
G. H. Seijts , Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
As far as the textbook Principles of Organizational Behaviour (Fincham, Rhodes, 2005) is concerned, regular attending students have to prepare the following parts:
- Introduction pp. 1 -11 (Organization Behavior: An Overview)
- Chapter 1 pp.19 – 50 (Expectations and Learning)
- Chapter 8 pp. 310-359 (Leadership Dynamics)
- Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp .500-510 (Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness)
- Chapter 7 pp. 275-305 (Group Dynamics and Performance)
- Chapter 10 pp. 394-417 (Conflict Management and Negotiation)
- Chapter 3 pp.93-146 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
- Chapter 4 pp.151-185 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
- Chapter 5 pp.191-233 (Motivation)
- Chapter 2 pp. 54-88 (Stress and the Management of Stress)
- Chapter 12 pp. 445-464 and Chapter 13 pp.468-491 (Organization and Work Design)
- Chapter 17 pp.570-592 (Creativity and Innovation)
- Chapter 15 pp.527-544 (Organizational Culture)
- Chapter 14 pp.513-523 (Organizational Change and Development)
During the course, seven cases (from the Cases in Organizational Behavior textbook, Seijts, 2005) will be discussed:
a) Chuck McKinonn (on the leadership issue)
b) eProcure – the Project (A) (on the leading and managing teams’ issue)
c) The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management (on the team dynamics issue)
d) INTEL in China (on the Conflict Management and Negotiation issue)
e) Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion (on the Appreciating Individual Differences issue)
f) Elise Smart (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
g) Martin Brass Company (A) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
h) Victoria Hospital Redesign Initiative (on the Organizational design issue)
i) OP4.COM: a dynamic culture (on the Creativity and Innovation issue)
j) Deloitte & Touche: Integrating Arthur Andersen (on the Organizational Change and Development issue).
B) Textbooks for NON-regular attending students (in order to be considered regular attending student a participant should achieve at least an 85% of presence to lectures and case discussions):
R. FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005 (all chapters).
G. H. SEIJTS, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005 (all cases).
B) Supplementary textbooks
• Robins S., Judge T.” Organizational behavior” 13 edition, Prentice Hall International, 2005
• Contemporary management” Jones, George, McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2006
• Managing Organizational Behavior” Jones, George, Prentice Hall International, 2007
• “Organizational change” B. Senior, J. Fleming, Prentice Hall International 3 edition, 2006
• “Management” Hitt, Black, Porter Prentice Hall International, Second Edition, 2008
• Organizational behavior, Debra Nelson, James Campbell Quicl, THOMSON, SOUTH WESTERN, 5th edition
• Managing Behavior in Organizations, Jerald Greenberg, 5th edition Pearson
• Adler, P. S. 1999 International dimensions of organizational behaviour London: International Thopmson
• Argyris, C. 1960 Understanding Organisational behaviour Homewood IL:Dorsey Press (HM300)
• Bandura, A. 1977 Social learning theory New Jersey: Prentice –Hall
• Banard, C. The functions of the executive Cambridge: Harvard University Press
• Beer, M. et al 1984 Managing human Assets New York : Free Press
• Braverman, H .1974 Labour and monopoly capital New York: Monthly Review press (Open shelve)
• Bryman, A. 1986 Leadership and organisations London: Routledge Kegan Paul
• Buchanan, D. A. Organisation in the computer age Aldershot: Gower
• Burns, T & Stalker, G. M. The management of innovation London: Tavistock (Open shelve)
• Child , J. 1972 “Organisational structure, environment and performance : The role of strategic choice” Sociology vol. 6 # 1 pp 1- 22
• Clegg, S. & Dunkerley,D 1980 Organisations, class and control London : Routledge & Kegan Paul
• Conti, R. F. & Warner, M. 1993 “Taylorism, new technology and just-in -time systems in Japanese Manufacturing” New Technology, work and employment, vol 8 # 100 31- 42
• Cyert, R. & March,J. G. 1992 A behavioural theory of the firm NJ: Prentice –Hall Englewoods Cliffs
• Dubin, E. (ed) 1976 Handbook of work, Organisation and Society Chicago Rand McNally
• Drucker, P. F. 1988 Management challenges in the 21st Century London: Heinemann
• _____________1989 The new realities London: Heinemann
• Duncan, R. B. 1974 “Modifications in decision making structures in adapting to the environment: some Implications for organisational learning” Decision sciences vol, 5 pp 704 –25
• Duncan, w. J. 1981 Organisational Behaviour Houghton: Mifflin
• French, J & Raven. B. 1958 “The bases of social power ‘in D. Cartwright Studies in social Power Ann Arbor Institute for Social research (HM301)
• Gibson,J.L. et al 1994 Organisations: Behaviour structure and processes (Reserve)
• Gouldner, A. W. 1954 Patterns of industrial Bureaucracy New York: Free Press
• Gruneberg, M. & Wall, T.(eds) Social Psychology and organisational behaviour Chichester : John Wiley
• Hall, E. T . Understanding Cultural differences Yarmouth: Intercultural Press
• Handy, C 1999 Understanding Organisations 4th ed London: Penguin (Reserve HD31HAN)
• Hofstede, G. 1991 Cultures and Organisations London: McGraw –Hill
• Hodgetts, R. M. 1991 Organisational behaviour: Theory and practice New York: Macmillan company
• Kast, F.E. & Rosenzweig, J.E. Organization &Management11985 4th ed New jersey McGraw-hill (Reserve HD31KAS)
• Kotter, J. P. 1990 “what do leaders really do? ” in Harvard Business review 73 pp59-67
• Mintzberg, H. 1983a Power in and around organisations New York: Prentice Hall
• ___________1983b Structures in fives: designing effective organisations Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
• Moorhead, G. and Griffin, R. w. 1998 Organisational Behaviour 5th edition Houghton: Mifflin Company
• Mullins, L. Management and Organisational behaviour London: Pitman, The financial times (Reserve)
• Perrow, C. 1970 Organisational analysis: A sociological review Belmont: Wadsworth
• Robbins, S. P. 1998 Organisational behaviour: Concepts, controversies and applications NJ: Prentice – Hall (Reserve)
• Simon, H 1957 Administrative behaviour NY: Macmillan
• Schein, E. H. 1975 Organisational culture and Leadership San Francisco: Jossey-bass
• Vecchio, R. P. 1995 organisational behaviour 3rd edition Orland: Dryden Press
Case Discussions
Regular attending students are expected to be fully engaged in the entire learning process. This means that regular attending students are expected to:
1) prepare the assigned readings of the cases prior to each class;
2) prepare as a group work a PowerPoint presentation on the case, based on the specific assignment;
3) come to class prepared to participate and to discuss in order to enhance the learning of the individual and the class.
On the web site of the course students find for each case the relative assignment. Please read carefully the questions before the lesson and use them for preparing the PowerPoint presentation.
Each student will be involved the class discussion on the cases and tie the assigned reading for the session. The objective is to bring all class members into the discussion. The cases are designed to integrate the concepts from the case into the context of the course. The preparation and the discussion of the cases do not exclude the study of the theoretical concepts useful for the discussion of the cases themselves and for the passing of the exam of the course.
With the cases’ discussions in CLASSROOM, each student will develop:
1. The ability to set the parameters for the problem (key concepts from the case).
2. A depth of knowledge about the case subject (understanding of material, good response to the observations of others).
3. The ability to tie-in case with other course concepts.
4. The ability to get others involved in the discussion.
In order to effectively discuss the cases, students do:
· Be prepared with facts and specific quotes from the case.
· Be prepared to make a comment, ask a question, or make an observation about the case.
During the discussion, students do:
· Take a position on a question or a point.
- Ask clarifying questions.
· Help keep the discussion moving and on track.
- Help draw others into the discussion.
· Integrate theories and content from other cases.
During the discussion, students don’t:
· Be unprepared and show your lack of knowledge.
- Monopolize the discussion.
- Make irrelevant comments.
· Be insensitive to other’s desire to speak or to their opinions.
All the regular attending students are kindly invited to build up work groups (MINIMUM 3 PERSONS – MAXIMUM 5 PERSONS). Each work group should prepare a PowerPoint presentation for each case. Into the first slide, the names of the students belonging to the group should be reported.
The structure of the presentation should follow the following outline:
1. One or more introductory slides aimed at describing/reporting the story, the characters, all the necessary elements in order to clearly define the context and the boundaries of the case.
2. One slide mentioning the questions of the assignment and underlining the learning goals of the case.
3. One or more slides reporting the answers to each question of the assignment.
4. One or more slides reporting the final remarks on the case.
5. One closing slide about the lessons learned after the group discussion of the case.
How to prepare the PowerPoint presentation of the case?
Introduction – short presentation of case, short description of the problems and situations that should be coped with the discussion.
Diagnosis – Problem setting of the context and of the situation. Description of the mains facts and elements connected with the concepts and models of Organizational Behavior (e.g. organizational change, conflicts, motivation, satisfaction, leadership, managing people, group dynamics, etc.). What went wrong and which actions/situations, instead, were right? Which elements could be considered for the diagnosis?
Solution – Students should provide a possible solution to questions/problems related with the case and a viable and clear indication on how to approach the situation and how to solve it. The entire proposal should represent a consistent action plan in terms of behaviors and expected results.
Conclusions – Conclusions should not be longer than 300-500 words and should provide a description on how the situation and the problem characterized the case, on how Organizational Behavior schemata might help to solve the case, and what the proposed solution might generate in terms of organizational consequences.
Lessons learned – At the end of the presentation elements/suggestions/advices that we “take home” from the case discussion should be clearly identified and reported.
NOTE: During the case discussion, students should explicitly address the context and the different situations with concepts related with Organizational Behavior and with models and theories of this course.
Case Discussions’ Class Participation
We believe that the best way to learn, especially about ODB, is to actively participate in your education. In this class, “participation” is defined in terms of quality contributions to class discussion and exercises. There are four prerequisites for successful participation:
1. Be here on time and prepared. If you’re not here, you can’t contribute much to class discussion. If you need to miss class for a predictable reason (e.g., job interview, athletic competition), please notify us at least 24 hours in advance so that we can make arrangements for any in-class exercises and so that you can obtain the materials distributed during the class. Of course, we realize that in some cases unforeseeable emergencies arise. Although we will not directly penalize you for non-attendance, be aware that multiple absences will indirectly hurt you by preventing you from participating in class, thereby lowering your participation grade. To contribute to class discussion, you must come to class having carefully prepared all assignments (i.e., readings, cases, exercises).
2. Be brave. Everyone in this class is smart, interesting, and has unique life experiences to share. You will get the most out of this course if you ask questions, voice opinions, and express your thoughts to one another. If you feel uncomfortable talking in class, please send me an email or set up an appointment to talk with me early in the semester. We will do everything we can to accommodate each of your individual circumstances, but we can only do so if they are brought to our attention.
3. Be courteous. Successful participation includes treating your classmates in a respectful and professional manner. Listen carefully to the comments and questions that your classmates voice. You may learn something new from their perspectives, and you will be able to avoid simply repeating something that another classmate has said earlier in discussion. Also, it is perfectly acceptable for you to voice disagreement with an opinion provided by another student. Open debate often leads to the most thoughtful and informative class discussions. However, please voice your disagreement in a kind and considerate manner.
4. Be engaged. This class is “unplugged.” Once class starts, all electronics (e.g., computers, cell phones, tablets, etc.) should be turned off and put away. If you need to use a device because of a language or disability issue, you need to secure permission at the beginning of the class. The misuse of an electronic device (e.g., surfing the web or texting) will adversely affect your grade.
In order to facilitate the visioning of its own PowerPoint presentation in classroom, each work group should take a personal computer with PowerPoint installed and an available VGA connection.
By the 8pm of the day before of the case discussion, all regular attending students should send to the course’s Instructors, attaching the case presentation prepared. They have to hand over a hard copy of the PowerPoint presentation. ONLY STUDENTS WHO HAD HANDED OVER ALL THE CASE PRESENTATIONS WILL BE ADMITTED TO THE PRE-EXAM.
Policy for Late Assignments
As in the business world, work must be received on time in order to receive full credit. If you are late on an assignment, your access to the Pre-Exam will be compromised. You are always welcome to hand in an assignment before its due date if you know that you will be busy as the due date approaches. If you think that you will not be able to complete an assignment by the stated due date, please speak with us in advance to make alternative arrangements. Our policy on late assignments will depend on the specific circumstances surrounding the problem, and thus may differ from student to student. Providing advance notice about a late assignment will minimize the penalty you receive on that assignment, but does not guarantee that there will be no penalty for turning the assignment in late.
Other learning sources
Slides and other material will be available under the course web site.
THE SLIDES DO NOT REPRESENT A SUPPORT FOR AN EFFECTIVE AND SUCCESFUL PREPARATION TO THE EXAM OF THE COURSE. THEY REPRESENT ONLY A HELP TO FACILITATE THE TRANSFER OF THE KNOWLEDGES TO STUDENTS DURING THE LESSONS.
Attendance
Because of the concentrated nature of the MScBA program, attendance in class is very important.
Students with less than 85% of attendance to lectures and case discussions (including arriving late or leaving early) will be required to prepare for the exam ALL the chapters of the textbook R. FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles Of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005 and ALL the cases of the textbook G. H. SEIJTS, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
NOTE : Attendance to the first class session is mandatory. Important information about the course and the instructor’s expectations are given during the first session. If you know that you will have to be absent for one session, please contact your instructor to ensure that absence from a particular session is acceptable.
Exam
The exam is a written exam. The duration is about 3-4 hours and it includes:
a) Case discussion - You may be given a case study to which some questions may pertain in order to lead the discussion. As you respond to the questions, please use specific content and theories (use names to identify theories and models) as the basis of your analysis. You will not receive credit for your personal opinions unless backed by theory, lecture, and/or text material. Also, describe how you see the content/theory applying to the situation. Your answers will be evaluated based upon both quantity and quality. Answers that are more complete and demonstrate a higher level of understanding and analysis will receive more points.
b) Some questions directly connected to the course textbooks – The questions could open, closed (multiple choice), or a combination of the both. You may be asked to discuss the models and the theories presented during the course. You will be asked to interpret some real incidents and to focus your attention to some specific theoretical issues.
Pre-Exam participation and exam grades registering on the booklet
Only regular attending students (85% of attendance to lectures and case discussions, including arriving late or leaving early) that have delivered the hard copies of ALL the case to the Instructors are allowed to take the pre-exam.
Only regular registered students on the DELPHI System will be allowed to register their grade.
The pre-exam grades will be registered on the first official exam date AFTER THE COURSE ENDING. It is compulsory to come on that date of the exam for registering the grade on the Delphi and on the booklet.
Team Project
The purpose of the project is to give your team an opportunity to apply what has been learned in the course (through course lectures, readings, and case discussions) to problems in an organization of your team's choice.
Class members, regular attending students, will work in teams of four (4) people.
To the Team Project regular attending students will be allowed to achieve a -3/+3 extra points to the final grade of the Pre-Exam. Only regular attending students, taking the Pre-Exam will be accepted for the Team Project.
Your team should identify a public, private, or non-profit organization to study (Please, no student groups).
Your team is to gather information from people in an organization through direct contact. You may supplement this information with data from the media, the organization's literature, and other secondary sources. You should identify a relatively recent problem to analyze (i.e., this should not be an historical account of a problem and the company's solution). You should focus your analysis by applying the concepts from the course. While it is acceptable to incorporate several concepts from the course, please aim for depth rather than breadth regarding the use of course concepts. Your goal is to diagnose the mechanisms that are causing the problem or issue of concern in the organization. Initially, you may notice many symptoms (for instance, high turnover, seemingly low morale, low commitment, motivation etc.), but your task is to get to the underlying reason for these symptoms. And beware, sometimes the initial symptoms we think we see are not what they appear to be.
There are three broad goals for this assignment:
1. One goal of this assignment is obviously to take the initiative to make a positive contribution to an organization.
2. Another major goal is to provide an opportunity for you to learn more about organizational behavior first hand and to use your critical thinking and reflection skills to link your experience with this organization to your learning in relation to organizational behavior theory.
3. The final goal is to provide a forum for you to hone your skills as a team member and leader and to reflect on the learning gained from this team experience. Each team will make a presentation and write a paper that describes what you did for the organization, what you learned about organizational behavior, and what you learned about working on a team.
To meet these broad goals, your team should answer the following questions in the assignments detailed below.
a) What are the issues or problems facing the organization?
b) What course concepts can be applied to understand why this problem is occurring?
c) What recommendations can you offer to help improve organizational functioning?
Deliverables of the Team Project:
1. The project proposal e-mail is due by email to Instructors by the date of the 9th session of the course by 5pm. It should include:
a) the names of your group members
b) your team name
c) the name of the organization
d) the name, contact information and level of your contact person
e) the method you will use to gain access to the organization
f) a brief description (one paragraph) of the problem facing the organization.
2. Your written project is due by email to Instructors by the date of the 18th session of the course by 5pm .
It should contain a maximum of 15 double spaced pages (1 cm margins, 12 point font). You will be penalized significantly for exceeding this limit. The limit does not include appendices, which you are free to use to provide charts, figures, or other background material not necessary in the main body of your analysis. However, appendices that are not directly referenced in the main text will not be read. LATE PROJECT WRITE-UPS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.
This written project should summarize what you did for/within the organization, what you have learned about organizational behavior, and what you have learned about working on a team.
Grading of the Team Project:
Your group project will be evaluated on the following criteria:
a) Problem definition: How well (i.e., thoroughly and concisely) do you describe the organizational context, the relevant parties, and the factors that are important to the problem?
b) Accurate and thorough use of course concepts.
c) Integration of course concepts with information about the company and problem, i.e., how well do you integrate course concepts with information about the problem to illuminate the problem in a way that leads to solutions?
d) Extent to which recommendations are consistent with analysis.
e) Quality of written analysis.
Analytical Syllabus
Session |
Agenda |
Lecture/ Case discussion |
Instructor |
Section I: The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community
|
|||
1 |
Organization Behavior: An Overview (Introduction pp. 1 -11) Drawing on areas of psychology and sociology, the The introductory lecture takes disciple-based approaches, dividing the course into four distinctive levels of analysis: individual, group, organizational, and processes (IGOP). This IGOP framework encompasses the approaches to explain social action and behavior, and provides an insight into this fascinating subject. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
2 |
Expectations and Learning (Chapter 1 pp.19 – 50) The lecture introduces the student to the basic concepts of learning. An effort is made to link these concepts to what actually happens in the workplace. Having said that, it is important that students do not restrict themselves to just explaining psychological terms but makes sure that they have understood why learning is important in the workplace and how classical and operant conditioning, schedules of reinforcement, the idea of technology of behaviour, learning strategies, and the transfer of training back to the workplace contribute in or may inhibit successful learning. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
3 |
Chuck McKinonn CASE (Leadership Dynamics - Chapter 8 pp. 310-359) The session discusses leadership and the relevant research that aims to define and explain leadership effectiveness. The impact of leadership on organizational life is two-fold, in the sense that successful or poor leadership affects both those who trust the leader and assess their qualities to make judgements about the business (i.e. shareholders), and those within the organization (i.e. employees). It has been argued that poor leadership ultimately destroys the ‘human spirit’ essential to ensuring organizational effectiveness. The hierarchical structure means that organizations continually have to face the problem of selecting and training people to assume positions of authority over others. At every level in organizations and in every department there will be groups of ‘subordinates’ under the control of ‘superordinates’ – in other words there will be ‘leadership situations’. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section II: Managing teams
|
|||
4 |
eProcure – the Project (A) CASE (Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp. 500-510) The session is twofold. Firstly, it explores social interaction. This involves all the processes that underlie the activity between people in everyday social settings. The two basic concepts to be examined are dramaturgy, i.e. the expressive and symbolic aspects of social interaction, and social skill, i.e. cognitive and automated processes of social behaviour. Also it examines what kinds of modelling and categorization are involved in social interaction. This will help explain how changes in social competence occur and why some individuals are more socially apt than others at jobs that involve social skills. Secondly, it introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the centre of managerial activity and, in this chapter, it is examined in relation to managerial rationality. Finally, change management is examined as the outcome of managerial decision-making and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the lecture employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
5 |
Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness (Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp. 500-510) Again, the lecture is twofold. Firstly, it explores social interaction. This involves all the processes that underlie the activity between people in everyday social settings. The two basic concepts to be examined are dramaturgy, i.e. the expressive and symbolic aspects of social interaction, and social skill, i.e. cognitive and automated processes of social behaviour. Also it examines what kinds of modelling and categorization are involved in social interaction. This will help explain how changes in social competence occur and why some individuals are more socially apt than others at jobs that involve social skills. Secondly, it introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the centre of managerial activity and, in this chapter, it is examined in relation to managerial rationality. Finally, change management is examined as the outcome of managerial decision-making and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the lecture employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
6 |
The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management CASE (Group Dynamics and Performance -Chapter 7 pp. 275-305) The session discusses groups and intergroup behaviour. They explore the effects of group membership on the behaviour of the individual, their identity and raise the notion of employee involvement. The interest in teamwork rises from the expectation that teams deliver more than individuals alone. However, the session adopts a critical standpoint and also critically explore dysfunctional group relations and the processes that promote or undermine group effectiveness. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
7 |
INTEL in China CASE (Conflict Management and Negotiation - Chapter 10 pp. 394-417) The session discusses conflict and consent at work. It follows the path of the labour process debate, the main body of theory about the employment relationship and the nature of work. They refer to aspects of subjectivity of workplace relations, such as resistance and consent as well as gender issues, and illustrate the scene of industrial relations conflict and action today. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section III: Understanding and Managing Individuals
|
|||
8 |
Appreciating Individual Differences (Chapter 3 pp.93-146) The lecture explores the concepts of personality and intelligence and their impact on organizational life. Personality has an impact not only an individual’s working relationships with others but also more generally on the entire corporate culture. The chapter also examines the attempts made to describe the differences we observe day-to-day in each others’ personalities and the possible impact these have on our effectiveness and organizational culture. Intelligence and its impact on organization are also explored. The impact of intelligence is not so much the result of intelligence itself but flows more subtly from the effect of our shared assumptions about the impact and importance of intellectual differences. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
9 |
Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion CASE (Appreciating Individual Differences - Chapter 4 pp.151-185) The session examines how the human attributes differentiating individuals are applied in organizations. Assessment is initially associated with the ‘point of entry’. Increasingly, however, assessments are used for a variety of reasons. The demand for flexible, adaptable individuals that are high performers require assessments to serve strategic functions in organizations, i.e. identifying such individuals. One framework claiming to enable a more strategic approach to assessment by linking business objective, organizational culture, and employee performance more closely is competency. Its proponents argue that this is a way of managing people more effectively. On the other hand, however, its critics would argue that it is simply another control mechanism. The chapter also describes the range of assessment methodologies and processes and their use in organizational settings and examines how these processes can be evaluated. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
10 |
Motivation (Chapter 5 pp.191-233) The lecture discusses motivation and job satisfaction. These are topics that have attracted considerable interest from academic psychologists, popular writers, and social commentators. Motivation and job satisfaction are important aspect of the organizational behaviour since the workplace and the experiences of employees have frequently been negative. Factories have often been dangerous places that hardly promote maturity and well-being. Clerical work has been described as lacking intrinsic satisfaction and managers have often reported feeling under excessive pressure in their work. From a managerial perspective the consequences of low motivation and job satisfaction have to be managed to eliminate sabotage, staff turnover, absenteeism, poor industrial relations, and low productivity. The aim of this lecture is to examine the extent to which the ‘human resource’ school of psychology and other writers have advanced our understanding of the two underlying concepts. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
11 |
Elise Smart CASE (Stress and the Management of Stress - Chapter 2 pp. 54-88) The session introduces the concept of stress in the workplace. The session is an all-inclusive account of stress, its causes, and whether stress can be managed or not. The session emphasizes the importance of stress and its impact on UK workplaces. Three different approaches are presented: stress as a response, as a cause, and the appraisal concept. Types of stress and individual differences are all explored. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
12 |
Martin Brass Company (A/B/C) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing CASE (Stress and the Management of Stress - Chapter 2 pp. 54-88) The session, again ague about the concept of stress in the workplace. The session is an all-inclusive account of stress, its causes, and whether stress can be managed or not. The session emphasizes the importance of stress and its impact on UK workplaces. Three different approaches are presented: stress as a response, as a cause, and the appraisal concept. Types of stress and individual differences are all explored. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section IV: Managing Key Organizational Processes
|
|||
13 |
Organization and Work Design (Chapter 12 pp. 445-464) |
Updated A.Y. 2018-2019
Organizational dynamics
and behavior
(Prof. Luca Gnan)
Teaching Members Responsible for the Course:
Prof. Luca Gnan
Email: luca.gnan@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via email
Prof.ssa Giulia Flamini
E-mail: giulia.flamini@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via email
We are committed to making this course a valuable learning experience for you. After the first month, we will spend part of a class session evaluating our progress, and we will make any necessary changes to keep us on track. However, we welcome your feedback at any time in the semester. It is easiest to reach us by email or during office hours, but we are always happy to set up an appointment. Additionally, if you have a disability that requires special accommodation, please let us know ASAP so that we can be helpful to you.
Emails, Office Hours & Feedback on Assignments
We endeavor to answer emails within 1 day. If you have not heard from us within that time, please resend the email. Grades & comments will be posted online in the materials section of the course website. We will be happy to give feedback and discuss assignments after all grading is complete for a certain assignment. Office hours are scheduled by email request.
We may answer questions of assignment clarification in class and via emails to benefit the entire class. We may also give extra grades (see below Team Project) during the course that, while generally designed to support learning in the course, will also help your participation grade. These are pass/fail and do not include comments.
Pre-requisites for the Course:
None.
Course description
While many of the courses in the MScBA teach you how to manage money, information and other material resources, this course is unique (and invaluable) in that you will learn how to manage your own performance and career by learning how to work with and through other people-even when you don't want to. Although skills in finance, accounting, marketing, operations, and strategy are crucial for organizational success, the ability to manage an organization, its groups, and its individuals is equally important. In your career, you will depend on people to accomplish tasks, goals, and projects; you will need to work for other people, work with other people, and supervise other people. An understanding of the human side of management is an essential complement to the technical skills you are learning in other courses. Although we will focus primarily on work, you will find that the course concepts have applications to a variety of organizations, including non-profits, athletic teams, social clubs, and religious and political groups.
This is an advanced course in organizational behavior designed to expose you to essential theories and concepts for analyzing, understanding, and managing human behavior in organizations. In this course we will apply concrete organizational situations from our case studies and projects to essential theories and effective management practices. In this class you will learn how to thrive at work by managing your relationships. In this course, we will investigate:
• Individual behavior in organizations, including personality, decision-making, personal networks, and ethics
• Interpersonal behavior, including teamwork, conflict, leadership, and power and influence
• Organizational factors affecting behavior, including reward systems, culture, and organizational design.
Learning Objectives
Explore in a managerial perspective research and practical applications on organizational behavior.
Objective of the training is to provide tools and analytical theory on analysis of individual and behavior in different group and organizational contexts, in order to:
- Understand and use the fundamental theories on organizational behavior
- Develop capacities for applying theories to practice
- Develop problem solving capacities with best practices discussion and case study analysis
The study route is divided into 4 different sections:
- Section I: The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community
- Section II: Managing Teams
- Section III: Understanding and Managing Individuals
- Section IV: Managing Key Organizational Processes.
At the end of the course students:
- will have a deeper understanding of how the study of organizational behavior can aid us in improving the performance and wellbeing of people at work;
- will have understood how models, theories and concepts about organizational behavior can be used to promote the effectiveness of individuals, groups and organizations;
- will have developed skills for the analysis of individual, group and organizational functioning that enhances their effectiveness as managers;
- will have developed a richer and more complex representation of organizational behavior, enabling them to contribute more effectively in the workplace.
Teaching methods
Lessons will be characterized by transfer of knowledge and the strong interaction within the classroom; there are analysis of situations problems and business cases in order to facilitate participants in learning.
Regular attending students are strongly recommended to participate to all the lectures and to all the preparations and presentations of the business cases.
To meet its goals, this course uses readings, lectures, exercises, cases, individual and team assignments, and class discussion. Case assignments provide an important foundation for class discussion and must be completed prior to each class session. The due dates for all cases and other assignments are listed in the class schedule at the end of the syllabus. Lectures will be used to highlight key points from the readings and provide additional information to supplement the readings. Cases will provide you with the opportunity to apply what you have learned to real world issues and scenarios. Because each of you brings unique perspectives and experiences to the class, participation in class discussions and activities is essential to your own learning as well as that of other class members. To further enrich your learning, you will also be matched with an MScBA Teaching Assistant.
Main References
A) Textbooks for regular attending students (in order to be considered regular attending student a participant should achieve at least an 85% of presence to lectures and case discussions):
R. Fincham, P. Rhodes, Principles of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005.
G. H. Seijts , Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
As far as the textbook Principles of Organizational Behaviour (Fincham, Rhodes, 2005) is concerned, regular attending students have to prepare the following parts:
- Introduction pp. 1 -11 (Organization Behavior: An Overview)
- Chapter 1 pp.19 - 50 (Expectations and Learning)
- Chapter 8 pp. 310-359 (Leadership Dynamics)
- Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp .500-510 (Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness)
- Chapter 7 pp. 275-305 (Group Dynamics and Performance)
- Chapter 10 pp. 394-417 (Conflict Management and Negotiation)
- Chapter 3 pp.93-146 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
- Chapter 4 pp.151-185 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
- Chapter 5 pp.191-233 (Motivation)
- Chapter 2 pp. 54-88 (Stress and the Management of Stress)
- Chapter 12 pp. 445-464 and Chapter 13 pp.468-491 (Organization and Work Design)
- Chapter 17 pp.570-592 (Creativity and Innovation)
- Chapter 15 pp.527-544 (Organizational Culture)
- Chapter 14 pp.513-523 (Organizational Change and Development)
During the course, seven cases (from the Cases in Organizational Behavior textbook, Seijts, 2005) will be discussed:
a) Chuck McKinonn (on the leadership issue)
b) eProcure - the Project (A) (on the leading and managing teams' issue)
c) The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management (on the team dynamics issue)
d) INTEL in China (on the Conflict Management and Negotiation issue)
e) Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion (on the Appreciating Individual Differences issue)
f) Elise Smart (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
g) Martin Brass Company (A) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
h) Victoria Hospital Redesign Initiative (on the Organizational design issue)
i) OP4.COM: a dynamic culture (on the Creativity and Innovation issue)
j) Deloitte & Touche: Integrating Arthur Andersen (on the Organizational Change and Development issue).
B) Textbooks for NON-regular attending students (in order to be considered regular attending student a participant should achieve at least an 85% of presence to lectures and case discussions):
R. FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005 (all chapters).
G. H. SEIJTS, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005 (all cases).
B) Supplementary textbooks
• Robins S., Judge T." Organizational behavior" 13 edition, Prentice Hall International, 2005
• Contemporary management" Jones, George, McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2006
• Managing Organizational Behavior" Jones, George, Prentice Hall International, 2007
• "Organizational change" B. Senior, J. Fleming, Prentice Hall International 3 edition, 2006
• "Management" Hitt, Black, Porter Prentice Hall International, Second Edition, 2008
• Organizational behavior, Debra Nelson, James Campbell Quicl, THOMSON, SOUTH WESTERN, 5th edition
• Managing Behavior in Organizations, Jerald Greenberg, 5th edition Pearson
• Adler, P. S. 1999 International dimensions of organizational behaviour London: International Thopmson
• Argyris, C. 1960 Understanding Organisational behaviour Homewood IL:Dorsey Press (HM300)
• Bandura, A. 1977 Social learning theory New Jersey: Prentice -Hall
• Banard, C. The functions of the executive Cambridge: Harvard University Press
• Beer, M. et al 1984 Managing human Assets New York : Free Press
• Braverman, H .1974 Labour and monopoly capital New York: Monthly Review press (Open shelve)
• Bryman, A. 1986 Leadership and organisations London: Routledge Kegan Paul
• Buchanan, D. A. Organisation in the computer age Aldershot: Gower
• Burns, T & Stalker, G. M. The management of innovation London: Tavistock (Open shelve)
• Child , J. 1972 "Organisational structure, environment and performance : The role of strategic choice" Sociology vol. 6 # 1 pp 1- 22
• Clegg, S. & Dunkerley,D 1980 Organisations, class and control London : Routledge & Kegan Paul
• Conti, R. F. & Warner, M. 1993 "Taylorism, new technology and just-in -time systems in Japanese Manufacturing" New Technology, work and employment, vol 8 # 100 31- 42
• Cyert, R. & March,J. G. 1992 A behavioural theory of the firm NJ: Prentice -Hall Englewoods Cliffs
• Dubin, E. (ed) 1976 Handbook of work, Organisation and Society Chicago Rand McNally
• Drucker, P. F. 1988 Management challenges in the 21st Century London: Heinemann
• _____________1989 The new realities London: Heinemann
• Duncan, R. B. 1974 "Modifications in decision making structures in adapting to the environment: some Implications for organisational learning" Decision sciences vol, 5 pp 704 -25
• Duncan, w. J. 1981 Organisational Behaviour Houghton: Mifflin
• French, J & Raven. B. 1958 "The bases of social power 'in D. Cartwright Studies in social Power Ann Arbor Institute for Social research (HM301)
• Gibson,J.L. et al 1994 Organisations: Behaviour structure and processes (Reserve)
• Gouldner, A. W. 1954 Patterns of industrial Bureaucracy New York: Free Press
• Gruneberg, M. & Wall, T.(eds) Social Psychology and organisational behaviour Chichester : John Wiley
• Hall, E. T . Understanding Cultural differences Yarmouth: Intercultural Press
• Handy, C 1999 Understanding Organisations 4th ed London: Penguin (Reserve HD31HAN)
• Hofstede, G. 1991 Cultures and Organisations London: McGraw -Hill
• Hodgetts, R. M. 1991 Organisational behaviour: Theory and practice New York: Macmillan company
• Kast, F.E. & Rosenzweig, J.E. Organization &Management11985 4th ed New jersey McGraw-hill (Reserve HD31KAS)
• Kotter, J. P. 1990 "what do leaders really do? " in Harvard Business review 73 pp59-67
• Mintzberg, H. 1983a Power in and around organisations New York: Prentice Hall
• ___________1983b Structures in fives: designing effective organisations Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
• Moorhead, G. and Griffin, R. w. 1998 Organisational Behaviour 5th edition Houghton: Mifflin Company
• Mullins, L. Management and Organisational behaviour London: Pitman, The financial times (Reserve)
• Perrow, C. 1970 Organisational analysis: A sociological review Belmont: Wadsworth
• Robbins, S. P. 1998 Organisational behaviour: Concepts, controversies and applications NJ: Prentice - Hall (Reserve)
• Simon, H 1957 Administrative behaviour NY: Macmillan
• Schein, E. H. 1975 Organisational culture and Leadership San Francisco: Jossey-bass
• Vecchio, R. P. 1995 organisational behaviour 3rd edition Orland: Dryden Press
Case Discussions
Regular attending students are expected to be fully engaged in the entire learning process. This means that regular attending students are expected to:
1) prepare the assigned readings of the cases prior to each class;
2) prepare as a group work a PowerPoint presentation on the case, based on the specific assignment;
3) come to class prepared to participate and to discuss in order to enhance the learning of the individual and the class.
On the web site of the course students find for each case the relative assignment. Please read carefully the questions before the lesson and use them for preparing the PowerPoint presentation.
Each student will be involved the class discussion on the cases and tie the assigned reading for the session. The objective is to bring all class members into the discussion. The cases are designed to integrate the concepts from the case into the context of the course. The preparation and the discussion of the cases do not exclude the study of the theoretical concepts useful for the discussion of the cases themselves and for the passing of the exam of the course.
With the cases' discussions in CLASSROOM, each student will develop:
1. The ability to set the parameters for the problem (key concepts from the case).
2. A depth of knowledge about the case subject (understanding of material, good response to the observations of others).
3. The ability to tie-in case with other course concepts.
4. The ability to get others involved in the discussion.
In order to effectively discuss the cases, students do:
· Be prepared with facts and specific quotes from the case.
· Be prepared to make a comment, ask a question, or make an observation about the case.
During the discussion, students do:
· Take a position on a question or a point.
- Ask clarifying questions.
· Help keep the discussion moving and on track.
- Help draw others into the discussion.
· Integrate theories and content from other cases.
During the discussion, students don't:
· Be unprepared and show your lack of knowledge.
- Monopolize the discussion.
- Make irrelevant comments.
· Be insensitive to other's desire to speak or to their opinions.
All the regular attending students are kindly invited to build up work groups (MINIMUM 3 PERSONS - MAXIMUM 5 PERSONS). Each work group should prepare a PowerPoint presentation for each case. Into the first slide, the names of the students belonging to the group should be reported.
The structure of the presentation should follow the following outline:
1. One or more introductory slides aimed at describing/reporting the story, the characters, all the necessary elements in order to clearly define che context and the boundaries of the case.
2. One slide mentioning the questions of the assignment and underlining the learning goals of the case.
3. One or more slides reporting the answers to each question of the assignment.
4. One or more slides reporting the final remarks on the case.
5. One closing slide about the lessons learned after the group discussion of the case.
How to prepare the PowerPoint presentation of the case?
Introduction - short presentation of case, short description of the problems and situations that should be coped with the discussion.
Diagnosis - Problem setting of the context and of the situation. Description of the mains facts and elements connected with the concepts and models of Organizational Behavior (e.g. organizational change, conflicts, motivation, satisfaction, leadership, managing people, group dynamics, etc.). What went wrong and which actions/situations, instead, were right? Which elements could be considered for the diagnosis?
Solution - Students should provide a possible solution to questions/problems related with the case and a viable and clear indication on how to approach the situation and how to solve it. The entire proposal should represent a consistent action plan in terms of behaviors and expected results.
Conclusions - Conclusions should not be longer than 300-500 words and should provide a description on how the situation and the problem characterized the case, on how Organizational Behavior schemata might help to solve the case, and what the proposed solution might generate in terms of organizational consequences.
Lessons learned - At the end of the presentation elements/suggestions/advices that we "take home" from the case discussion should be clearly identified and reported.
NOTE: During the case discussion, students should explicitly address the context and the different situations with concepts related with Organizational Behavior and with models and theories of this course.
Case Discussions' Class Participation
We believe that the best way to learn, especially about ODB, is to actively participate in your education. In this class, "participation" is defined in terms of quality contributions to class discussion and exercises. There are four prerequisites for successful participation:
1. Be here on time and prepared. If you're not here, you can't contribute much to class discussion. If you need to miss class for a predictable reason (e.g., job interview, athletic competition), please notify us at least 24 hours in advance so that we can make arrangements for any in-class exercises and so that you can obtain the materials distributed during the class. Of course, we realize that in some cases unforeseeable emergencies arise. Although we will not directly penalize you for non-attendance, be aware that multiple absences will indirectly hurt you by preventing you from participating in class, thereby lowering your participation grade. To contribute to class discussion, you must come to class having carefully prepared all assignments (i.e., readings, cases, exercises).
2. Be brave. Everyone in this class is smart, interesting, and has unique life experiences to share. You will get the most out of this course if you ask questions, voice opinions, and express your thoughts to one another. If you feel uncomfortable talking in class, please send me an email or set up an appointment to talk with me early in the semester. We will do everything we can to accommodate each of your individual circumstances, but we can only do so if they are brought to our attention.
3. Be courteous. Successful participation includes treating your classmates in a respectful and professional manner. Listen carefully to the comments and questions that your classmates voice. You may learn something new from their perspectives, and you will be able to avoid simply repeating something that another classmate has said earlier in discussion. Also, it is perfectly acceptable for you to voice disagreement with an opinion provided by another student. Open debate often leads to the most thoughtful and informative class discussions. However, please voice your disagreement in a kind and considerate manner.
4. Be engaged. This class is "unplugged." Once class starts, all electronics (e.g., computers, cell phones, tablets, etc.) should be turned off and put away. If you need to use a device because of a language or disability issue, you need to secure permission at the beginning of the class. The misuse of an electronic device (e.g., surfing the web or texting) will adversely affect your grade.
In order to facilitate the visioning of its own PowerPoint presentation in classroom, each work group should take a personal computer with PowerPoint installed and an available VGA connection.
By the 8pm of the day before of the case discussion, all regular attending students should send an email to the course's Instructors, attaching the case presentation prepared. They have to hand over a hard copy of the PowerPoint presentation. ONLY THE HANDING OVER OF THE HARD COPY CERTIFIES THE PREPARATION OF THE CASE FOR THE DISCUSSION. ONLY STUDENTS WHO HAD HANDED OVER ALL THE CASE PRESENTATIONS WILL BE ADMITTED TO THE PRE-EXAM.
Policy for Late Assignments
As in the business world, work must be received on time in order to receive full credit. If you are late on an assignment, your access to the Pre-Exam will be compromised. You are always welcome to hand in an assignment before its due date if you know that you will be busy as the due date approaches. If you think that you will not be able to complete an assignment by the stated due date, please speak with us in advance to make alternative arrangements. Our policy on late assignments will depend on the specific circumstances surrounding the problem, and thus may differ from student to student. Providing advance notice about a late assignment will minimize the penalty you receive on that assignment, but does not guarantee that there will be no penalty for turning the assignment in late.
Other learning sources
Slides and other material will be available under the course web site.
THE SLIDES DO NOT REPRESENT A SUPPORT FOR AN EFFECTIVE AND SUCCESFUL PREPARATION TO THE EXAM OF THE COURSE. THEY REPRESENT ONLY A HELP TO FACILITATE THE TRANSFER OF THE KNOWLEDGES TO STUDENTS DURING THE LESSONS.
Attendance
Because of the concentrated nature of the MScBA program, attendance in class is very important.
Students with less than 85% of attendance to lectures and case discussions (including arriving late or leaving early) will be required to prepare for the exam ALL the chapters of the textbook R. FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles Of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005 and ALL the cases of the textbook G. H. SEIJTS, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
NOTE : Attendance to the first class session is mandatory. Important information about the course and the instructor's expectations are given during the first session. If you know that you will have to be absent for one session, please contact your instructor to ensure that absence from a particular session is acceptable.
Exam
The exam is a written exam. The duration is about 3-4 hours and it includes:
a) Case discussion - You may be given a case study to which some questions may pertain in order to lead the discussion. As you respond to the questions, please use specific content and theories (use names to identify theories and models) as the basis of your analysis. You will not receive credit for your personal opinions unless backed by theory, lecture, and/or text material. Also, describe how you see the content/theory applying to the situation. Your answers will be evaluated based upon both quantity and quality. Answers that are more complete and demonstrate a higher level of understanding and analysis will receive more points.
b) Some questions directly connected to the course textbooks - The questions could open, closed (multiple choice), or a combination of the both. You may be asked to discuss the models and the theories presented during the course. You will be asked to interpret some real incidents and to focus your attention to some specific theoretical issues.
Pre-Exam participation and exam grades registering on the booklet
Only regular attending students (85% of attendance to lectures and case discussions, including arriving late or leaving early) that have delivered the hard copies of ALL the case to the Instructors are allowed to take the pre-exam.
Only regular registered students on the DELPHI System will be allowed to register their grade.
The pre-exam grades will be registered on the first official exam date AFTER THE COURSE ENDING. It is compulsory to come on that date of the exam for registering the grade on the Delphi and on the booklet.
Team Project
The purpose of the project is to give your team an opportunity to apply what has been learned in the course (through course lectures, readings, and case discussions) to problems in an organization of your team's choice.
Class members, regular attending students, will work in teams of four (4) people.
To the Team Project regular attending students will be allowed to achieve a -3/+3 extra points to the final grade of the Pre-Exam. Only regular attending students, taking the Pre-Exam will be accepted for the Team Project.
Your team should identify a public, private, or non-profit organization to study (Please, no student groups).
Your team is to gather information from people in an organization through direct contact. You may supplement this information with data from the media, the organization's literature, and other secondary sources. You should identify a relatively recent problem to analyze (i.e., this should not be an historical account of a problem and the company's solution). You should focus your analysis by applying the concepts from the course. While it is acceptable to incorporate several concepts from the course, please aim for depth rather than breadth regarding the use of course concepts. Your goal is to diagnose the mechanisms that are causing the problem or issue of concern in the organization. Initially, you may notice many symptoms (for instance, high turnover, seemingly low morale, low commitment, motivation etc.), but your task is to get to the underlying reason for these symptoms. And beware, sometimes the initial symptoms we think we see are not what they appear to be.
There are three broad goals for this assignment:
1. One goal of this assignment is obviously to take the initiative to make a positive contribution to an organization.
2. Another major goal is to provide an opportunity for you to learn more about organizational behavior first hand and to use your critical thinking and reflection skills to link your experience with this organization to your learning in relation to organizational behavior theory.
3. The final goal is to provide a forum for you to hone your skills as a team member and leader and to reflect on the learning gained from this team experience. Each team will make a presentation to the class and write a paper that describes what you did for the organization, what you learned about organizational behavior, and what you learned about working on a team.
To meet these broad goals, your team should answer the following questions in the assignments detailed below.
a) What are the issues or problems facing the organization?
b) What course concepts can be applied to understand why this problem is occurring?
c) What recommendations can you offer to help improve organizational functioning?
Deliverables of the Team Project:
1. The project proposal e-mail is due by email to Instructors by the date of the 9th session of the course by 5pm. It should include:
a) the names of your group members
b) your team name
c) the name of the organization
d) the name, contact information and level of your contact person
e) the method you will use to gain access to the organization
f) a brief description (one paragraph) of the problem facing the organization.
2. Your written project is due by email to Instructors by the date of the 18th session of the course by 5pm .
It should contain a maximum of 15 double spaced pages (1 cm margins, 12 point font). You will be penalized significantly for exceeding this limit. The limit does not include appendices, which you are free to use to provide charts, figures, or other background material not necessary in the main body of your analysis. However, appendices that are not directly referenced in the main text will not be read. LATE PROJECT WRITE-UPS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.
This written project should summarize what you did for/within the organization, what you have learned about organizational behavior, and what you have learned about working on a team.
Grading of the Team Project:
Your group project will be evaluated on the following criteria:
a) Problem definition: How well (i.e., thoroughly and concisely) do you describe the organizational context, the relevant parties, and the factors that are important to the problem?
b) Accurate and thorough use of course concepts.
c) Integration of course concepts with information about the company and problem, i.e., how well do you integrate course concepts with information about the problem to illuminate the problem in a way that leads to solutions?
d) Extent to which recommendations are consistent with analysis.
e) Quality of written analysis.
Analytical Syllabus
Session |
Agenda |
Lecture/ Case discussion |
Instructor |
Section I: The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community
|
|||
1 |
Organization Behavior: An Overview (Introduction pp. 1 -11) Drawing on areas of psychology and sociology, the The introductory lecture takes disciple-based approaches, dividing the course into four distinctive levels of analysis: individual, group, organizational, and processes (IGOP). This IGOP framework encompasses the approaches to explain social action and behavior, and provides an insight into this fascinating subject. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
2 |
Expectations and Learning (Chapter 1 pp.19 - 50) The lecture introduces the student to the basic concepts of learning. An effort is made to link these concepts to what actually happens in the workplace. Having said that, it is important that students do not restrict themselves to just explaining psychological terms but makes sure that they have understood why learning is important in the workplace and how classical and operant conditioning, schedules of reinforcement, the idea of technology of behaviour, learning strategies, and the transfer of training back to the workplace contribute in or may inhibit successful learning. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
3 |
Chuck McKinonn CASE (Leadership Dynamics - Chapter 8 pp. 310-359) The session discusses leadership and the relevant research that aims to define and explain leadership effectiveness. The impact of leadership on organizational life is two-fold, in the sense that successful or poor leadership affects both those who trust the leader and assess their qualities to make judgements about the business (i.e. shareholders), and those within the organization (i.e. employees). It has been argued that poor leadership ultimately destroys the 'human spirit' essential to ensuring organizational effectiveness. The hierarchical structure means that organizations continually have to face the problem of selecting and training people to assume positions of authority over others. At every level in organizations and in every department there will be groups of 'subordinates' under the control of 'superordinates' - in other words there will be 'leadership situations'. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section II: Managing teams
|
|||
4 |
eProcure - the Project (A) CASE (Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp. 500-510) The session is twofold. Firstly, it explores social interaction. This involves all the processes that underlie the activity between people in everyday social settings. The two basic concepts to be examined are dramaturgy, i.e. the expressive and symbolic aspects of social interaction, and social skill, i.e. cognitive and automated processes of social behaviour. Also it examines what kinds of modelling and categorization are involved in social interaction. This will help explain how changes in social competence occur and why some individuals are more socially apt than others at jobs that involve social skills. Secondly, it introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the centre of managerial activity and, in this chapter, it is examined in relation to managerial rationality. Finally, change management is examined as the outcome of managerial decision-making and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the lecture employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
5 |
Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness (Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp. 500-510) Again, the lecture is twofold. Firstly, it explores social interaction. This involves all the processes that underlie the activity between people in everyday social settings. The two basic concepts to be examined are dramaturgy, i.e. the expressive and symbolic aspects of social interaction, and social skill, i.e. cognitive and automated processes of social behaviour. Also it examines what kinds of modelling and categorization are involved in social interaction. This will help explain how changes in social competence occur and why some individuals are more socially apt than others at jobs that involve social skills. Secondly, it introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the centre of managerial activity and, in this chapter, it is examined in relation to managerial rationality. Finally, change management is examined as the outcome of managerial decision-making and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the lecture employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
6 |
The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management CASE (Group Dynamics and Performance -Chapter 7 pp. 275-305) The session discusses groups and intergroup behaviour. They explore the effects of group membership on the behaviour of the individual, their identity and raise the notion of employee involvement. The interest in teamwork rises from the expectation that teams deliver more than individuals alone. However, the session adopts a critical standpoint and also critically explore dysfunctional group relations and the processes that promote or undermine group effectiveness. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
7 |
INTEL in China (Conflict Management and Negotiation - Chapter 10 pp. 394-417) The session discusses conflict and consent at work. It follows the path of the labour process debate, the main body of theory about the employment relationship and the nature of work. They refer to aspects of subjectivity of workplace relations, such as resistance and consent as well as gender issues, and illustrate the scene of industrial relations conflict and action today. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section III: Understanding and Managing Individuals
|
|||
8 |
Appreciating Individual Differences (Chapter 3 pp.93-146) The lecture explores the concepts of personality and intelligence and their impact on organizational life. Personality has an impact not only an individual's working relationships with others but also more generally on the entire corporate culture. The chapter also examines the attempts made to describe the differences we observe day-to-day in each others' personalities and the possible impact these have on our effectiveness and organizational culture. Intelligence and its impact on organization are also explored. The impact of intelligence is not so much the result of intelligence itself but flows more subtly from the effect of our shared assumptions about the impact and importance of intellectual differences. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
9 |
Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion CASE (Appreciating Individual Differences - Chapter 4 pp.151-185) The session examines how the human attributes differentiating individuals are applied in organizations. Assessment is initially associated with the 'point of entry'. Increasingly, however, assessments are used for a variety of reasons. The demand for flexible, adaptable individuals that are high performers require assessments to serve strategic functions in organizations, i.e. identifying such individuals. One framework claiming to enable a more strategic approach to assessment by linking business objective, organizational culture, and employee performance more closely is competency. Its proponents argue that this is a way of managing people more effectively. On the other hand, however, its critics would argue that it is simply another control mechanism. The chapter also describes the range of assessment methodologies and processes and their use in organizational settings and examines how these processes can be evaluated. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
10 |
Motivation (Chapter 5 pp.191-233) The lecture discusses motivation and job satisfaction. These are topics that have attracted considerable interest from academic psychologists, popular writers, and social commentators. Motivation and job satisfaction are important aspect of the organizational behaviour since the workplace and the experiences of employees have frequently been negative. Factories have often been dangerous places that hardly promote maturity and well-being. Clerical work has been described as lacking intrinsic satisfaction and managers have often reported feeling under excessive pressure in their work. From a managerial perspective the consequences of low motivation and job satisfaction have to be managed to eliminate sabotage, staff turnover, absenteeism, poor industrial relations, and low productivity. The aim of this lecture is to examine the extent to which the 'human resource' school of psychology and other writers have advanced our understanding of the two underlying concepts. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
11 |
Elise Smart CASE (Stress and the Management of Stress - Chapter 2 pp. 54-88) The session introduces the concept of stress in the workplace. The session is an all-inclusive account of stress, its causes, and whether stress can be managed or not. The session emphasizes the importance of stress and its impact on UK workplaces. Three different approaches are presented: stress as a response, as a cause, and the appraisal concept. Types of stress and individual differences are all explored. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
12 |
Martin Brass Company (A/B/C) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing CASE (Stress and the Management of Stress - Chapter 2 pp. 54-88) The session, again ague about the concept of stress in the workplace. The session is an all-inclusive account of stress, its causes, and whether stress can be managed or not. The session emphasizes the importance of stress and its impact on UK workplaces. Three different approaches are presented: stress as a response, as a cause, and the appraisal concept. Types of stress and individual differences are all explored. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section IV: Managing Key Organizational Processes
|
|||
13 |
Organization and Work Design (Chapter 12 pp. 445-464) The lecture explores the concepts of structure and control in organizations. It present various critical interpretations of organization, the central figure of which is Weber. The approach taken is one that questions efficiency as an issue of primary importance and focuses on power and how it is experienced in organizations. Students should understand the basic parameters that surround the debate of structure and control. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
14 |
Organization and Work Design (Chapter 13 pp.468-491) The lecture introduces the topic of structure and performance in organizations. It pursues a managerial approach in order to explore the priorities and objectives in organizations, namely efficiency and effectiveness. It argues that one way or the other we are all caught up in these issues and hence their exploration is necessary for a wider understanding of organizational behaviour. Students should understand the basic ideas of organizational analysis. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
15 |
Victoria Hospital Redesign Initiative CASE (Organization and Work Design - Chapter 12 pp. 445-464 and Chapter 13 pp.468-491) The session is devoted to apply and integrate organizational behaviour concepts and Organizational design models and principles. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
16 |
OP4.COM: a dynamic culture CASE (Creativity and Innovation - Chapter 17 pp.570-592) The session introduces the concept of management knowledge and fashion. A critical encounter of the emergence, the dissemination, and value of recent popular ideas is examined. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
17 |
Organizational Culture (Chapter 15 pp.527-544) The lecture discusses the concept of organizational culture. It attempts to explain the relation between organizational culture and the business context, how culture contributes to organizational innovativeness, the contribution of organizational culture to management change, etc. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
18 |
Deloitte & Touche: Integrating Arthur Andersen CASE (Organizational Change and Development - Chapter 14 pp.513-523) The session introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the centre of managerial activity and, in this session, it is examined in relation to managerial rationality. Finally, change management is examined as the outcome of managerial decision-making and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the session employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Updated A.Y. 2018-2019
Organizational dynamics
and behavior
(Prof. Luca Gnan)
Teaching Members Responsible for the Course:
Prof. Luca Gnan
Email: luca.gnan@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via email
Prof.ssa Giulia Flamini
E-mail: giulia.flamini@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via email
We are committed to making this course a valuable learning experience for you. After the first month, we will spend part of a class session evaluating our progress, and we will make any necessary changes to keep us on track. However, we welcome your feedback at any time in the semester. It is easiest to reach us by email or during office hours, but we are always happy to set up an appointment. Additionally, if you have a disability that requires special accommodation, please let us know ASAP so that we can be helpful to you.
Emails, Office Hours & Feedback on Assignments
We endeavor to answer emails within 1 day. If you have not heard from us within that time, please resend the email. Grades & comments will be posted online in the materials section of the course website. We will be happy to give feedback and discuss assignments after all grading is complete for a certain assignment. Office hours are scheduled by email request.
We may answer questions of assignment clarification in class and via emails to benefit the entire class. We may also give extra grades (see below Team Project) during the course that, while generally designed to support learning in the course, will also help your participation grade. These are pass/fail and do not include comments.
Pre-requisites for the Course:
None.
Course description
While many of the courses in the MScBA teach you how to manage money, information and other material resources, this course is unique (and invaluable) in that you will learn how to manage your own performance and career by learning how to work with and through other people-even when you don't want to. Although skills in finance, accounting, marketing, operations, and strategy are crucial for organizational success, the ability to manage an organization, its groups, and its individuals is equally important. In your career, you will depend on people to accomplish tasks, goals, and projects; you will need to work for other people, work with other people, and supervise other people. An understanding of the human side of management is an essential complement to the technical skills you are learning in other courses. Although we will focus primarily on work, you will find that the course concepts have applications to a variety of organizations, including non-profits, athletic teams, social clubs, and religious and political groups.
This is an advanced course in organizational behavior designed to expose you to essential theories and concepts for analyzing, understanding, and managing human behavior in organizations. In this course we will apply concrete organizational situations from our case studies and projects to essential theories and effective management practices. In this class you will learn how to thrive at work by managing your relationships. In this course, we will investigate:
• Individual behavior in organizations, including personality, decision-making, personal networks, and ethics
• Interpersonal behavior, including teamwork, conflict, leadership, and power and influence
• Organizational factors affecting behavior, including reward systems, culture, and organizational design.
Learning Objectives
Explore in a managerial perspective research and practical applications on organizational behavior.
Objective of the training is to provide tools and analytical theory on analysis of individual and behavior in different group and organizational contexts, in order to:
- Understand and use the fundamental theories on organizational behavior
- Develop capacities for applying theories to practice
- Develop problem solving capacities with best practices discussion and case study analysis
The study route is divided into 4 different sections:
- Section I: The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community
- Section II: Managing Teams
- Section III: Understanding and Managing Individuals
- Section IV: Managing Key Organizational Processes.
At the end of the course students:
- will have a deeper understanding of how the study of organizational behavior can aid us in improving the performance and wellbeing of people at work;
- will have understood how models, theories and concepts about organizational behavior can be used to promote the effectiveness of individuals, groups and organizations;
- will have developed skills for the analysis of individual, group and organizational functioning that enhances their effectiveness as managers;
- will have developed a richer and more complex representation of organizational behavior, enabling them to contribute more effectively in the workplace.
Teaching methods
Lessons will be characterized by transfer of knowledge and the strong interaction within the classroom; there are analysis of situations problems and business cases in order to facilitate participants in learning.
Regular attending students are strongly recommended to participate to all the lectures and to all the preparations and presentations of the business cases.
To meet its goals, this course uses readings, lectures, exercises, cases, individual and team assignments, and class discussion. Case assignments provide an important foundation for class discussion and must be completed prior to each class session. The due dates for all cases and other assignments are listed in the class schedule at the end of the syllabus. Lectures will be used to highlight key points from the readings and provide additional information to supplement the readings. Cases will provide you with the opportunity to apply what you have learned to real world issues and scenarios. Because each of you brings unique perspectives and experiences to the class, participation in class discussions and activities is essential to your own learning as well as that of other class members. To further enrich your learning, you will also be matched with an MScBA Teaching Assistant.
Main References
A) Textbooks for regular attending students (in order to be considered regular attending student a participant should achieve at least an 85% of presence to lectures and case discussions):
R. Fincham, P. Rhodes, Principles of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005.
G. H. Seijts , Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
As far as the textbook Principles of Organizational Behaviour (Fincham, Rhodes, 2005) is concerned, regular attending students have to prepare the following parts:
- Introduction pp. 1 -11 (Organization Behavior: An Overview)
- Chapter 1 pp.19 - 50 (Expectations and Learning)
- Chapter 8 pp. 310-359 (Leadership Dynamics)
- Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp .500-510 (Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness)
- Chapter 7 pp. 275-305 (Group Dynamics and Performance)
- Chapter 10 pp. 394-417 (Conflict Management and Negotiation)
- Chapter 3 pp.93-146 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
- Chapter 4 pp.151-185 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
- Chapter 5 pp.191-233 (Motivation)
- Chapter 2 pp. 54-88 (Stress and the Management of Stress)
- Chapter 12 pp. 445-464 and Chapter 13 pp.468-491 (Organization and Work Design)
- Chapter 17 pp.570-592 (Creativity and Innovation)
- Chapter 15 pp.527-544 (Organizational Culture)
- Chapter 14 pp.513-523 (Organizational Change and Development)
During the course, seven cases (from the Cases in Organizational Behavior textbook, Seijts, 2005) will be discussed:
a) Chuck McKinonn (on the leadership issue)
b) eProcure - the Project (A) (on the leading and managing teams' issue)
c) The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management (on the team dynamics issue)
d) INTEL in China (on the Conflict Management and Negotiation issue)
e) Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion (on the Appreciating Individual Differences issue)
f) Elise Smart (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
g) Martin Brass Company (A) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
h) Victoria Hospital Redesign Initiative (on the Organizational design issue)
i) OP4.COM: a dynamic culture (on the Creativity and Innovation issue)
j) Deloitte & Touche: Integrating Arthur Andersen (on the Organizational Change and Development issue).
B) Textbooks for NON-regular attending students (in order to be considered regular attending student a participant should achieve at least an 85% of presence to lectures and case discussions):
R. FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005 (all chapters).
G. H. SEIJTS, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005 (all cases).
B) Supplementary textbooks
• Robins S., Judge T." Organizational behavior" 13 edition, Prentice Hall International, 2005
• Contemporary management" Jones, George, McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2006
• Managing Organizational Behavior" Jones, George, Prentice Hall International, 2007
• "Organizational change" B. Senior, J. Fleming, Prentice Hall International 3 edition, 2006
• "Management" Hitt, Black, Porter Prentice Hall International, Second Edition, 2008
• Organizational behavior, Debra Nelson, James Campbell Quicl, THOMSON, SOUTH WESTERN, 5th edition
• Managing Behavior in Organizations, Jerald Greenberg, 5th edition Pearson
• Adler, P. S. 1999 International dimensions of organizational behaviour London: International Thopmson
• Argyris, C. 1960 Understanding Organisational behaviour Homewood IL:Dorsey Press (HM300)
• Bandura, A. 1977 Social learning theory New Jersey: Prentice -Hall
• Banard, C. The functions of the executive Cambridge: Harvard University Press
• Beer, M. et al 1984 Managing human Assets New York : Free Press
• Braverman, H .1974 Labour and monopoly capital New York: Monthly Review press (Open shelve)
• Bryman, A. 1986 Leadership and organisations London: Routledge Kegan Paul
• Buchanan, D. A. Organisation in the computer age Aldershot: Gower
• Burns, T & Stalker, G. M. The management of innovation London: Tavistock (Open shelve)
• Child , J. 1972 "Organisational structure, environment and performance : The role of strategic choice" Sociology vol. 6 # 1 pp 1- 22
• Clegg, S. & Dunkerley,D 1980 Organisations, class and control London : Routledge & Kegan Paul
• Conti, R. F. & Warner, M. 1993 "Taylorism, new technology and just-in -time systems in Japanese Manufacturing" New Technology, work and employment, vol 8 # 100 31- 42
• Cyert, R. & March,J. G. 1992 A behavioural theory of the firm NJ: Prentice -Hall Englewoods Cliffs
• Dubin, E. (ed) 1976 Handbook of work, Organisation and Society Chicago Rand McNally
• Drucker, P. F. 1988 Management challenges in the 21st Century London: Heinemann
• _____________1989 The new realities London: Heinemann
• Duncan, R. B. 1974 "Modifications in decision making structures in adapting to the environment: some Implications for organisational learning" Decision sciences vol, 5 pp 704 -25
• Duncan, w. J. 1981 Organisational Behaviour Houghton: Mifflin
• French, J & Raven. B. 1958 "The bases of social power 'in D. Cartwright Studies in social Power Ann Arbor Institute for Social research (HM301)
• Gibson,J.L. et al 1994 Organisations: Behaviour structure and processes (Reserve)
• Gouldner, A. W. 1954 Patterns of industrial Bureaucracy New York: Free Press
• Gruneberg, M. & Wall, T.(eds) Social Psychology and organisational behaviour Chichester : John Wiley
• Hall, E. T . Understanding Cultural differences Yarmouth: Intercultural Press
• Handy, C 1999 Understanding Organisations 4th ed London: Penguin (Reserve HD31HAN)
• Hofstede, G. 1991 Cultures and Organisations London: McGraw -Hill
• Hodgetts, R. M. 1991 Organisational behaviour: Theory and practice New York: Macmillan company
• Kast, F.E. & Rosenzweig, J.E. Organization &Management11985 4th ed New jersey McGraw-hill (Reserve HD31KAS)
• Kotter, J. P. 1990 "what do leaders really do? " in Harvard Business review 73 pp59-67
• Mintzberg, H. 1983a Power in and around organisations New York: Prentice Hall
• ___________1983b Structures in fives: designing effective organisations Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
• Moorhead, G. and Griffin, R. w. 1998 Organisational Behaviour 5th edition Houghton: Mifflin Company
• Mullins, L. Management and Organisational behaviour London: Pitman, The financial times (Reserve)
• Perrow, C. 1970 Organisational analysis: A sociological review Belmont: Wadsworth
• Robbins, S. P. 1998 Organisational behaviour: Concepts, controversies and applications NJ: Prentice - Hall (Reserve)
• Simon, H 1957 Administrative behaviour NY: Macmillan
• Schein, E. H. 1975 Organisational culture and Leadership San Francisco: Jossey-bass
• Vecchio, R. P. 1995 organisational behaviour 3rd edition Orland: Dryden Press
Case Discussions
Regular attending students are expected to be fully engaged in the entire learning process. This means that regular attending students are expected to:
1) prepare the assigned readings of the cases prior to each class;
2) prepare as a group work a PowerPoint presentation on the case, based on the specific assignment;
3) come to class prepared to participate and to discuss in order to enhance the learning of the individual and the class.
On the web site of the course students find for each case the relative assignment. Please read carefully the questions before the lesson and use them for preparing the PowerPoint presentation.
Each student will be involved the class discussion on the cases and tie the assigned reading for the session. The objective is to bring all class members into the discussion. The cases are designed to integrate the concepts from the case into the context of the course. The preparation and the discussion of the cases do not exclude the study of the theoretical concepts useful for the discussion of the cases themselves and for the passing of the exam of the course.
With the cases' discussions in CLASSROOM, each student will develop:
1. The ability to set the parameters for the problem (key concepts from the case).
2. A depth of knowledge about the case subject (understanding of material, good response to the observations of others).
3. The ability to tie-in case with other course concepts.
4. The ability to get others involved in the discussion.
In order to effectively discuss the cases, students do:
· Be prepared with facts and specific quotes from the case.
· Be prepared to make a comment, ask a question, or make an observation about the case.
During the discussion, students do:
· Take a position on a question or a point.
- Ask clarifying questions.
· Help keep the discussion moving and on track.
- Help draw others into the discussion.
· Integrate theories and content from other cases.
During the discussion, students don't:
· Be unprepared and show your lack of knowledge.
- Monopolize the discussion.
- Make irrelevant comments.
· Be insensitive to other's desire to speak or to their opinions.
All the regular attending students are kindly invited to build up work groups (MINIMUM 3 PERSONS - MAXIMUM 5 PERSONS). Each work group should prepare a PowerPoint presentation for each case. Into the first slide, the names of the students belonging to the group should be reported.
The structure of the presentation should follow the following outline:
1. One or more introductory slides aimed at describing/reporting the story, the characters, all the necessary elements in order to clearly define che context and the boundaries of the case.
2. One slide mentioning the questions of the assignment and underlining the learning goals of the case.
3. One or more slides reporting the answers to each question of the assignment.
4. One or more slides reporting the final remarks on the case.
5. One closing slide about the lessons learned after the group discussion of the case.
How to prepare the PowerPoint presentation of the case?
Introduction - short presentation of case, short description of the problems and situations that should be coped with the discussion.
Diagnosis - Problem setting of the context and of the situation. Description of the mains facts and elements connected with the concepts and models of Organizational Behavior (e.g. organizational change, conflicts, motivation, satisfaction, leadership, managing people, group dynamics, etc.). What went wrong and which actions/situations, instead, were right? Which elements could be considered for the diagnosis?
Solution - Students should provide a possible solution to questions/problems related with the case and a viable and clear indication on how to approach the situation and how to solve it. The entire proposal should represent a consistent action plan in terms of behaviors and expected results.
Conclusions - Conclusions should not be longer than 300-500 words and should provide a description on how the situation and the problem characterized the case, on how Organizational Behavior schemata might help to solve the case, and what the proposed solution might generate in terms of organizational consequences.
Lessons learned - At the end of the presentation elements/suggestions/advices that we "take home" from the case discussion should be clearly identified and reported.
NOTE: During the case discussion, students should explicitly address the context and the different situations with concepts related with Organizational Behavior and with models and theories of this course.
Case Discussions' Class Participation
We believe that the best way to learn, especially about ODB, is to actively participate in your education. In this class, "participation" is defined in terms of quality contributions to class discussion and exercises. There are four prerequisites for successful participation:
1. Be here on time and prepared. If you're not here, you can't contribute much to class discussion. If you need to miss class for a predictable reason (e.g., job interview, athletic competition), please notify us at least 24 hours in advance so that we can make arrangements for any in-class exercises and so that you can obtain the materials distributed during the class. Of course, we realize that in some cases unforeseeable emergencies arise. Although we will not directly penalize you for non-attendance, be aware that multiple absences will indirectly hurt you by preventing you from participating in class, thereby lowering your participation grade. To contribute to class discussion, you must come to class having carefully prepared all assignments (i.e., readings, cases, exercises).
2. Be brave. Everyone in this class is smart, interesting, and has unique life experiences to share. You will get the most out of this course if you ask questions, voice opinions, and express your thoughts to one another. If you feel uncomfortable talking in class, please send me an email or set up an appointment to talk with me early in the semester. We will do everything we can to accommodate each of your individual circumstances, but we can only do so if they are brought to our attention.
3. Be courteous. Successful participation includes treating your classmates in a respectful and professional manner. Listen carefully to the comments and questions that your classmates voice. You may learn something new from their perspectives, and you will be able to avoid simply repeating something that another classmate has said earlier in discussion. Also, it is perfectly acceptable for you to voice disagreement with an opinion provided by another student. Open debate often leads to the most thoughtful and informative class discussions. However, please voice your disagreement in a kind and considerate manner.
4. Be engaged. This class is "unplugged." Once class starts, all electronics (e.g., computers, cell phones, tablets, etc.) should be turned off and put away. If you need to use a device because of a language or disability issue, you need to secure permission at the beginning of the class. The misuse of an electronic device (e.g., surfing the web or texting) will adversely affect your grade.
In order to facilitate the visioning of its own PowerPoint presentation in classroom, each work group should take a personal computer with PowerPoint installed and an available VGA connection.
By the 8pm of the day before of the case discussion, all regular attending students should send an email to the course's Instructors, attaching the case presentation prepared. They have to hand over a hard copy of the PowerPoint presentation. ONLY THE HANDING OVER OF THE HARD COPY CERTIFIES THE PREPARATION OF THE CASE FOR THE DISCUSSION. ONLY STUDENTS WHO HAD HANDED OVER ALL THE CASE PRESENTATIONS WILL BE ADMITTED TO THE PRE-EXAM.
Policy for Late Assignments
As in the business world, work must be received on time in order to receive full credit. If you are late on an assignment, your access to the Pre-Exam will be compromised. You are always welcome to hand in an assignment before its due date if you know that you will be busy as the due date approaches. If you think that you will not be able to complete an assignment by the stated due date, please speak with us in advance to make alternative arrangements. Our policy on late assignments will depend on the specific circumstances surrounding the problem, and thus may differ from student to student. Providing advance notice about a late assignment will minimize the penalty you receive on that assignment, but does not guarantee that there will be no penalty for turning the assignment in late.
Other learning sources
Slides and other material will be available under the course web site.
THE SLIDES DO NOT REPRESENT A SUPPORT FOR AN EFFECTIVE AND SUCCESFUL PREPARATION TO THE EXAM OF THE COURSE. THEY REPRESENT ONLY A HELP TO FACILITATE THE TRANSFER OF THE KNOWLEDGES TO STUDENTS DURING THE LESSONS.
Attendance
Because of the concentrated nature of the MScBA program, attendance in class is very important.
Students with less than 85% of attendance to lectures and case discussions (including arriving late or leaving early) will be required to prepare for the exam ALL the chapters of the textbook R. FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles Of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005 and ALL the cases of the textbook G. H. SEIJTS, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
NOTE : Attendance to the first class session is mandatory. Important information about the course and the instructor's expectations are given during the first session. If you know that you will have to be absent for one session, please contact your instructor to ensure that absence from a particular session is acceptable.
Exam
The exam is a written exam. The duration is about 3-4 hours and it includes:
a) Case discussion - You may be given a case study to which some questions may pertain in order to lead the discussion. As you respond to the questions, please use specific content and theories (use names to identify theories and models) as the basis of your analysis. You will not receive credit for your personal opinions unless backed by theory, lecture, and/or text material. Also, describe how you see the content/theory applying to the situation. Your answers will be evaluated based upon both quantity and quality. Answers that are more complete and demonstrate a higher level of understanding and analysis will receive more points.
b) Some questions directly connected to the course textbooks - The questions could open, closed (multiple choice), or a combination of the both. You may be asked to discuss the models and the theories presented during the course. You will be asked to interpret some real incidents and to focus your attention to some specific theoretical issues.
Pre-Exam participation and exam grades registering on the booklet
Only regular attending students (85% of attendance to lectures and case discussions, including arriving late or leaving early) that have delivered the hard copies of ALL the case to the Instructors are allowed to take the pre-exam.
Only regular registered students on the DELPHI System will be allowed to register their grade.
The pre-exam grades will be registered on the first official exam date AFTER THE COURSE ENDING. It is compulsory to come on that date of the exam for registering the grade on the Delphi and on the booklet.
Team Project
The purpose of the project is to give your team an opportunity to apply what has been learned in the course (through course lectures, readings, and case discussions) to problems in an organization of your team's choice.
Class members, regular attending students, will work in teams of four (4) people.
To the Team Project regular attending students will be allowed to achieve a -3/+3 extra points to the final grade of the Pre-Exam. Only regular attending students, taking the Pre-Exam will be accepted for the Team Project.
Your team should identify a public, private, or non-profit organization to study (Please, no student groups).
Your team is to gather information from people in an organization through direct contact. You may supplement this information with data from the media, the organization's literature, and other secondary sources. You should identify a relatively recent problem to analyze (i.e., this should not be an historical account of a problem and the company's solution). You should focus your analysis by applying the concepts from the course. While it is acceptable to incorporate several concepts from the course, please aim for depth rather than breadth regarding the use of course concepts. Your goal is to diagnose the mechanisms that are causing the problem or issue of concern in the organization. Initially, you may notice many symptoms (for instance, high turnover, seemingly low morale, low commitment, motivation etc.), but your task is to get to the underlying reason for these symptoms. And beware, sometimes the initial symptoms we think we see are not what they appear to be.
There are three broad goals for this assignment:
1. One goal of this assignment is obviously to take the initiative to make a positive contribution to an organization.
2. Another major goal is to provide an opportunity for you to learn more about organizational behavior first hand and to use your critical thinking and reflection skills to link your experience with this organization to your learning in relation to organizational behavior theory.
3. The final goal is to provide a forum for you to hone your skills as a team member and leader and to reflect on the learning gained from this team experience. Each team will make a presentation to the class and write a paper that describes what you did for the organization, what you learned about organizational behavior, and what you learned about working on a team.
To meet these broad goals, your team should answer the following questions in the assignments detailed below.
a) What are the issues or problems facing the organization?
b) What course concepts can be applied to understand why this problem is occurring?
c) What recommendations can you offer to help improve organizational functioning?
Deliverables of the Team Project:
1. The project proposal e-mail is due by email to Instructors by the date of the 9th session of the course by 5pm. It should include:
a) the names of your group members
b) your team name
c) the name of the organization
d) the name, contact information and level of your contact person
e) the method you will use to gain access to the organization
f) a brief description (one paragraph) of the problem facing the organization.
2. Your written project is due by email to Instructors by the date of the 18th session of the course by 5pm .
It should contain a maximum of 15 double spaced pages (1 cm margins, 12 point font). You will be penalized significantly for exceeding this limit. The limit does not include appendices, which you are free to use to provide charts, figures, or other background material not necessary in the main body of your analysis. However, appendices that are not directly referenced in the main text will not be read. LATE PROJECT WRITE-UPS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.
This written project should summarize what you did for/within the organization, what you have learned about organizational behavior, and what you have learned about working on a team.
Grading of the Team Project:
Your group project will be evaluated on the following criteria:
a) Problem definition: How well (i.e., thoroughly and concisely) do you describe the organizational context, the relevant parties, and the factors that are important to the problem?
b) Accurate and thorough use of course concepts.
c) Integration of course concepts with information about the company and problem, i.e., how well do you integrate course concepts with information about the problem to illuminate the problem in a way that leads to solutions?
d) Extent to which recommendations are consistent with analysis.
e) Quality of written analysis.
Analytical Syllabus
Session |
Agenda |
Lecture/ Case discussion |
Instructor |
Section I: The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community
|
|||
1 |
Organization Behavior: An Overview (Introduction pp. 1 -11) Drawing on areas of psychology and sociology, the The introductory lecture takes disciple-based approaches, dividing the course into four distinctive levels of analysis: individual, group, organizational, and processes (IGOP). This IGOP framework encompasses the approaches to explain social action and behavior, and provides an insight into this fascinating subject. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
2 |
Expectations and Learning (Chapter 1 pp.19 - 50) The lecture introduces the student to the basic concepts of learning. An effort is made to link these concepts to what actually happens in the workplace. Having said that, it is important that students do not restrict themselves to just explaining psychological terms but makes sure that they have understood why learning is important in the workplace and how classical and operant conditioning, schedules of reinforcement, the idea of technology of behaviour, learning strategies, and the transfer of training back to the workplace contribute in or may inhibit successful learning. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
3 |
Chuck McKinonn CASE (Leadership Dynamics - Chapter 8 pp. 310-359) The session discusses leadership and the relevant research that aims to define and explain leadership effectiveness. The impact of leadership on organizational life is two-fold, in the sense that successful or poor leadership affects both those who trust the leader and assess their qualities to make judgements about the business (i.e. shareholders), and those within the organization (i.e. employees). It has been argued that poor leadership ultimately destroys the 'human spirit' essential to ensuring organizational effectiveness. The hierarchical structure means that organizations continually have to face the problem of selecting and training people to assume positions of authority over others. At every level in organizations and in every department there will be groups of 'subordinates' under the control of 'superordinates' - in other words there will be 'leadership situations'. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section II: Managing teams
|
|||
4 |
eProcure - the Project (A) CASE (Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp. 500-510) The session is twofold. Firstly, it explores social interaction. This involves all the processes that underlie the activity between people in everyday social settings. The two basic concepts to be examined are dramaturgy, i.e. the expressive and symbolic aspects of social interaction, and social skill, i.e. cognitive and automated processes of social behaviour. Also it examines what kinds of modelling and categorization are involved in social interaction. This will help explain how changes in social competence occur and why some individuals are more socially apt than others at jobs that involve social skills. Secondly, it introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the centre of managerial activity and, in this chapter, it is examined in relation to managerial rationality. Finally, change management is examined as the outcome of managerial decision-making and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the lecture employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
5 |
Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness (Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp. 500-510) Again, the lecture is twofold. Firstly, it explores social interaction. This involves all the processes that underlie the activity between people in everyday social settings. The two basic concepts to be examined are dramaturgy, i.e. the expressive and symbolic aspects of social interaction, and social skill, i.e. cognitive and automated processes of social behaviour. Also it examines what kinds of modelling and categorization are involved in social interaction. This will help explain how changes in social competence occur and why some individuals are more socially apt than others at jobs that involve social skills. Secondly, it introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the centre of managerial activity and, in this chapter, it is examined in relation to managerial rationality. Finally, change management is examined as the outcome of managerial decision-making and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the lecture employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
6 |
The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management CASE (Group Dynamics and Performance -Chapter 7 pp. 275-305) The session discusses groups and intergroup behaviour. They explore the effects of group membership on the behaviour of the individual, their identity and raise the notion of employee involvement. The interest in teamwork rises from the expectation that teams deliver more than individuals alone. However, the session adopts a critical standpoint and also critically explore dysfunctional group relations and the processes that promote or undermine group effectiveness. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
7 |
INTEL in China (Conflict Management and Negotiation - Chapter 10 pp. 394-417) The session discusses conflict and consent at work. It follows the path of the labour process debate, the main body of theory about the employment relationship and the nature of work. They refer to aspects of subjectivity of workplace relations, such as resistance and consent as well as gender issues, and illustrate the scene of industrial relations conflict and action today. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section III: Understanding and Managing Individuals
|
|||
8 |
Appreciating Individual Differences (Chapter 3 pp.93-146) The lecture explores the concepts of personality and intelligence and their impact on organizational life. Personality has an impact not only an individual's working relationships with others but also more generally on the entire corporate culture. The chapter also examines the attempts made to describe the differences we observe day-to-day in each others' personalities and the possible impact these have on our effectiveness and organizational culture. Intelligence and its impact on organization are also explored. The impact of intelligence is not so much the result of intelligence itself but flows more subtly from the effect of our shared assumptions about the impact and importance of intellectual differences. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
9 |
Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion CASE (Appreciating Individual Differences - Chapter 4 pp.151-185) The session examines how the human attributes differentiating individuals are applied in organizations. Assessment is initially associated with the 'point of entry'. Increasingly, however, assessments are used for a variety of reasons. The demand for flexible, adaptable individuals that are high performers require assessments to serve strategic functions in organizations, i.e. identifying such individuals. One framework claiming to enable a more strategic approach to assessment by linking business objective, organizational culture, and employee performance more closely is competency. Its proponents argue that this is a way of managing people more effectively. On the other hand, however, its critics would argue that it is simply another control mechanism. The chapter also describes the range of assessment methodologies and processes and their use in organizational settings and examines how these processes can be evaluated. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
10 |
Motivation (Chapter 5 pp.191-233) The lecture discusses motivation and job satisfaction. These are topics that have attracted considerable interest from academic psychologists, popular writers, and social commentators. Motivation and job satisfaction are important aspect of the organizational behaviour since the workplace and the experiences of employees have frequently been negative. Factories have often been dangerous places that hardly promote maturity and well-being. Clerical work has been described as lacking intrinsic satisfaction and managers have often reported feeling under excessive pressure in their work. From a managerial perspective the consequences of low motivation and job satisfaction have to be managed to eliminate sabotage, staff turnover, absenteeism, poor industrial relations, and low productivity. The aim of this lecture is to examine the extent to which the 'human resource' school of psychology and other writers have advanced our understanding of the two underlying concepts. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
11 |
Elise Smart CASE (Stress and the Management of Stress - Chapter 2 pp. 54-88) The session introduces the concept of stress in the workplace. The session is an all-inclusive account of stress, its causes, and whether stress can be managed or not. The session emphasizes the importance of stress and its impact on UK workplaces. Three different approaches are presented: stress as a response, as a cause, and the appraisal concept. Types of stress and individual differences are all explored. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
12 |
Martin Brass Company (A/B/C) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing CASE (Stress and the Management of Stress - Chapter 2 pp. 54-88) The session, again ague about the concept of stress in the workplace. The session is an all-inclusive account of stress, its causes, and whether stress can be managed or not. The session emphasizes the importance of stress and its impact on UK workplaces. Three different approaches are presented: stress as a response, as a cause, and the appraisal concept. Types of stress and individual differences are all explored. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section IV: Managing Key Organizational Processes
|
|||
13 |
Organization and Work Design (Chapter 12 pp. 445-464) The lecture explores the concepts of structure and control in organizations. It present various critical interpretations of organization, the central figure of which is Weber. The approach taken is one that questions efficiency as an issue of primary importance and focuses on power and how it is experienced in organizations. Students should understand the basic parameters that surround the debate of structure and control. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
14 |
Organization and Work Design (Chapter 13 pp.468-491) The lecture introduces the topic of structure and performance in organizations. It pursues a managerial approach in order to explore the priorities and objectives in organizations, namely efficiency and effectiveness. It argues that one way or the other we are all caught up in these issues and hence their exploration is necessary for a wider understanding of organizational behaviour. Students should understand the basic ideas of organizational analysis. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
15 |
Victoria Hospital Redesign Initiative CASE (Organization and Work Design - Chapter 12 pp. 445-464 and Chapter 13 pp.468-491) The session is devoted to apply and integrate organizational behaviour concepts and Organizational design models and principles. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
16 |
OP4.COM: a dynamic culture CASE (Creativity and Innovation - Chapter 17 pp.570-592) The session introduces the concept of management knowledge and fashion. A critical encounter of the emergence, the dissemination, and value of recent popular ideas is examined. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
17 |
Organizational Culture (Chapter 15 pp.527-544) The lecture discusses the concept of organizational culture. It attempts to explain the relation between organizational culture and the business context, how culture contributes to organizational innovativeness, the contribution of organizational culture to management change, etc. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
18 |
Deloitte & Touche: Integrating Arthur Andersen CASE (Organizational Change and Development - Chapter 14 pp.513-523) The session introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the centre of managerial activity and, in this session, it is examined in relation to managerial rationality. Finally, change management is examined as the outcome of managerial decision-making and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the session employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Updated A.Y. 2017-2018
Organizational dynamics
and behavior
(Prof. Luca Gnan)
Teaching Members Responsible for the Course:
Prof. Luca Gnan
Email: luca.gnan@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via email
Prof.ssa Giulia Flamini
E-mail: giulia.flamini@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via email
We are committed to making this course a valuable learning experience for you. After the first month, we will spend part of a class session evaluating our progress, and we will make any necessary changes to keep us on track. However, we welcome your feedback at any time in the semester. It is easiest to reach us by email or during office hours, but we are always happy to set up an appointment. Additionally, if you have a disability that requires special accommodation, please let us know ASAP so that we can be helpful to you.
Emails, Office Hours & Feedback on Assignments
We endeavor to answer emails within 1 day. If you have not heard from us within that time, please resend the email. Grades & comments will be posted online in the materials section of the course website. We will be happy to give feedback and discuss assignments after all grading is complete for a certain assignment. Office hours are scheduled by email request.
We may answer questions of assignment clarification in class and via emails to benefit the entire class. We may also give extra grades (see below Team Project) during the course that, while generally designed to support learning in the course, will also help your participation grade. These are pass/fail and do not include comments.
Pre-requisites for the Course:
None.
Course description
While many of the courses in the MScBA teach you how to manage money, information and other material resources, this course is unique (and invaluable) in that you will learn how to manage your own performance and career by learning how to work with and through other people-even when you don't want to. Although skills in finance, accounting, marketing, operations, and strategy are crucial for organizational success, the ability to manage an organization, its groups, and its individuals is equally important. In your career, you will depend on people to accomplish tasks, goals, and projects; you will need to work for other people, work with other people, and supervise other people. An understanding of the human side of management is an essential complement to the technical skills you are learning in other courses. Although we will focus primarily on work, you will find that the course concepts have applications to a variety of organizations, including non-profits, athletic teams, social clubs, and religious and political groups.
This is an advanced course in organizational behavior designed to expose you to essential theories and concepts for analyzing, understanding, and managing human behavior in organizations. In this course we will apply concrete organizational situations from our case studies and projects to essential theories and effective management practices. In this class you will learn how to thrive at work by managing your relationships. In this course, we will investigate:
• Individual behavior in organizations, including personality, decision-making, personal networks, and ethics
• Interpersonal behavior, including teamwork, conflict, leadership, and power and influence
• Organizational factors affecting behavior, including reward systems, culture, and organizational design.
Learning Objectives
Explore in a managerial perspective research and practical applications on organizational behavior.
Objective of the training is to provide tools and analytical theory on analysis of individual and behavior in different group and organizational contexts, in order to:
- Understand and use the fundamental theories on organizational behavior
- Develop capacities for applying theories to practice
- Develop problem solving capacities with best practices discussion and case study analysis
The study route is divided into 4 different sections:
- Section I: The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community
- Section II: Managing Teams
- Section III: Understanding and Managing Individuals
- Section IV: Managing Key Organizational Processes.
At the end of the course students:
- will have a deeper understanding of how the study of organizational behavior can aid us in improving the performance and wellbeing of people at work;
- will have understood how models, theories and concepts about organizational behavior can be used to promote the effectiveness of individuals, groups and organizations;
- will have developed skills for the analysis of individual, group and organizational functioning that enhances their effectiveness as managers;
- will have developed a richer and more complex representation of organizational behavior, enabling them to contribute more effectively in the workplace.
Teaching methods
Lessons will be characterized by transfer of knowledge and the strong interaction within the classroom; there are analysis of situations problems and business cases in order to facilitate participants in learning.
Regular attending students are strongly recommended to participate to all the lectures and to all the preparations and presentations of the business cases.
To meet its goals, this course uses readings, lectures, exercises, cases, individual and team assignments, and class discussion. Case assignments provide an important foundation for class discussion and must be completed prior to each class session. The due dates for all cases and other assignments are listed in the class schedule at the end of the syllabus. Lectures will be used to highlight key points from the readings and provide additional information to supplement the readings. Cases will provide you with the opportunity to apply what you have learned to real world issues and scenarios. Because each of you brings unique perspectives and experiences to the class, participation in class discussions and activities is essential to your own learning as well as that of other class members. To further enrich your learning, you will also be matched with an MScBA Teaching Assistant.
Main References
A) Textbooks for regular attending students (in order to be considered regular attending student a participant should achieve at least an 85% of presence to lectures and case discussions):
R. Fincham, P. Rhodes, Principles of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005.
G. H. Seijts , Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
As far as the textbook Principles of Organizational Behaviour (Fincham, Rhodes, 2005) is concerned, regular attending students have to prepare the following parts:
- Introduction pp. 1 -11 (Organization Behavior: An Overview)
- Chapter 1 pp.19 - 50 (Expectations and Learning)
- Chapter 8 pp. 310-359 (Leadership Dynamics)
- Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp .500-510 (Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness)
- Chapter 7 pp. 275-305 (Group Dynamics and Performance)
- Chapter 10 pp. 394-417 (Conflict Management and Negotiation)
- Chapter 3 pp.93-146 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
- Chapter 4 pp.151-185 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
- Chapter 5 pp.191-233 (Motivation)
- Chapter 2 pp. 54-88 (Stress and the Management of Stress)
- Chapter 12 pp. 445-464 and Chapter 13 pp.468-491 (Organization and Work Design)
- Chapter 17 pp.570-592 (Creativity and Innovation)
- Chapter 15 pp.527-544 (Organizational Culture)
- Chapter 14 pp.513-523 (Organizational Change and Development)
During the course, seven cases (from the Cases in Organizational Behavior textbook, Seijts, 2005) will be discussed:
a) Chuck McKinonn (on the leadership issue)
b) eProcure - the Project (A) (on the leading and managing teams' issue)
c) The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management (on the team dynamics issue)
d) INTEL in China (on the Conflict Management and Negotiation issue)
e) Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion (on the Appreciating Individual Differences issue)
f) Elise Smart (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
g) Martin Brass Company (A) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
h) Victoria Hospital Redesign Initiative (on the Organizational design issue)
i) OP4.COM: a dynamic culture (on the Creativity and Innovation issue)
j) Deloitte & Touche: Integrating Arthur Andersen (on the Organizational Change and Development issue).
B) Textbooks for NON-regular attending students (in order to be considered regular attending student a participant should achieve at least an 85% of presence to lectures and case discussions):
R. FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005 (all chapters).
G. H. SEIJTS, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005 (all cases).
B) Supplementary textbooks
• Robins S., Judge T." Organizational behavior" 13 edition, Prentice Hall International, 2005
• Contemporary management" Jones, George, McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2006
• Managing Organizational Behavior" Jones, George, Prentice Hall International, 2007
• "Organizational change" B. Senior, J. Fleming, Prentice Hall International 3 edition, 2006
• "Management" Hitt, Black, Porter Prentice Hall International, Second Edition, 2008
• Organizational behavior, Debra Nelson, James Campbell Quicl, THOMSON, SOUTH WESTERN, 5th edition
• Managing Behavior in Organizations, Jerald Greenberg, 5th edition Pearson
• Adler, P. S. 1999 International dimensions of organizational behaviour London: International Thopmson
• Argyris, C. 1960 Understanding Organisational behaviour Homewood IL:Dorsey Press (HM300)
• Bandura, A. 1977 Social learning theory New Jersey: Prentice -Hall
• Banard, C. The functions of the executive Cambridge: Harvard University Press
• Beer, M. et al 1984 Managing human Assets New York : Free Press
• Braverman, H .1974 Labour and monopoly capital New York: Monthly Review press (Open shelve)
• Bryman, A. 1986 Leadership and organisations London: Routledge Kegan Paul
• Buchanan, D. A. Organisation in the computer age Aldershot: Gower
• Burns, T & Stalker, G. M. The management of innovation London: Tavistock (Open shelve)
• Child , J. 1972 "Organisational structure, environment and performance : The role of strategic choice" Sociology vol. 6 # 1 pp 1- 22
• Clegg, S. & Dunkerley,D 1980 Organisations, class and control London : Routledge & Kegan Paul
• Conti, R. F. & Warner, M. 1993 "Taylorism, new technology and just-in -time systems in Japanese Manufacturing" New Technology, work and employment, vol 8 # 100 31- 42
• Cyert, R. & March,J. G. 1992 A behavioural theory of the firm NJ: Prentice -Hall Englewoods Cliffs
• Dubin, E. (ed) 1976 Handbook of work, Organisation and Society Chicago Rand McNally
• Drucker, P. F. 1988 Management challenges in the 21st Century London: Heinemann
• _____________1989 The new realities London: Heinemann
• Duncan, R. B. 1974 "Modifications in decision making structures in adapting to the environment: some Implications for organisational learning" Decision sciences vol, 5 pp 704 -25
• Duncan, w. J. 1981 Organisational Behaviour Houghton: Mifflin
• French, J & Raven. B. 1958 "The bases of social power 'in D. Cartwright Studies in social Power Ann Arbor Institute for Social research (HM301)
• Gibson,J.L. et al 1994 Organisations: Behaviour structure and processes (Reserve)
• Gouldner, A. W. 1954 Patterns of industrial Bureaucracy New York: Free Press
• Gruneberg, M. & Wall, T.(eds) Social Psychology and organisational behaviour Chichester : John Wiley
• Hall, E. T . Understanding Cultural differences Yarmouth: Intercultural Press
• Handy, C 1999 Understanding Organisations 4th ed London: Penguin (Reserve HD31HAN)
• Hofstede, G. 1991 Cultures and Organisations London: McGraw -Hill
• Hodgetts, R. M. 1991 Organisational behaviour: Theory and practice New York: Macmillan company
• Kast, F.E. & Rosenzweig, J.E. Organization &Management11985 4th ed New jersey McGraw-hill (Reserve HD31KAS)
• Kotter, J. P. 1990 "what do leaders really do? " in Harvard Business review 73 pp59-67
• Mintzberg, H. 1983a Power in and around organisations New York: Prentice Hall
• ___________1983b Structures in fives: designing effective organisations Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
• Moorhead, G. and Griffin, R. w. 1998 Organisational Behaviour 5th edition Houghton: Mifflin Company
• Mullins, L. Management and Organisational behaviour London: Pitman, The financial times (Reserve)
• Perrow, C. 1970 Organisational analysis: A sociological review Belmont: Wadsworth
• Robbins, S. P. 1998 Organisational behaviour: Concepts, controversies and applications NJ: Prentice - Hall (Reserve)
• Simon, H 1957 Administrative behaviour NY: Macmillan
• Schein, E. H. 1975 Organisational culture and Leadership San Francisco: Jossey-bass
• Vecchio, R. P. 1995 organisational behaviour 3rd edition Orland: Dryden Press
Case Discussions
Regular attending students are expected to be fully engaged in the entire learning process. This means that regular attending students are expected to:
1) prepare the assigned readings of the cases prior to each class;
2) prepare as a group work a PowerPoint presentation on the case, based on the specific assignment;
3) come to class prepared to participate and to discuss in order to enhance the learning of the individual and the class.
On the web site of the course students find for each case the relative assignment. Please read carefully the questions before the lesson and use them for preparing the PowerPoint presentation.
Each student will be involved the class discussion on the cases and tie the assigned reading for the session. The objective is to bring all class members into the discussion. The cases are designed to integrate the concepts from the case into the context of the course. The preparation and the discussion of the cases do not exclude the study of the theoretical concepts useful for the discussion of the cases themselves and for the passing of the exam of the course.
With the cases' discussions in CLASSROOM, each student will develop:
1. The ability to set the parameters for the problem (key concepts from the case).
2. A depth of knowledge about the case subject (understanding of material, good response to the observations of others).
3. The ability to tie-in case with other course concepts.
4. The ability to get others involved in the discussion.
In order to effectively discuss the cases, students do:
· Be prepared with facts and specific quotes from the case.
· Be prepared to make a comment, ask a question, or make an observation about the case.
During the discussion, students do:
· Take a position on a question or a point.
- Ask clarifying questions.
· Help keep the discussion moving and on track.
- Help draw others into the discussion.
· Integrate theories and content from other cases.
During the discussion, students don't:
· Be unprepared and show your lack of knowledge.
- Monopolize the discussion.
- Make irrelevant comments.
· Be insensitive to other's desire to speak or to their opinions.
All the regular attending students are kindly invited to build up work groups (MINIMUM 3 PERSONS - MAXIMUM 5 PERSONS). Each work group should prepare a PowerPoint presentation for each case. Into the first slide, the names of the students belonging to the group should be reported.
The structure of the presentation should follow the following outline:
1. One or more introductory slides aimed at describing/reporting the story, the characters, all the necessary elements in order to clearly define che context and the boundaries of the case.
2. One slide mentioning the questions of the assignment and underlining the learning goals of the case.
3. One or more slides reporting the answers to each question of the assignment.
4. One or more slides reporting the final remarks on the case.
5. One closing slide about the lessons learned after the group discussion of the case.
How to prepare the PowerPoint presentation of the case?
Introduction - short presentation of case, short description of the problems and situations that should be coped with the discussion.
Diagnosis - Problem setting of the context and of the situation. Description of the mains facts and elements connected with the concepts and models of Organizational Behavior (e.g. organizational change, conflicts, motivation, satisfaction, leadership, managing people, group dynamics, etc.). What went wrong and which actions/situations, instead, were right? Which elements could be considered for the diagnosis?
Solution - Students should provide a possible solution to questions/problems related with the case and a viable and clear indication on how to approach the situation and how to solve it. The entire proposal should represent a consistent action plan in terms of behaviors and expected results.
Conclusions - Conclusions should not be longer than 300-500 words and should provide a description on how the situation and the problem characterized the case, on how Organizational Behavior schemata might help to solve the case, and what the proposed solution might generate in terms of organizational consequences.
Lessons learned - At the end of the presentation elements/suggestions/advices that we "take home" from the case discussion should be clearly identified and reported.
NOTE: During the case discussion, students should explicitly address the context and the different situations with concepts related with Organizational Behavior and with models and theories of this course.
Case Discussions' Class Participation
We believe that the best way to learn, especially about ODB, is to actively participate in your education. In this class, "participation" is defined in terms of quality contributions to class discussion and exercises. There are four prerequisites for successful participation:
1. Be here on time and prepared. If you're not here, you can't contribute much to class discussion. If you need to miss class for a predictable reason (e.g., job interview, athletic competition), please notify us at least 24 hours in advance so that we can make arrangements for any in-class exercises and so that you can obtain the materials distributed during the class. Of course, we realize that in some cases unforeseeable emergencies arise. Although we will not directly penalize you for non-attendance, be aware that multiple absences will indirectly hurt you by preventing you from participating in class, thereby lowering your participation grade. To contribute to class discussion, you must come to class having carefully prepared all assignments (i.e., readings, cases, exercises).
2. Be brave. Everyone in this class is smart, interesting, and has unique life experiences to share. You will get the most out of this course if you ask questions, voice opinions, and express your thoughts to one another. If you feel uncomfortable talking in class, please send me an email or set up an appointment to talk with me early in the semester. We will do everything we can to accommodate each of your individual circumstances, but we can only do so if they are brought to our attention.
3. Be courteous. Successful participation includes treating your classmates in a respectful and professional manner. Listen carefully to the comments and questions that your classmates voice. You may learn something new from their perspectives, and you will be able to avoid simply repeating something that another classmate has said earlier in discussion. Also, it is perfectly acceptable for you to voice disagreement with an opinion provided by another student. Open debate often leads to the most thoughtful and informative class discussions. However, please voice your disagreement in a kind and considerate manner.
4. Be engaged. This class is "unplugged." Once class starts, all electronics (e.g., computers, cell phones, tablets, etc.) should be turned off and put away. If you need to use a device because of a language or disability issue, you need to secure permission at the beginning of the class. The misuse of an electronic device (e.g., surfing the web or texting) will adversely affect your grade.
In order to facilitate the visioning of its own PowerPoint presentation in classroom, each work group should take a personal computer with PowerPoint installed and an available VGA connection.
By the 8pm of the day before of the case discussion, all regular attending students should send an email to the course's Instructors, attaching the case presentation prepared. They have to hand over a hard copy of the PowerPoint presentation. ONLY THE HANDING OVER OF THE HARD COPY CERTIFIES THE PREPARATION OF THE CASE FOR THE DISCUSSION. ONLY STUDENTS WHO HAD HANDED OVER ALL THE CASE PRESENTATIONS WILL BE ADMITTED TO THE PRE-EXAM.
Policy for Late Assignments
As in the business world, work must be received on time in order to receive full credit. If you are late on an assignment, your access to the Pre-Exam will be compromised. You are always welcome to hand in an assignment before its due date if you know that you will be busy as the due date approaches. If you think that you will not be able to complete an assignment by the stated due date, please speak with us in advance to make alternative arrangements. Our policy on late assignments will depend on the specific circumstances surrounding the problem, and thus may differ from student to student. Providing advance notice about a late assignment will minimize the penalty you receive on that assignment, but does not guarantee that there will be no penalty for turning the assignment in late.
Other learning sources
Slides and other material will be available under the course web site.
THE SLIDES DO NOT REPRESENT A SUPPORT FOR AN EFFECTIVE AND SUCCESFUL PREPARATION TO THE EXAM OF THE COURSE. THEY REPRESENT ONLY A HELP TO FACILITATE THE TRANSFER OF THE KNOWLEDGES TO STUDENTS DURING THE LESSONS.
Attendance
Because of the concentrated nature of the MScBA program, attendance in class is very important.
Students with less than 85% of attendance to lectures and case discussions (including arriving late or leaving early) will be required to prepare for the exam ALL the chapters of the textbook R. FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles Of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005 and ALL the cases of the textbook G. H. SEIJTS, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
NOTE : Attendance to the first class session is mandatory. Important information about the course and the instructor's expectations are given during the first session. If you know that you will have to be absent for one session, please contact your instructor to ensure that absence from a particular session is acceptable.
Exam
The exam is a written exam. The duration is about 3-4 hours and it includes:
a) Case discussion - You may be given a case study to which some questions may pertain in order to lead the discussion. As you respond to the questions, please use specific content and theories (use names to identify theories and models) as the basis of your analysis. You will not receive credit for your personal opinions unless backed by theory, lecture, and/or text material. Also, describe how you see the content/theory applying to the situation. Your answers will be evaluated based upon both quantity and quality. Answers that are more complete and demonstrate a higher level of understanding and analysis will receive more points.
b) Some questions directly connected to the course textbooks - The questions could open, closed (multiple choice), or a combination of the both. You may be asked to discuss the models and the theories presented during the course. You will be asked to interpret some real incidents and to focus your attention to some specific theoretical issues.
Pre-Exam participation and exam grades registering on the booklet
Only regular attending students (85% of attendance to lectures and case discussions, including arriving late or leaving early) that have delivered the hard copies of ALL the case to the Instructors are allowed to take the pre-exam.
Only regular registered students on the DELPHI System will be allowed to register their grade.
The pre-exam grades will be registered on the first official exam date AFTER THE COURSE ENDING. It is compulsory to come on that date of the exam for registering the grade on the Delphi and on the booklet.
Team Project
The purpose of the project is to give your team an opportunity to apply what has been learned in the course (through course lectures, readings, and case discussions) to problems in an organization of your team's choice.
Class members, regular attending students, will work in teams of four (4) people.
To the Team Project regular attending students will be allowed to achieve a -3/+3 extra points to the final grade of the Pre-Exam. Only regular attending students, taking the Pre-Exam will be accepted for the Team Project.
Your team should identify a public, private, or non-profit organization to study (Please, no student groups).
Your team is to gather information from people in an organization through direct contact. You may supplement this information with data from the media, the organization's literature, and other secondary sources. You should identify a relatively recent problem to analyze (i.e., this should not be an historical account of a problem and the company's solution). You should focus your analysis by applying the concepts from the course. While it is acceptable to incorporate several concepts from the course, please aim for depth rather than breadth regarding the use of course concepts. Your goal is to diagnose the mechanisms that are causing the problem or issue of concern in the organization. Initially, you may notice many symptoms (for instance, high turnover, seemingly low morale, low commitment, motivation etc.), but your task is to get to the underlying reason for these symptoms. And beware, sometimes the initial symptoms we think we see are not what they appear to be.
There are three broad goals for this assignment:
1. One goal of this assignment is obviously to take the initiative to make a positive contribution to an organization.
2. Another major goal is to provide an opportunity for you to learn more about organizational behavior first hand and to use your critical thinking and reflection skills to link your experience with this organization to your learning in relation to organizational behavior theory.
3. The final goal is to provide a forum for you to hone your skills as a team member and leader and to reflect on the learning gained from this team experience. Each team will make a presentation to the class and write a paper that describes what you did for the organization, what you learned about organizational behavior, and what you learned about working on a team.
To meet these broad goals, your team should answer the following questions in the assignments detailed below.
a) What are the issues or problems facing the organization?
b) What course concepts can be applied to understand why this problem is occurring?
c) What recommendations can you offer to help improve organizational functioning?
Deliverables of the Team Project:
1. The project proposal e-mail is due by email to Instructors by the date of the 9th session of the course by 5pm. It should include:
a) the names of your group members
b) your team name
c) the name of the organization
d) the name, contact information and level of your contact person
e) the method you will use to gain access to the organization
f) a brief description (one paragraph) of the problem facing the organization.
2. Your written project is due by email to Instructors by the date of the 18th session of the course by 5pm .
It should contain a maximum of 15 double spaced pages (1 cm margins, 12 point font). You will be penalized significantly for exceeding this limit. The limit does not include appendices, which you are free to use to provide charts, figures, or other background material not necessary in the main body of your analysis. However, appendices that are not directly referenced in the main text will not be read. LATE PROJECT WRITE-UPS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.
This written project should summarize what you did for/within the organization, what you have learned about organizational behavior, and what you have learned about working on a team.
Grading of the Team Project:
Your group project will be evaluated on the following criteria:
a) Problem definition: How well (i.e., thoroughly and concisely) do you describe the organizational context, the relevant parties, and the factors that are important to the problem?
b) Accurate and thorough use of course concepts.
c) Integration of course concepts with information about the company and problem, i.e., how well do you integrate course concepts with information about the problem to illuminate the problem in a way that leads to solutions?
d) Extent to which recommendations are consistent with analysis.
e) Quality of written analysis.
Analytical Syllabus
Session |
Agenda |
Lecture/ Case discussion |
Instructor |
Section I: The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community
|
|||
1 |
Organization Behavior: An Overview (Introduction pp. 1 -11) Drawing on areas of psychology and sociology, the The introductory lecture takes disciple-based approaches, dividing the course into four distinctive levels of analysis: individual, group, organizational, and processes (IGOP). This IGOP framework encompasses the approaches to explain social action and behavior, and provides an insight into this fascinating subject. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
2 |
Expectations and Learning (Chapter 1 pp.19 - 50) The lecture introduces the student to the basic concepts of learning. An effort is made to link these concepts to what actually happens in the workplace. Having said that, it is important that students do not restrict themselves to just explaining psychological terms but makes sure that they have understood why learning is important in the workplace and how classical and operant conditioning, schedules of reinforcement, the idea of technology of behaviour, learning strategies, and the transfer of training back to the workplace contribute in or may inhibit successful learning. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
3 |
Chuck McKinonn CASE (Leadership Dynamics - Chapter 8 pp. 310-359) The session discusses leadership and the relevant research that aims to define and explain leadership effectiveness. The impact of leadership on organizational life is two-fold, in the sense that successful or poor leadership affects both those who trust the leader and assess their qualities to make judgements about the business (i.e. shareholders), and those within the organization (i.e. employees). It has been argued that poor leadership ultimately destroys the 'human spirit' essential to ensuring organizational effectiveness. The hierarchical structure means that organizations continually have to face the problem of selecting and training people to assume positions of authority over others. At every level in organizations and in every department there will be groups of 'subordinates' under the control of 'superordinates' - in other words there will be 'leadership situations'. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section II: Managing teams
|
|||
4 |
eProcure - the Project (A) CASE (Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp. 500-510) The session is twofold. Firstly, it explores social interaction. This involves all the processes that underlie the activity between people in everyday social settings. The two basic concepts to be examined are dramaturgy, i.e. the expressive and symbolic aspects of social interaction, and social skill, i.e. cognitive and automated processes of social behaviour. Also it examines what kinds of modelling and categorization are involved in social interaction. This will help explain how changes in social competence occur and why some individuals are more socially apt than others at jobs that involve social skills. Secondly, it introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the centre of managerial activity and, in this chapter, it is examined in relation to managerial rationality. Finally, change management is examined as the outcome of managerial decision-making and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the lecture employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
5 |
Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness (Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp. 500-510) Again, the lecture is twofold. Firstly, it explores social interaction. This involves all the processes that underlie the activity between people in everyday social settings. The two basic concepts to be examined are dramaturgy, i.e. the expressive and symbolic aspects of social interaction, and social skill, i.e. cognitive and automated processes of social behaviour. Also it examines what kinds of modelling and categorization are involved in social interaction. This will help explain how changes in social competence occur and why some individuals are more socially apt than others at jobs that involve social skills. Secondly, it introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the centre of managerial activity and, in this chapter, it is examined in relation to managerial rationality. Finally, change management is examined as the outcome of managerial decision-making and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the lecture employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
6 |
The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management CASE (Group Dynamics and Performance -Chapter 7 pp. 275-305) The session discusses groups and intergroup behaviour. They explore the effects of group membership on the behaviour of the individual, their identity and raise the notion of employee involvement. The interest in teamwork rises from the expectation that teams deliver more than individuals alone. However, the session adopts a critical standpoint and also critically explore dysfunctional group relations and the processes that promote or undermine group effectiveness. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
7 |
INTEL in China (Conflict Management and Negotiation - Chapter 10 pp. 394-417) The session discusses conflict and consent at work. It follows the path of the labour process debate, the main body of theory about the employment relationship and the nature of work. They refer to aspects of subjectivity of workplace relations, such as resistance and consent as well as gender issues, and illustrate the scene of industrial relations conflict and action today. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section III: Understanding and Managing Individuals
|
|||
8 |
Appreciating Individual Differences (Chapter 3 pp.93-146) The lecture explores the concepts of personality and intelligence and their impact on organizational life. Personality has an impact not only an individual's working relationships with others but also more generally on the entire corporate culture. The chapter also examines the attempts made to describe the differences we observe day-to-day in each others' personalities and the possible impact these have on our effectiveness and organizational culture. Intelligence and its impact on organization are also explored. The impact of intelligence is not so much the result of intelligence itself but flows more subtly from the effect of our shared assumptions about the impact and importance of intellectual differences. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
9 |
Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion CASE (Appreciating Individual Differences - Chapter 4 pp.151-185) The session examines how the human attributes differentiating individuals are applied in organizations. Assessment is initially associated with the 'point of entry'. Increasingly, however, assessments are used for a variety of reasons. The demand for flexible, adaptable individuals that are high performers require assessments to serve strategic functions in organizations, i.e. identifying such individuals. One framework claiming to enable a more strategic approach to assessment by linking business objective, organizational culture, and employee performance more closely is competency. Its proponents argue that this is a way of managing people more effectively. On the other hand, however, its critics would argue that it is simply another control mechanism. The chapter also describes the range of assessment methodologies and processes and their use in organizational settings and examines how these processes can be evaluated. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
10 |
Motivation (Chapter 5 pp.191-233) The lecture discusses motivation and job satisfaction. These are topics that have attracted considerable interest from academic psychologists, popular writers, and social commentators. Motivation and job satisfaction are important aspect of the organizational behaviour since the workplace and the experiences of employees have frequently been negative. Factories have often been dangerous places that hardly promote maturity and well-being. Clerical work has been described as lacking intrinsic satisfaction and managers have often reported feeling under excessive pressure in their work. From a managerial perspective the consequences of low motivation and job satisfaction have to be managed to eliminate sabotage, staff turnover, absenteeism, poor industrial relations, and low productivity. The aim of this lecture is to examine the extent to which the 'human resource' school of psychology and other writers have advanced our understanding of the two underlying concepts. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
11 |
Elise Smart CASE (Stress and the Management of Stress - Chapter 2 pp. 54-88) The session introduces the concept of stress in the workplace. The session is an all-inclusive account of stress, its causes, and whether stress can be managed or not. The session emphasizes the importance of stress and its impact on UK workplaces. Three different approaches are presented: stress as a response, as a cause, and the appraisal concept. Types of stress and individual differences are all explored. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
12 |
Martin Brass Company (A/B/C) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing CASE (Stress and the Management of Stress - Chapter 2 pp. 54-88) The session, again ague about the concept of stress in the workplace. The session is an all-inclusive account of stress, its causes, and whether stress can be managed or not. The session emphasizes the importance of stress and its impact on UK workplaces. Three different approaches are presented: stress as a response, as a cause, and the appraisal concept. Types of stress and individual differences are all explored. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section IV: Managing Key Organizational Processes
|
|||
13 |
Organization and Work Design (Chapter 12 pp. 445-464) The lecture explores the concepts of structure and control in organizations. It present various critical interpretations of organization, the central figure of which is Weber. The approach taken is one that questions efficiency as an issue of primary importance and focuses on power and how it is experienced in organizations. Students should understand the basic parameters that surround the debate of structure and control. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
14 |
Organization and Work Design (Chapter 13 pp.468-491) The lecture introduces the topic of structure and performance in organizations. It pursues a managerial approach in order to explore the priorities and objectives in organizations, namely efficiency and effectiveness. It argues that one way or the other we are all caught up in these issues and hence their exploration is necessary for a wider understanding of organizational behaviour. Students should understand the basic ideas of organizational analysis. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
15 |
Victoria Hospital Redesign Initiative CASE (Organization and Work Design - Chapter 12 pp. 445-464 and Chapter 13 pp.468-491) The session is devoted to apply and integrate organizational behaviour concepts and Organizational design models and principles. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
16 |
OP4.COM: a dynamic culture CASE (Creativity and Innovation - Chapter 17 pp.570-592) The session introduces the concept of management knowledge and fashion. A critical encounter of the emergence, the dissemination, and value of recent popular ideas is examined. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
17 |
Organizational Culture (Chapter 15 pp.527-544) The lecture discusses the concept of organizational culture. It attempts to explain the relation between organizational culture and the business context, how culture contributes to organizational innovativeness, the contribution of organizational culture to management change, etc. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
18 |
Deloitte & Touche: Integrating Arthur Andersen CASE (Organizational Change and Development - Chapter 14 pp.513-523) The session introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the centre of managerial activity and, in this session, it is examined in relation to managerial rationality. Finally, change management is examined as the outcome of managerial decision-making and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the session employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Updated A.Y. 2017-2018
Organizational dynamics
and behavior
(Prof. Luca Gnan)
Teaching Members Responsible for the Course:
Prof. Luca Gnan
Email: luca.gnan@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via email
Prof.ssa Giulia Flamini
E-mail: giulia.flamini@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via email
We are committed to making this course a valuable learning experience for you. After the first month, we will spend part of a class session evaluating our progress, and we will make any necessary changes to keep us on track. However, we welcome your feedback at any time in the semester. It is easiest to reach us by email or during office hours, but we are always happy to set up an appointment. Additionally, if you have a disability that requires special accommodation, please let us know ASAP so that we can be helpful to you.
Emails, Office Hours & Feedback on Assignments
We endeavor to answer emails within 1 day. If you have not heard from us within that time, please resend the email. Grades & comments will be posted online in the materials section of the course website. We will be happy to give feedback and discuss assignments after all grading is complete for a certain assignment. Office hours are scheduled by email request.
We may answer questions of assignment clarification in class and via emails to benefit the entire class. We may also give extra grades (see below Team Project) during the course that, while generally designed to support learning in the course, will also help your participation grade. These are pass/fail and do not include comments.
Pre-requisites for the Course:
None.
Course description
While many of the courses in the MScBA teach you how to manage money, information and other material resources, this course is unique (and invaluable) in that you will learn how to manage your own performance and career by learning how to work with and through other people-even when you don't want to. Although skills in finance, accounting, marketing, operations, and strategy are crucial for organizational success, the ability to manage an organization, its groups, and its individuals is equally important. In your career, you will depend on people to accomplish tasks, goals, and projects; you will need to work for other people, work with other people, and supervise other people. An understanding of the human side of management is an essential complement to the technical skills you are learning in other courses. Although we will focus primarily on work, you will find that the course concepts have applications to a variety of organizations, including non-profits, athletic teams, social clubs, and religious and political groups.
This is an advanced course in organizational behavior designed to expose you to essential theories and concepts for analyzing, understanding, and managing human behavior in organizations. In this course we will apply concrete organizational situations from our case studies and projects to essential theories and effective management practices. In this class you will learn how to thrive at work by managing your relationships. In this course, we will investigate:
• Individual behavior in organizations, including personality, decision-making, personal networks, and ethics
• Interpersonal behavior, including teamwork, conflict, leadership, and power and influence
• Organizational factors affecting behavior, including reward systems, culture, and organizational design.
Learning Objectives
Explore in a managerial perspective research and practical applications on organizational behavior.
Objective of the training is to provide tools and analytical theory on analysis of individual and behavior in different group and organizational contexts, in order to:
- Understand and use the fundamental theories on organizational behavior
- Develop capacities for applying theories to practice
- Develop problem solving capacities with best practices discussion and case study analysis
The study route is divided into 4 different sections:
- Section I: The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community
- Section II: Managing Teams
- Section III: Understanding and Managing Individuals
- Section IV: Managing Key Organizational Processes.
At the end of the course students:
- will have a deeper understanding of how the study of organizational behavior can aid us in improving the performance and wellbeing of people at work;
- will have understood how models, theories and concepts about organizational behavior can be used to promote the effectiveness of individuals, groups and organizations;
- will have developed skills for the analysis of individual, group and organizational functioning that enhances their effectiveness as managers;
- will have developed a richer and more complex representation of organizational behavior, enabling them to contribute more effectively in the workplace.
Teaching methods
Lessons will be characterized by transfer of knowledge and the strong interaction within the classroom; there are analysis of situations problems and business cases in order to facilitate participants in learning.
Regular attending students are strongly recommended to participate to all the lectures and to all the preparations and presentations of the business cases.
To meet its goals, this course uses readings, lectures, exercises, cases, individual and team assignments, and class discussion. Case assignments provide an important foundation for class discussion and must be completed prior to each class session. The due dates for all cases and other assignments are listed in the class schedule at the end of the syllabus. Lectures will be used to highlight key points from the readings and provide additional information to supplement the readings. Cases will provide you with the opportunity to apply what you have learned to real world issues and scenarios. Because each of you brings unique perspectives and experiences to the class, participation in class discussions and activities is essential to your own learning as well as that of other class members. To further enrich your learning, you will also be matched with an MScBA Teaching Assistant.
Main References
A) Textbooks for regular attending students (in order to be considered regular attending student a participant should achieve at least an 85% of presence to lectures and case discussions):
R. Fincham, P. Rhodes, Principles of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005.
G. H. Seijts , Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
As far as the textbook Principles of Organizational Behaviour (Fincham, Rhodes, 2005) is concerned, regular attending students have to prepare the following parts:
- Introduction pp. 1 -11 (Organization Behavior: An Overview)
- Chapter 1 pp.19 - 50 (Expectations and Learning)
- Chapter 8 pp. 310-359 (Leadership Dynamics)
- Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp .500-510 (Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness)
- Chapter 7 pp. 275-305 (Group Dynamics and Performance)
- Chapter 10 pp. 394-417 (Conflict Management and Negotiation)
- Chapter 3 pp.93-146 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
- Chapter 4 pp.151-185 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
- Chapter 5 pp.191-233 (Motivation)
- Chapter 2 pp. 54-88 (Stress and the Management of Stress)
- Chapter 12 pp. 445-464 and Chapter 13 pp.468-491 (Organization and Work Design)
- Chapter 17 pp.570-592 (Creativity and Innovation)
- Chapter 15 pp.527-544 (Organizational Culture)
- Chapter 14 pp.513-523 (Organizational Change and Development)
During the course, seven cases (from the Cases in Organizational Behavior textbook, Seijts, 2005) will be discussed:
a) Chuck McKinonn (on the leadership issue)
b) eProcure - the Project (A) (on the leading and managing teams' issue)
c) The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management (on the team dynamics issue)
d) INTEL in China (on the Conflict Management and Negotiation issue)
e) Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion (on the Appreciating Individual Differences issue)
f) Elise Smart (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
g) Martin Brass Company (A) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
h) Victoria Hospital Redesign Initiative (on the Organizational design issue)
i) OP4.COM: a dynamic culture (on the Creativity and Innovation issue)
j) Deloitte & Touche: Integrating Arthur Andersen (on the Organizational Change and Development issue).
B) Textbooks for NON-regular attending students (in order to be considered regular attending student a participant should achieve at least an 85% of presence to lectures and case discussions):
R. FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005 (all chapters).
G. H. SEIJTS, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005 (all cases).
B) Supplementary textbooks
• Robins S., Judge T." Organizational behavior" 13 edition, Prentice Hall International, 2005
• Contemporary management" Jones, George, McGraw Hill, 4th edition, 2006
• Managing Organizational Behavior" Jones, George, Prentice Hall International, 2007
• "Organizational change" B. Senior, J. Fleming, Prentice Hall International 3 edition, 2006
• "Management" Hitt, Black, Porter Prentice Hall International, Second Edition, 2008
• Organizational behavior, Debra Nelson, James Campbell Quicl, THOMSON, SOUTH WESTERN, 5th edition
• Managing Behavior in Organizations, Jerald Greenberg, 5th edition Pearson
• Adler, P. S. 1999 International dimensions of organizational behaviour London: International Thopmson
• Argyris, C. 1960 Understanding Organisational behaviour Homewood IL:Dorsey Press (HM300)
• Bandura, A. 1977 Social learning theory New Jersey: Prentice -Hall
• Banard, C. The functions of the executive Cambridge: Harvard University Press
• Beer, M. et al 1984 Managing human Assets New York : Free Press
• Braverman, H .1974 Labour and monopoly capital New York: Monthly Review press (Open shelve)
• Bryman, A. 1986 Leadership and organisations London: Routledge Kegan Paul
• Buchanan, D. A. Organisation in the computer age Aldershot: Gower
• Burns, T & Stalker, G. M. The management of innovation London: Tavistock (Open shelve)
• Child , J. 1972 "Organisational structure, environment and performance : The role of strategic choice" Sociology vol. 6 # 1 pp 1- 22
• Clegg, S. & Dunkerley,D 1980 Organisations, class and control London : Routledge & Kegan Paul
• Conti, R. F. & Warner, M. 1993 "Taylorism, new technology and just-in -time systems in Japanese Manufacturing" New Technology, work and employment, vol 8 # 100 31- 42
• Cyert, R. & March,J. G. 1992 A behavioural theory of the firm NJ: Prentice -Hall Englewoods Cliffs
• Dubin, E. (ed) 1976 Handbook of work, Organisation and Society Chicago Rand McNally
• Drucker, P. F. 1988 Management challenges in the 21st Century London: Heinemann
• _____________1989 The new realities London: Heinemann
• Duncan, R. B. 1974 "Modifications in decision making structures in adapting to the environment: some Implications for organisational learning" Decision sciences vol, 5 pp 704 -25
• Duncan, w. J. 1981 Organisational Behaviour Houghton: Mifflin
• French, J & Raven. B. 1958 "The bases of social power 'in D. Cartwright Studies in social Power Ann Arbor Institute for Social research (HM301)
• Gibson,J.L. et al 1994 Organisations: Behaviour structure and processes (Reserve)
• Gouldner, A. W. 1954 Patterns of industrial Bureaucracy New York: Free Press
• Gruneberg, M. & Wall, T.(eds) Social Psychology and organisational behaviour Chichester : John Wiley
• Hall, E. T . Understanding Cultural differences Yarmouth: Intercultural Press
• Handy, C 1999 Understanding Organisations 4th ed London: Penguin (Reserve HD31HAN)
• Hofstede, G. 1991 Cultures and Organisations London: McGraw -Hill
• Hodgetts, R. M. 1991 Organisational behaviour: Theory and practice New York: Macmillan company
• Kast, F.E. & Rosenzweig, J.E. Organization &Management11985 4th ed New jersey McGraw-hill (Reserve HD31KAS)
• Kotter, J. P. 1990 "what do leaders really do? " in Harvard Business review 73 pp59-67
• Mintzberg, H. 1983a Power in and around organisations New York: Prentice Hall
• ___________1983b Structures in fives: designing effective organisations Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
• Moorhead, G. and Griffin, R. w. 1998 Organisational Behaviour 5th edition Houghton: Mifflin Company
• Mullins, L. Management and Organisational behaviour London: Pitman, The financial times (Reserve)
• Perrow, C. 1970 Organisational analysis: A sociological review Belmont: Wadsworth
• Robbins, S. P. 1998 Organisational behaviour: Concepts, controversies and applications NJ: Prentice - Hall (Reserve)
• Simon, H 1957 Administrative behaviour NY: Macmillan
• Schein, E. H. 1975 Organisational culture and Leadership San Francisco: Jossey-bass
• Vecchio, R. P. 1995 organisational behaviour 3rd edition Orland: Dryden Press
Case Discussions
Regular attending students are expected to be fully engaged in the entire learning process. This means that regular attending students are expected to:
1) prepare the assigned readings of the cases prior to each class;
2) prepare as a group work a PowerPoint presentation on the case, based on the specific assignment;
3) come to class prepared to participate and to discuss in order to enhance the learning of the individual and the class.
On the web site of the course students find for each case the relative assignment. Please read carefully the questions before the lesson and use them for preparing the PowerPoint presentation.
Each student will be involved the class discussion on the cases and tie the assigned reading for the session. The objective is to bring all class members into the discussion. The cases are designed to integrate the concepts from the case into the context of the course. The preparation and the discussion of the cases do not exclude the study of the theoretical concepts useful for the discussion of the cases themselves and for the passing of the exam of the course.
With the cases' discussions in CLASSROOM, each student will develop:
1. The ability to set the parameters for the problem (key concepts from the case).
2. A depth of knowledge about the case subject (understanding of material, good response to the observations of others).
3. The ability to tie-in case with other course concepts.
4. The ability to get others involved in the discussion.
In order to effectively discuss the cases, students do:
· Be prepared with facts and specific quotes from the case.
· Be prepared to make a comment, ask a question, or make an observation about the case.
During the discussion, students do:
· Take a position on a question or a point.
- Ask clarifying questions.
· Help keep the discussion moving and on track.
- Help draw others into the discussion.
· Integrate theories and content from other cases.
During the discussion, students don't:
· Be unprepared and show your lack of knowledge.
- Monopolize the discussion.
- Make irrelevant comments.
· Be insensitive to other's desire to speak or to their opinions.
All the regular attending students are kindly invited to build up work groups (MINIMUM 3 PERSONS - MAXIMUM 5 PERSONS). Each work group should prepare a PowerPoint presentation for each case. Into the first slide, the names of the students belonging to the group should be reported.
The structure of the presentation should follow the following outline:
1. One or more introductory slides aimed at describing/reporting the story, the characters, all the necessary elements in order to clearly define che context and the boundaries of the case.
2. One slide mentioning the questions of the assignment and underlining the learning goals of the case.
3. One or more slides reporting the answers to each question of the assignment.
4. One or more slides reporting the final remarks on the case.
5. One closing slide about the lessons learned after the group discussion of the case.
How to prepare the PowerPoint presentation of the case?
Introduction - short presentation of case, short description of the problems and situations that should be coped with the discussion.
Diagnosis - Problem setting of the context and of the situation. Description of the mains facts and elements connected with the concepts and models of Organizational Behavior (e.g. organizational change, conflicts, motivation, satisfaction, leadership, managing people, group dynamics, etc.). What went wrong and which actions/situations, instead, were right? Which elements could be considered for the diagnosis?
Solution - Students should provide a possible solution to questions/problems related with the case and a viable and clear indication on how to approach the situation and how to solve it. The entire proposal should represent a consistent action plan in terms of behaviors and expected results.
Conclusions - Conclusions should not be longer than 300-500 words and should provide a description on how the situation and the problem characterized the case, on how Organizational Behavior schemata might help to solve the case, and what the proposed solution might generate in terms of organizational consequences.
Lessons learned - At the end of the presentation elements/suggestions/advices that we "take home" from the case discussion should be clearly identified and reported.
NOTE: During the case discussion, students should explicitly address the context and the different situations with concepts related with Organizational Behavior and with models and theories of this course.
Case Discussions' Class Participation
We believe that the best way to learn, especially about ODB, is to actively participate in your education. In this class, "participation" is defined in terms of quality contributions to class discussion and exercises. There are four prerequisites for successful participation:
1. Be here on time and prepared. If you're not here, you can't contribute much to class discussion. If you need to miss class for a predictable reason (e.g., job interview, athletic competition), please notify us at least 24 hours in advance so that we can make arrangements for any in-class exercises and so that you can obtain the materials distributed during the class. Of course, we realize that in some cases unforeseeable emergencies arise. Although we will not directly penalize you for non-attendance, be aware that multiple absences will indirectly hurt you by preventing you from participating in class, thereby lowering your participation grade. To contribute to class discussion, you must come to class having carefully prepared all assignments (i.e., readings, cases, exercises).
2. Be brave. Everyone in this class is smart, interesting, and has unique life experiences to share. You will get the most out of this course if you ask questions, voice opinions, and express your thoughts to one another. If you feel uncomfortable talking in class, please send me an email or set up an appointment to talk with me early in the semester. We will do everything we can to accommodate each of your individual circumstances, but we can only do so if they are brought to our attention.
3. Be courteous. Successful participation includes treating your classmates in a respectful and professional manner. Listen carefully to the comments and questions that your classmates voice. You may learn something new from their perspectives, and you will be able to avoid simply repeating something that another classmate has said earlier in discussion. Also, it is perfectly acceptable for you to voice disagreement with an opinion provided by another student. Open debate often leads to the most thoughtful and informative class discussions. However, please voice your disagreement in a kind and considerate manner.
4. Be engaged. This class is "unplugged." Once class starts, all electronics (e.g., computers, cell phones, tablets, etc.) should be turned off and put away. If you need to use a device because of a language or disability issue, you need to secure permission at the beginning of the class. The misuse of an electronic device (e.g., surfing the web or texting) will adversely affect your grade.
In order to facilitate the visioning of its own PowerPoint presentation in classroom, each work group should take a personal computer with PowerPoint installed and an available VGA connection.
By the 8pm of the day before of the case discussion, all regular attending students should send an email to the course's Instructors, attaching the case presentation prepared. They have to hand over a hard copy of the PowerPoint presentation. ONLY THE HANDING OVER OF THE HARD COPY CERTIFIES THE PREPARATION OF THE CASE FOR THE DISCUSSION. ONLY STUDENTS WHO HAD HANDED OVER ALL THE CASE PRESENTATIONS WILL BE ADMITTED TO THE PRE-EXAM.
Policy for Late Assignments
As in the business world, work must be received on time in order to receive full credit. If you are late on an assignment, your access to the Pre-Exam will be compromised. You are always welcome to hand in an assignment before its due date if you know that you will be busy as the due date approaches. If you think that you will not be able to complete an assignment by the stated due date, please speak with us in advance to make alternative arrangements. Our policy on late assignments will depend on the specific circumstances surrounding the problem, and thus may differ from student to student. Providing advance notice about a late assignment will minimize the penalty you receive on that assignment, but does not guarantee that there will be no penalty for turning the assignment in late.
Other learning sources
Slides and other material will be available under the course web site.
THE SLIDES DO NOT REPRESENT A SUPPORT FOR AN EFFECTIVE AND SUCCESFUL PREPARATION TO THE EXAM OF THE COURSE. THEY REPRESENT ONLY A HELP TO FACILITATE THE TRANSFER OF THE KNOWLEDGES TO STUDENTS DURING THE LESSONS.
Attendance
Because of the concentrated nature of the MScBA program, attendance in class is very important.
Students with less than 85% of attendance to lectures and case discussions (including arriving late or leaving early) will be required to prepare for the exam ALL the chapters of the textbook R. FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles Of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005 and ALL the cases of the textbook G. H. SEIJTS, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
NOTE : Attendance to the first class session is mandatory. Important information about the course and the instructor's expectations are given during the first session. If you know that you will have to be absent for one session, please contact your instructor to ensure that absence from a particular session is acceptable.
Exam
The exam is a written exam. The duration is about 3-4 hours and it includes:
a) Case discussion - You may be given a case study to which some questions may pertain in order to lead the discussion. As you respond to the questions, please use specific content and theories (use names to identify theories and models) as the basis of your analysis. You will not receive credit for your personal opinions unless backed by theory, lecture, and/or text material. Also, describe how you see the content/theory applying to the situation. Your answers will be evaluated based upon both quantity and quality. Answers that are more complete and demonstrate a higher level of understanding and analysis will receive more points.
b) Some questions directly connected to the course textbooks - The questions could open, closed (multiple choice), or a combination of the both. You may be asked to discuss the models and the theories presented during the course. You will be asked to interpret some real incidents and to focus your attention to some specific theoretical issues.
Pre-Exam participation and exam grades registering on the booklet
Only regular attending students (85% of attendance to lectures and case discussions, including arriving late or leaving early) that have delivered the hard copies of ALL the case to the Instructors are allowed to take the pre-exam.
Only regular registered students on the DELPHI System will be allowed to register their grade.
The pre-exam grades will be registered on the first official exam date AFTER THE COURSE ENDING. It is compulsory to come on that date of the exam for registering the grade on the Delphi and on the booklet.
Team Project
The purpose of the project is to give your team an opportunity to apply what has been learned in the course (through course lectures, readings, and case discussions) to problems in an organization of your team's choice.
Class members, regular attending students, will work in teams of four (4) people.
To the Team Project regular attending students will be allowed to achieve a -3/+3 extra points to the final grade of the Pre-Exam. Only regular attending students, taking the Pre-Exam will be accepted for the Team Project.
Your team should identify a public, private, or non-profit organization to study (Please, no student groups).
Your team is to gather information from people in an organization through direct contact. You may supplement this information with data from the media, the organization's literature, and other secondary sources. You should identify a relatively recent problem to analyze (i.e., this should not be an historical account of a problem and the company's solution). You should focus your analysis by applying the concepts from the course. While it is acceptable to incorporate several concepts from the course, please aim for depth rather than breadth regarding the use of course concepts. Your goal is to diagnose the mechanisms that are causing the problem or issue of concern in the organization. Initially, you may notice many symptoms (for instance, high turnover, seemingly low morale, low commitment, motivation etc.), but your task is to get to the underlying reason for these symptoms. And beware, sometimes the initial symptoms we think we see are not what they appear to be.
There are three broad goals for this assignment:
1. One goal of this assignment is obviously to take the initiative to make a positive contribution to an organization.
2. Another major goal is to provide an opportunity for you to learn more about organizational behavior first hand and to use your critical thinking and reflection skills to link your experience with this organization to your learning in relation to organizational behavior theory.
3. The final goal is to provide a forum for you to hone your skills as a team member and leader and to reflect on the learning gained from this team experience. Each team will make a presentation to the class and write a paper that describes what you did for the organization, what you learned about organizational behavior, and what you learned about working on a team.
To meet these broad goals, your team should answer the following questions in the assignments detailed below.
a) What are the issues or problems facing the organization?
b) What course concepts can be applied to understand why this problem is occurring?
c) What recommendations can you offer to help improve organizational functioning?
Deliverables of the Team Project:
1. The project proposal e-mail is due by email to Instructors by the date of the 9th session of the course by 5pm. It should include:
a) the names of your group members
b) your team name
c) the name of the organization
d) the name, contact information and level of your contact person
e) the method you will use to gain access to the organization
f) a brief description (one paragraph) of the problem facing the organization.
2. Your written project is due by email to Instructors by the date of the 18th session of the course by 5pm .
It should contain a maximum of 15 double spaced pages (1 cm margins, 12 point font). You will be penalized significantly for exceeding this limit. The limit does not include appendices, which you are free to use to provide charts, figures, or other background material not necessary in the main body of your analysis. However, appendices that are not directly referenced in the main text will not be read. LATE PROJECT WRITE-UPS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.
This written project should summarize what you did for/within the organization, what you have learned about organizational behavior, and what you have learned about working on a team.
Grading of the Team Project:
Your group project will be evaluated on the following criteria:
a) Problem definition: How well (i.e., thoroughly and concisely) do you describe the organizational context, the relevant parties, and the factors that are important to the problem?
b) Accurate and thorough use of course concepts.
c) Integration of course concepts with information about the company and problem, i.e., how well do you integrate course concepts with information about the problem to illuminate the problem in a way that leads to solutions?
d) Extent to which recommendations are consistent with analysis.
e) Quality of written analysis.
Analytical Syllabus
Session |
Agenda |
Lecture/ Case discussion |
Instructor |
Section I: The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community
|
|||
1 |
Organization Behavior: An Overview (Introduction pp. 1 -11) Drawing on areas of psychology and sociology, the The introductory lecture takes disciple-based approaches, dividing the course into four distinctive levels of analysis: individual, group, organizational, and processes (IGOP). This IGOP framework encompasses the approaches to explain social action and behavior, and provides an insight into this fascinating subject. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
2 |
Expectations and Learning (Chapter 1 pp.19 - 50) The lecture introduces the student to the basic concepts of learning. An effort is made to link these concepts to what actually happens in the workplace. Having said that, it is important that students do not restrict themselves to just explaining psychological terms but makes sure that they have understood why learning is important in the workplace and how classical and operant conditioning, schedules of reinforcement, the idea of technology of behaviour, learning strategies, and the transfer of training back to the workplace contribute in or may inhibit successful learning. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
3 |
Chuck McKinonn CASE (Leadership Dynamics - Chapter 8 pp. 310-359) The session discusses leadership and the relevant research that aims to define and explain leadership effectiveness. The impact of leadership on organizational life is two-fold, in the sense that successful or poor leadership affects both those who trust the leader and assess their qualities to make judgements about the business (i.e. shareholders), and those within the organization (i.e. employees). It has been argued that poor leadership ultimately destroys the 'human spirit' essential to ensuring organizational effectiveness. The hierarchical structure means that organizations continually have to face the problem of selecting and training people to assume positions of authority over others. At every level in organizations and in every department there will be groups of 'subordinates' under the control of 'superordinates' - in other words there will be 'leadership situations'. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section II: Managing teams
|
|||
4 |
eProcure - the Project (A) CASE (Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp. 500-510) The session is twofold. Firstly, it explores social interaction. This involves all the processes that underlie the activity between people in everyday social settings. The two basic concepts to be examined are dramaturgy, i.e. the expressive and symbolic aspects of social interaction, and social skill, i.e. cognitive and automated processes of social behaviour. Also it examines what kinds of modelling and categorization are involved in social interaction. This will help explain how changes in social competence occur and why some individuals are more socially apt than others at jobs that involve social skills. Secondly, it introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the centre of managerial activity and, in this chapter, it is examined in relation to managerial rationality. Finally, change management is examined as the outcome of managerial decision-making and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the lecture employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
5 |
Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness (Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp. 500-510) Again, the lecture is twofold. Firstly, it explores social interaction. This involves all the processes that underlie the activity between people in everyday social settings. The two basic concepts to be examined are dramaturgy, i.e. the expressive and symbolic aspects of social interaction, and social skill, i.e. cognitive and automated processes of social behaviour. Also it examines what kinds of modelling and categorization are involved in social interaction. This will help explain how changes in social competence occur and why some individuals are more socially apt than others at jobs that involve social skills. Secondly, it introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the centre of managerial activity and, in this chapter, it is examined in relation to managerial rationality. Finally, change management is examined as the outcome of managerial decision-making and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the lecture employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
6 |
The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management CASE (Group Dynamics and Performance -Chapter 7 pp. 275-305) The session discusses groups and intergroup behaviour. They explore the effects of group membership on the behaviour of the individual, their identity and raise the notion of employee involvement. The interest in teamwork rises from the expectation that teams deliver more than individuals alone. However, the session adopts a critical standpoint and also critically explore dysfunctional group relations and the processes that promote or undermine group effectiveness. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
7 |
INTEL in China (Conflict Management and Negotiation - Chapter 10 pp. 394-417) The session discusses conflict and consent at work. It follows the path of the labour process debate, the main body of theory about the employment relationship and the nature of work. They refer to aspects of subjectivity of workplace relations, such as resistance and consent as well as gender issues, and illustrate the scene of industrial relations conflict and action today. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section III: Understanding and Managing Individuals
|
|||
8 |
Appreciating Individual Differences (Chapter 3 pp.93-146) The lecture explores the concepts of personality and intelligence and their impact on organizational life. Personality has an impact not only an individual's working relationships with others but also more generally on the entire corporate culture. The chapter also examines the attempts made to describe the differences we observe day-to-day in each others' personalities and the possible impact these have on our effectiveness and organizational culture. Intelligence and its impact on organization are also explored. The impact of intelligence is not so much the result of intelligence itself but flows more subtly from the effect of our shared assumptions about the impact and importance of intellectual differences. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
9 |
Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion CASE (Appreciating Individual Differences - Chapter 4 pp.151-185) The session examines how the human attributes differentiating individuals are applied in organizations. Assessment is initially associated with the 'point of entry'. Increasingly, however, assessments are used for a variety of reasons. The demand for flexible, adaptable individuals that are high performers require assessments to serve strategic functions in organizations, i.e. identifying such individuals. One framework claiming to enable a more strategic approach to assessment by linking business objective, organizational culture, and employee performance more closely is competency. Its proponents argue that this is a way of managing people more effectively. On the other hand, however, its critics would argue that it is simply another control mechanism. The chapter also describes the range of assessment methodologies and processes and their use in organizational settings and examines how these processes can be evaluated. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
10 |
Motivation (Chapter 5 pp.191-233) The lecture discusses motivation and job satisfaction. These are topics that have attracted considerable interest from academic psychologists, popular writers, and social commentators. Motivation and job satisfaction are important aspect of the organizational behaviour since the workplace and the experiences of employees have frequently been negative. Factories have often been dangerous places that hardly promote maturity and well-being. Clerical work has been described as lacking intrinsic satisfaction and managers have often reported feeling under excessive pressure in their work. From a managerial perspective the consequences of low motivation and job satisfaction have to be managed to eliminate sabotage, staff turnover, absenteeism, poor industrial relations, and low productivity. The aim of this lecture is to examine the extent to which the 'human resource' school of psychology and other writers have advanced our understanding of the two underlying concepts. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
11 |
Elise Smart CASE (Stress and the Management of Stress - Chapter 2 pp. 54-88) The session introduces the concept of stress in the workplace. The session is an all-inclusive account of stress, its causes, and whether stress can be managed or not. The session emphasizes the importance of stress and its impact on UK workplaces. Three different approaches are presented: stress as a response, as a cause, and the appraisal concept. Types of stress and individual differences are all explored. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
12 |
Martin Brass Company (A/B/C) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing CASE (Stress and the Management of Stress - Chapter 2 pp. 54-88) The session, again ague about the concept of stress in the workplace. The session is an all-inclusive account of stress, its causes, and whether stress can be managed or not. The session emphasizes the importance of stress and its impact on UK workplaces. Three different approaches are presented: stress as a response, as a cause, and the appraisal concept. Types of stress and individual differences are all explored. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Section IV: Managing Key Organizational Processes
|
|||
13 |
Organization and Work Design (Chapter 12 pp. 445-464) The lecture explores the concepts of structure and control in organizations. It present various critical interpretations of organization, the central figure of which is Weber. The approach taken is one that questions efficiency as an issue of primary importance and focuses on power and how it is experienced in organizations. Students should understand the basic parameters that surround the debate of structure and control. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
14 |
Organization and Work Design (Chapter 13 pp.468-491) The lecture introduces the topic of structure and performance in organizations. It pursues a managerial approach in order to explore the priorities and objectives in organizations, namely efficiency and effectiveness. It argues that one way or the other we are all caught up in these issues and hence their exploration is necessary for a wider understanding of organizational behaviour. Students should understand the basic ideas of organizational analysis. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
15 |
Victoria Hospital Redesign Initiative CASE (Organization and Work Design - Chapter 12 pp. 445-464 and Chapter 13 pp.468-491) The session is devoted to apply and integrate organizational behaviour concepts and Organizational design models and principles. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
16 |
OP4.COM: a dynamic culture CASE (Creativity and Innovation - Chapter 17 pp.570-592) The session introduces the concept of management knowledge and fashion. A critical encounter of the emergence, the dissemination, and value of recent popular ideas is examined. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
17 |
Organizational Culture (Chapter 15 pp.527-544) The lecture discusses the concept of organizational culture. It attempts to explain the relation between organizational culture and the business context, how culture contributes to organizational innovativeness, the contribution of organizational culture to management change, etc. |
Lecture |
GNAN |
18 |
Deloitte & Touche: Integrating Arthur Andersen CASE (Organizational Change and Development - Chapter 14 pp.513-523) The session introduces the concept of decision-making and change management in the organizational context. Decision-making is the centre of managerial activity and, in this session, it is examined in relation to managerial rationality. Finally, change management is examined as the outcome of managerial decision-making and aspects such as the role of leadership and resistance to change are explored. The approach that the session employs is one that seeks to understand the complex and problematic nature of organizational change itself while taking into consideration decision-making and managerial rationality. |
Case discussion |
GNAN |
Updated A.Y. 2016-2017
ORGANIZATIONAL DYNAMICS
AND BEHAVIOR
(Prof. Luca Gnan)
TEACHING MEMBERS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COURSE:
Prof. Luca Gnan
Email: luca.gnan@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via email
PRE-REQUISITES FOR THE COURSE:
None.
LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Explore in a managerial perspective research and practical applications on organizational behavior.
Objective of the training is to provide tools and analytical theory on analysis of individual and behavior in different group and organizational contexts, in order to:
Understand and use the fundamental theories on organizational behaviour
Develop capacities for applying theories to practice
Develop problem solving capacities with best practices discussion and case study analysis
The study route is divided into 4 different sections:
Section I : The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community
Section II : Managing Teams
Section III : Understanding and Managing Individuals
Section IV : Managing Key Organizational Processes.
At the end of the module students:
will have a deeper understanding of how the study of organisational behaviour can aid us in improving the performance and well being of people at work;
will have understood how models, theories and concepts about organisational behaviour can be used to promote the effectiveness of individuals, groups and organizations;
will have developed skills for the analysis of individual, group and organisational functioning that enhances their effectiveness as managers;
will have developed a richer and more complex representation of organisational behavior, enabling them to contribute more effectively in the workplace.
TEACHING METHODS
Lessons will be characterized by transfer of knowledge and the strong interaction within the classroom; there are analysis of situations problems and business cases in order to facilitate participants in learning.
MAIN REFERENCES
R. FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles Of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005.
G. H. SEIJTS, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
As far as the textbook Principles Of Organizational Behaviour (FINCHAM, RHODES, 2005) is concerned, students have to prepare the following parts:
Introduction pp. 1 -11 (Organization Behavior: An Overview)
Chapter 1 pp.19 – 50 (Expectations and Learning)
Chapter 8 pp. 310-359 (Leadership Dynamics)
Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp .500-510 (Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness)
Chapter 7 pp. 275-305 (Group Dynamics and Performance)
Chapter 10 pp. 394-417 (Conflict Management and Negotiation)
Chapter 3 pp.93-146 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
Chapter 4 pp.151-185 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
Chapter 5 pp.191-233 (Motivation)
Chapter 2 pp. 54-88 (Stress and the Management of Stress)
Chapter 12 pp. 445-464 and Chapter 13 pp.468-491 (Organization and Work Design)
Chapter 17 pp.570-592 (Creativity and Innovation)
Chapter 15 pp.527-544 (Organizational Culture)
Chapter 14 pp.513-523 (Organizational Change and Development)
During the course, seven cases (from the Cases in Organizational Behavior textbook, SEIJTS, 2005) will be discussed:
a) Chuck McKinonn (on the leadership issue)
b) eProcure – the Project (A) (on the leading and managing teams’ issue)
c) The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management (on the team dynamics issue)
d) INTEL in China (on the Conflict Management and Negotiation issue)
e) Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion (on the Appreciating Individual Differences issue)
f) Elise Smart (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
g) Martin Brass Company (A) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
h) Victoria Hospital Redesign Initiative (on the Organizational design issue)
i) OP4.COM: a dynamic culture (on the Creativity and Innovation issue)
j) Deloitte & Touche: Integrating Arthur Andersen (on the Organizational Change and Development issue)
CASE DISCUSSIONS
Students are expected to be fully engaged in the entire learning process. This means that students are expected to prepare the assigned readings of the cases prior to each class and come to class prepare to participate in group work and or discussions to enhance the learning of the individual and the class. On the web site of the course students find for each case the relative assignment. Please read carefully the questions before the lesson.
Each student will be involved the class discussion on the cases and tie the assigned reading for the session. The objective is to bring all class members into the discussion. The cases are designed to integrate the concepts from the case into the context of the course.
With the cases’ discussions, each student will develop:
1. The ability to set the parameters for the problem (key concepts from the case).
2. A depth of knowledge about the case subject (understanding of material, good response to the observations of others).
3. The ability to tie-in case with other course concepts.
4. The ability to get others involved in the discussion.
In order to effectively discuss the cases, students do:
· Be prepared with facts and specific quotes from the case.
· Be prepared to make a comment, ask a question, or make an observation about the case.
During the discussion, students do:
· Take a position on a question or a point.
· Ask clarifying questions.
· Help keep the discussion moving and on track.
· Help draw others into the discussion.
· Integrate theories and content from other cases.
During the discussion, students don’t:
· Be unprepared and show your lack of knowledge.
· Monopolize the discussion.
· Make irrelevant comments.
· Be insensitive to other’s desire to speak or to their opinions.
OTHER LEARNING SOURCES
Slides and other material will be available under the course web site.
ATTENDANCE
Because of the concentrated nature of the MScBA program, attendance in class is very important. Students who miss more than 6 hours (including arriving late or leaving early) will be required to prepare for the exam ALL the chapters of the textbook R. FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles Of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005.
NOTE: Attendance for the first class session is mandatory. Important information about the course and the instructor’s expectations are given during the first. If you know that you will have to be absent for one session, please contact your instructor to ensure that absence from a particular session is acceptable.
EXAM
The exam, depending on the number of the registered student, is a written exam or an oral exam.
I° - Written exam) You may be given a case study to which some questions may pertain. As you respond to the questions, please use specific content and theories (use names to identify theories and models) as the basis of your analysis. You will not receive credit for your personal opinions unless backed by theory, lecture, and/or text material. Also, describe how you see the content/theory applying to the situation. Your answers will be evaluated based upon both quantity and quality. Answers that are more complete and
demonstrate a higher level of understanding and analysis will receive more points.
II° - Oral exam) You may be asked to discuss the model and the theories presented during the course. You will be asked to interpret some real incidents and to focus your attention to some specific theoretical issues.
Updated A.Y. 2016-2017
Organizational dynamics
and behavior
(Prof. Luca Gnan)
Teaching Members Responsible for the Course:
Prof. Luca Gnan
Email: luca.gnan@uniroma2.it
Availability: Contact via email
Pre-requisites for the Course:
None.
Learning Objectives
Explore in a managerial perspective research and practical applications on organizational behavior.
Objective of the training is to provide tools and analytical theory on analysis of individual and behavior in different group and organizational contexts, in order to:
-
Understand and use the fundamental theories on organizational behaviour
-
Develop capacities for applying theories to practice
-
Develop problem solving capacities with best practices discussion and case study analysis
The study route is divided into 4 different sections:
-
Section I : The Organization Behavior Context and Learning Community
-
Section II : Managing Teams
-
Section III : Understanding and Managing Individuals
-
Section IV : Managing Key Organizational Processes.
At the end of the module students:
-
will have a deeper understanding of how the study of organisational behaviour can aid us in improving the performance and well being of people at work;
-
will have understood how models, theories and concepts about organisational behaviour can be used to promote the effectiveness of individuals, groups and organizations;
-
will have developed skills for the analysis of individual, group and organisational functioning that enhances their effectiveness as managers;
-
will have developed a richer and more complex representation of organisational behavior, enabling them to contribute more effectively in the workplace.
Teaching methods
Lessons will be characterized by transfer of knowledge and the strong interaction within the classroom; there are analysis of situations problems and business cases in order to facilitate participants in learning.
Main References
R. Fincham, P. Rhodes, Principles Of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005.
G. H. Seijts, Cases in Organizational Behavior (the IVEY casebook series), Sage Publications, Inc, 2005.
As far as the textbook Principles Of Organizational Behaviour (Fincham, Rhodes, 2005) is concerned, students have to prepare the following parts:
-
Introduction pp. 1 -11 (Organization Behavior: An Overview)
-
Chapter 1 pp.19 – 50 (Expectations and Learning)
-
Chapter 8 pp. 310-359 (Leadership Dynamics)
-
Chapter 6 pp. 243-270 and Chapter 14 pp .500-510 (Team Problem, Decision Making, and Effectiveness)
-
Chapter 7 pp. 275-305 (Group Dynamics and Performance)
-
Chapter 10 pp. 394-417 (Conflict Management and Negotiation)
-
Chapter 3 pp.93-146 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
-
Chapter 4 pp.151-185 (Appreciating Individual Differences)
-
Chapter 5 pp.191-233 (Motivation)
-
Chapter 2 pp. 54-88 (Stress and the Management of Stress)
-
Chapter 12 pp. 445-464 and Chapter 13 pp.468-491 (Organization and Work Design)
-
Chapter 17 pp.570-592 (Creativity and Innovation)
-
Chapter 15 pp.527-544 (Organizational Culture)
-
Chapter 14 pp.513-523 (Organizational Change and Development)
During the course, seven cases (from the Cases in Organizational Behavior textbook, Seijts, 2005) will be discussed:
a) Chuck McKinonn (on the leadership issue)
b) eProcure – the Project (A) (on the leading and managing teams’ issue)
c) The Leo Burnett Company LTD.: virtual team management (on the team dynamics issue)
d) INTEL in China (on the Conflict Management and Negotiation issue)
e) Blinds To Go: staffing a retail expansion (on the Appreciating Individual Differences issue)
f) Elise Smart (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
g) Martin Brass Company (A) Tom Fuller, Vice-President Manufacturing (on the Stress and the Management of Stress issue)
h) Victoria Hospital Redesign Initiative (on the Organizational design issue)
i) OP4.COM: a dynamic culture (on the Creativity and Innovation issue)
j) Deloitte & Touche: Integrating Arthur Andersen (on the Organizational Change and Development issue)
Case Discussions
Students are expected to be fully engaged in the entire learning process. This means that students are expected to prepare the assigned readings of the cases prior to each class and come to class prepare to participate in group work and or discussions to enhance the learning of the individual and the class. On the web site of the course students find for each case the relative assignment. Please read carefully the questions before the lesson.
Each student will be involved the class discussion on the cases and tie the assigned reading for the session. The objective is to bring all class members into the discussion. The cases are designed to integrate the concepts from the case into the context of the course.
With the cases’ discussions, each student will develop:
1. The ability to set the parameters for the problem (key concepts from the case).
2. A depth of knowledge about the case subject (understanding of material, good response to the observations of others).
3. The ability to tie-in case with other course concepts.
4. The ability to get others involved in the discussion.
In order to effectively discuss the cases, students do:
· Be prepared with facts and specific quotes from the case.
· Be prepared to make a comment, ask a question, or make an observation about the case.
During the discussion, students do:
· Take a position on a question or a point.
· Ask clarifying questions.
· Help keep the discussion moving and on track.
· Help draw others into the discussion.
· Integrate theories and content from other cases.
During the discussion, students don’t:
· Be unprepared and show your lack of knowledge.
· Monopolize the discussion.
· Make irrelevant comments.
· Be insensitive to other’s desire to speak or to their opinions.
Other learning sources
Slides and other material will be available under the course web site.
Attendance
Because of the concentrated nature of the MScBA program, attendance in class is very important. Students who miss more than 6 hours (including arriving late or leaving early) will be required to prepare for the exam ALL the chapters of the textbook R. FINCHAM, P. RHODES, Principles Of Organizational Behaviour, Oxford University Press, 2005.
NOTE: Attendance for the first class session is mandatory. Important information about the course and the instructor’s expectations are given during the first. If you know that you will have to be absent for one session, please contact your instructor to ensure that absence from a particular session is acceptable.
Exam
The exam, depending on the number of the registered student, is a written exam or an oral exam.
I° - Written exam) You may be given a case study to which some questions may pertain. As you respond to the questions, please use specific content and theories (use names to identify theories and models) as the basis of your analysis. You will not receive credit for your personal opinions unless backed by theory, lecture, and/or text material. Also, describe how you see the content/theory applying to the situation. Your answers will be evaluated based upon both quantity and quality. Answers that are more complete and
demonstrate a higher level of understanding and analysis will receive more points.
II° - Oral exam) You may be asked to discuss the model and the theories presented during the course. You will be asked to interpret some real incidents and to focus your attention to some specific theoretical issues.